Habakkuk’s Two Tables #61

PART SIX: 1989

Presented by Jeff Pippenger

Invocation by Brother Jeff Pippenger: Heavenly Father, we thank you for giving us a good night’s rest and bringing us together this morning that we can start our day by considering your Word. We ask that you grant us the presence of your Holy Spirit, that He would take control of this presentation and direct our understanding, that we would receive it as you see fit. We ask that you would forgive us of our sins, forgive us of anything that is preventing us from hearing your Voice and understanding your Words, and preventing me from being used as you would want me to be used to share this Message. Please hide me behind your cross. We pray that you would pour the Latter Rain out upon us and increase our understanding in the Books of Daniel and Revelation at this time. In Jesus’s name, amen.

The Beginning and the End

Every Word

Depth

The Spirit of Prophecy

Elijah

Theme

Repetition of History

Connection with Revelation

Structure

Connection with Revelation

A Short Time

BROTHER PIPPENGER: We are still dealing with the connection between the events in Revelation 17 and 18, and Daniel 11:40-45.

I am going to do thing a little bit differently in terms of how I do the presentation this morning. I am not going to worry so much about giving an overview of where we are at until the end.

So, if you have your notes, you will notice that we have Revelation, chapter 12, verses 11 and 12.

For those of you who are watching, if you have a Bible, Revelation 12:11-12.

I just want to show something that has been established now, whether we recognize it or not.

Beginning in verse 11, it says,

“¹¹And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; and they loved not their lives unto the death. ¹²Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time. Revelation 12:11-12.

The Devil has come down here, and part of the reason he has come down is he knows that he has a short time.

What is the short time that the Devil has?

And this is what we have been looking at in Revelation 17. And what I am saying is that once you put Daniel 11 and Revelation 13 and Revelation 17 together, it begins to produce truths that help you better organize other passages of prophecy.

A Short Space—One Hour

Notice verses 10 through 12 of Revelation 17.

Sunday Law Message Close of

1798 USA of the Hour Probation

(The Beast)

Daniel 11 12:1

9/11/2001

(The False Prophet)

Revelation 13 :

Wrath of God;

7 Last Plagues

Four Winds

(The Dragon)

Revelation 17 Rev 17 18:1-3 18:4 18:21-24

Short Space

Eleventh Hour = One Hour

Figure No. 120

“¹⁰And there are seven kings:”—that is in here [the Short Space]—“five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come;”—

I have that underlined because that is one of the characteristics that allows you to know who this king is.

“—¹⁰And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come, and when he cometh, he must continue a short space. ¹¹And the beast that was, and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition. ¹²And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet;”—

In verse 10 they had not yet come. The seventh kingdom are these Ten Kings, just from the grammatical structure of these three verses.

—“which have received no kingdom as yet, but receive power as kings one hour with the beast.” Revelation 17:10–12 (KJV).

So, they are going to co-rule with the Papacy for one hour, which is a short space. So, you have two connections between verses 10 and 12. One is that the seventh kingdom has not yet come [verse 10], connects with verse 12 where it says they have received no kingdom as yet. And, then in verse 10 he is going to continue a short space, and he is going to co-rule with the Beast for one hour. And what I am saying here is the short time that the Devil has in Revelation 12, verse 12, is this short space. John is not going to be contradicting himself, and Revelation is one revelation.

The Devil Comes Down

So, the Devil comes down with great wrath for this short space; and, this short space, it begins right here at The Sunday Law in the United States. Okay? And it continues until the Close of Probation.

And in our previous studies, we have given other proofs of this fact. This short space is one hour that the Papacy co-rules with the Ten Kings of the United Nations. It is the time period that Satan appears, because he has just a short time. It is here.

It is here that not only does he appears to personate Christ but it is here where the persecution takes place.

We are going to look at verses 11 and 12 of Revelation 12 a little more carefully than that; so, you see it in your notes again.

In verse 12 it says,

“¹¹And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; and they loved not their lives unto the death. ¹²Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time.” Revelation 12:11-12 (KJV).

The Sunday Law

The Devil comes down in this short space, and this connects with Revelation 13:13,

“¹³And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men.” Revelation 13:13 (KJV).

And we have established already that Satan begins his personation of Christ immediately after The Sunday Law in the United States. So, he has come down right here. He has come down for this short space.

The Inhabiters of the Earth

Back to Revelation 12:11-12:

“¹¹And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; and they loved not their lives unto the death. ¹²Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time. Revelation 12:11-12 (KJV).

Now, we have not spent a great deal of time making the distinction that I am going to begin to make here in this study; but, two of the active players in this history [of the short space] is both the Devil (the Dragon) and the Ten Kings. They are going to burn the whore with fire and eat her flesh; so, they have a role in judging modern Babylon. Revelation 17, verses 1 and 2, the Angel tells John, “I will show you the judgment of the Great Whore that sits upon many waters,” so this story is partially about the judgment of the Papacy, and the Dragon participates in that judgment.

But, also in this history, one of the other powers that is active is Islam. Islam (the East Wind) is the power that is sinking the economics structure; and, of course, one of the primary symbols of Islam is that it is a Woe. It is the First, Second, and Third Woes.

So, here in verse 12 it says, “Woe to the Inhabiters of the earth and of the sea!”

Okay. You might think that John is just using the word Woe as an expression here; but, notice that this Woe is pronounced upon the inhabitants of the earth and the sea. So, what I am saying is that in Revelation 12:11-12, once we understand Revelation 17, 13, and Daniel 11 as a complete unit of thought, there are other passages in The Revelation that open up to us.

This Woe, I am saying, is Islam, that Islam is in this history as well as the Dragon. And he is—how does it say it?—“Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea!”

The Third Woe

Notice Revelation 8:13, and the key thought here is, “the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea.”

Verse 13 of Revelation 8 says,

“¹³And I beheld, and heard an angel flying through the midst of heaven, saying with a loud voice, Woe, woe, woe, to the”—what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: To the inhabiters of the earth.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: —“to the inhabiters of the earth by reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the three angels, which are yet to sound!” Revelation 8:13 (KJV).

So, when in verse 12 of Revelation 12 John is saying, “Woe to the inhabiters of the earth,” there is no reason to think that this Woe is any different than these Woes to the inhabiters of the earth.

And, of course, we understand that these three Woes here are the Fifth, the Sixth, and the Seventh Trumpets; and, we understand that the Pioneer position, which is upheld on these Charts [1843 and 1850 Charts], which are both upheld by the Spirit of Prophecy, that the First Woe is Islam, the Second Woe is Islam; the Fifth Trumpet is Islam, the Sixth Trumpet is Islam; therefore, the Third Woe, the Seventh Trumpet, would be Islam once again.

1844 – 9/11/2001

Now, notice Revelation 11, verses 14 through 19. We are dealing with the Woe that is pronounced upon the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea in verse 12 of Revelation 12.

You see the subtitle to these verses, verses 14 through 19, it says, “1844 and 9/11/2001.” If you understand this correctly, you can see 1844 and 9/11/2001 in this following passage.

“¹⁴The second woe is past;”—

Now, we have not dealt with this in this worship series; but, many times publicly we have dealt with this thought I am going to explain to you here.

The Pioneers incorrectly thought that the Sixth Trumpet ended on August 11, 1840, with the collapse of the Ottoman Empire.

But, the Pioneers correctly taught that William Foy and Hazen Foss were truly given the Spirit of Prophecy. Both men declined to fulfill their responsibility and exercise the Spirit of Prophecy for the Millerite History. Ellen White accepted the calling. But, when the Pioneers of Adventism would address the Spirit of Prophecy in their writings, they would always refer to the fact that it was at this point in time when the Lord would raise up the Spirit of Prophecy. Based upon the prophetic record, they established it was time for the Lord to restore the Gift of the Spirit of Prophecy to His remnant people in the 1840s, and in so doing He called Hazen Foss and William Foy, and they both declined the calling; and, Ellen White took the Calling.

So, when the Pioneers were addressing the arrival of the Spirit of Prophecy in Adventism, they always argued that the gift given to Hazen Foss and William Foy was the genuine Spirit of Prophecy. They did not argue that these two men were given some kind of false prophecy from Satan. This was the Lord actually inspiring these men and giving them opportunity to serve in this fashion.

And I do not have it in the notes here, but it is available: William Foy had a vision in 1842, where he was shown that the Sixth Trumpet was still sounding. So, the Pioneers believed that the Sixth Trumpet ended on August 11, 1840, with the collapse of the Ottoman Empire; but, under Inspiration, under the Gift of the Spirit of Prophecy, William Foy went in and got his vision publicly registered by a Notary Public. So, it is a legal document that in 1842 he was told the Sixth Angel was still sounding; therefore—and this is just a secondary “therefore”—therefore, the Pioneers were wrong about the Sixth Trumpet ending in August 11, 1840. It ended on October 22, 1844, when the Seventh Trumpet began to sound.

We had reached that conclusion before we even knew about Hazen Foss and William Foy. It is like icing on the cake.

But, right here in verse 14, you are seeing the ending of the Sixth Trumpet and the arrival of the Seventh Trumpet. But, the Fifth, Sixth, and Seventh Trumpets are also Woes.

So, verse 14 says,

—“¹⁴The second woe is past; and, behold, the third woe cometh quickly. ¹⁵And the seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord,”—

And the reason that I have that bold-faced there, I am not going to put in any Spirit of Prophecy quotes to back this up because we have dealt with this.

One of the things that we know that Christ did on October 22, 1844, is He went in to the Father to receive a kingdom. Okay? So, this is one of the arguments here that this is October 22, 1844.

—“The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ; and he shall reign for ever and ever. ¹⁶And the four and twenty elders, which sat before God on their seats, fell upon their faces, and worshipped God, ¹⁷Saying, We give thee thanks, O Lord God Almighty, which art, and wast, and art to come; because thou hast taken to thee thy great power, and hast reigned.”—

And what I am suggesting here is the next phrase is 9/11; whereas, that beginning was October 22, 1844.

The next phrase says,

—“¹⁸And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants the prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear thy name, small and great; and shouldest destroy them which destroy the earth.”—

Now, John has just taken us to the beginning and the ending of the Third Woe; and, now to bring this thought to a conclusion, he is going to take us back to the beginning, October 22, 1844, when he says,

—“¹⁹And the temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in his temple the ark of his testament: and there were lightnings, and voices, and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail.” Revelation 11:14–19 (KJV).

And, of course, we know that when the temple of God was opened in Heaven and you could see the ark of His testament, that is identifying when the door into the Most Holy Place was opened, on October 22, 1844. So, this is an overview of the Third Woe, the Seventh Trumpet, by John.

It begins October 22, 1844, and it goes on up to 9/11. And, the things that follow 9/11, all the way to the destruction of the wicked at the end of the thousand years, if you go back into those verses, the last phrase before “And the temple of God was opened,” it says, “and shouldest destroy them which destroy the earth.” That is at the end of the thousand years.

So, the nations being angry, until the destruction of the wicked at the end of the thousand years, is the history of the Third Woe; but, the Third Woe begins on 9/11.

The Third Woe is the Seventh Trumpet, but the Seventh Trumpet begins to sound on October 22, 1844. All right?

The Woes are marking the activity of Islam.

Those Who Destroy the Earth—Revelation 20:7-15

Now, go to Revelation 20, verses 7 through 15.

“⁷And when the thousand years are expired, Satan shall be loosed out of his prison, ⁸And shall go out to deceive the nations which are in the four quarters of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them together to battle: the number of who is as the sand of the sea.”—

Is there another place where Satan goes forth to deceive the nations? How about Revelation 13:13?

Keep your finger in Revelation 20, and go back to Revelation 13:13. It is more than verse 13 actually, but it says beginning in verse 13,

“¹³And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men.”—

“On the earth in the sight of men,” that would be the nations of the Earth, right?

—“¹⁴And deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles . . . .” Revelation 13:13-14 (KJV).

So here, back in chapter 20, in verse 7,

“⁷And when the thousand years are expired, Satan shall be loosed out of his prison, ⁸And shall go out to deceive the nations which are in the four quarters of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them together to battle: the number of who is as the sand of the sea. ⁹And they went up on the breadth of the earth, and compassed the camp of the saints about, and the beloved city: and fire came down from God out of heaven, and devoured them.”—

Now, the last time Satan was deceiving the nations, what happened? Fire came down on Earth out of heaven in the sight of men. That is Revelation 13:13.

Fire comes down once again when he is deceiving the nations, only it is not his false miracle that is doing it; this is the judgment of God. Okay? So, it is a parallel-type history that should be noted.

And verse 10,

“¹⁰And the devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where the beast and he false prophet are, and shall be tormented day and night for ever and ever.”—

When are the Beast and the False Prophet cast into the lake of fire? At Christ’s Second Coming. They are there before the thousand years. Now the Devil is going to be cast into the lake of fire at the end of the thousand years.

Verse 11,

“¹¹And I saw a great white throne, and him that sat on it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them. ¹²And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works. ¹³And the sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works. ¹⁴And death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death. ¹⁵And whosoever was not found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire.” Revelation 20:7-15 (KJV).

So, back to your notes, we are commenting right now on Revelation 11:14-19, the history of the Third Woe (the Seventh Trumpet); and, we are saying that this destruction of the wicked at the end of the thousand years is when he destroys those that destroy the Earth. So, the Third Woe would encompass 9/11/2001, all the way to the Earth made new.

Notice what Sister White says about verse 18 of Revelation 11 from Early Writings, page 36. She says,

“I saw that the anger of the nations, the wrath of God, and the time to judge the dead were separate and distinct, one following the other,”—

So, the angering of the nations is one event, the wrath of God.

Well, we know what that event is. What is the wrath of God?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Seven Last Plagues.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: That is right here [the Close of Probation (see Figure No. 120)]. This is the wrath of God. This takes place after probation closes. Right? It begins right when Michael stands up, right here [points to the whiteboard at the waymark of the Close of Probation in Figure No. 120].

And Michael stands up in Daniel 12:1. This is the line of Daniel here.

So, what is the angering of the nations? Well, I may not know what it is, but I know that it takes place before probation closes; because, Sister White says, “I saw they were separate and distinct, one following the other.”

And there are a lot of Laodicean Adventists that think that the third point here,

—“I saw that the anger of the nations, the wrath of God, and the time to judge the dead”—

—there are a lot of people that think that this time to judge the dead is the beginning of the judgment in 1844; but, they could not be separate and distinct, one following another, if this were true; because, Sister White is saying this Judgment of the Dead takes place after the wrath of God. There is a Judgment of the Dead that takes place after the Second Coming of Christ during the thousand years when God’s people are going to review the decisions that were made concerning the dead.

—“the time to judge the dead were separate and distinct, one following the other, also that Michael had not stood up, and that the time of trouble, such as never was, had not yet commenced. The nations are now getting angry,”—

So, even in Sister White’s day and age, the nations were already getting angry. But, there is a specific point in time that is marked when they get angry and are simultaneously held in check.

—“The nations are now getting angry, but when our High Priest has finished His work in the sanctuary, He will stand up, put on the garments of vengeance, and then the seven last plagues will be poured out.

“I saw that the four angels would hold the four winds until Jesus’ work was done in the sanctuary, and then will come the seven last plagues.” Early Writings, 36.

So, the full release of the Four Winds, the full release of the Four Winds,—and we have already established that the Four Winds slip through the Angels’ fingers, even while they are holding them. All right? It is a progressive escalation. But, the Four Winds here, when they are fully released is another way to describe the Seven Last Plagues. It is another way to describe the wrath of God.

Now, Sister White is going to comment on something that she said on page 33. This is from Early Writings. We are still dealing with the angering of the nations, with Revelation 11, verses 14 through 19. Here is her comment.

“1. On page 33 is given the following: ‘I saw that the holy Sabbath is, and will be, the separating wall between the true Israel of God and unbelievers; and that the Sabbath is the great question to unite the hearts of God’s dear, waiting saints. I saw that God had children who do not see and keep the Sabbath. They have not rejected the light upon it.”—

Who are God’s children that do not keep the Sabbath?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The other sheep that He has.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: That is the other sheep that He has that are the eleventh-hour laborers, the one-hour laborers. It is those of God’s children that are outside of Adventism.

—“I saw that God had children who do not see and keep the Sabbath. They have not rejected the light upon it. And at the commencement of the time of trouble, we were filled with the Holy Ghost as we went forth and proclaimed the Sabbath more fully.’”—

She is quoting from page 33, because she is going to comment on this statement and she is going to explain what she meant by this time of trouble, the commencement of this time of trouble, and she is going to say that this is not the time of trouble when there is no more probation available. This is the time of trouble that takes place while probation is still open.

She continues on, and she says,

—“This view was given in 1847 when there were but very few of the Advent brethren observing the Sabbath, and of these but few supposed that its observance was of sufficient importance to draw a line between the people of God and unbelievers. Now the fulfillment of that view is beginning to be seen. ‘The commencement of that time of trouble,’ here mentioned does not refer to the time when the plagues shall begin to be poured out, but to a”—what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: To a short period.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: A what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: A short period.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: A short space.

—“a short period just before they are poured out, while Christ is in the sanctuary. At that time, while the work of salvation is closing,”—

And we have dealt with in this worship series that the closing work in the Sanctuary for Christ is the work of blotting out. It is the work that takes place during the Judgment of the Living. The closing work is the Judgment of the Living.

—“At that time, while the work of salvation is closing,”—

At that time during the Judgment of the Living.

—“trouble will be coming on the earth, and the nations will be angry, yet held in check”—

Now, we have already read a quote that “the nations are now getting angry”; but, there is a point in this end-time history where the nations are made angry, but at the same time they are held in check. Okay? There is a restraint marked.

—“the nations will be angry, yet held in check so as not to prevent the work of the third angel. At that time”—

At what time? When the angry nations are held in check.

—“At that time the ‘latter rain,’ or refreshing from the presence of the Lord, will come, to give power to the loud voice of the third angel, and prepare the saints to stand in the period when the seven last plagues shall be poured out.” Early Writings, 85.

Now, we have already established in this study that Islam was restrained on 9/11. The Mighty Angel of Revelation 18 descended, and the refreshing, the Latter Rain that is accomplished by the presence of the Lord because the Mighty Angel that comes down out of Heaven is no less the personage than Jesus Christ, this begins the Latter Rain.

The Latter Rain, we have established, comes in two parts. There is a sprinkling that takes place while the Lord is judging Adventism, and this time period when Adventism is being judged, the first temple cleansing of this history concludes at The Sunday Law; and, then, the Holy Spirit is poured out without measure as it was on Pentecost, and then the second temple cleansing takes place in this “short space.”

Luke 21:25-26. And, of course, we are saying that the angering of the nations here in the Third Woe (the Seventh Trumpet) has been prefigured by the distress of nations in the Sixth Trumpet (the Second Woe). And in Luke 21, beginning in verse 25, it says,

“²⁵And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring; ²⁶Men’s hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall be shaken.” Luke 21:25-26 (KJV).

1838

Now, for most Seventh-day Adventists it is pretty easy for us to see that the signs in the sun and the moon and the stars are the signs that ushered in the Millerite History. This is referenced several times in God’s Word. But, sometimes we are king of vague that one of the signs of the Millerite History was the distress of nations with perplexity. But, Uriah Smith is going to tell us here in this next passage what the distress of nations in that history was. He says,

“As the prophetic period of this trumpet commenced by the voluntary surrender of power into the hands of the Turks by the Christian emperor of the East, so we might justly conclude that its termination would be marked by the voluntary surrender of that power by the Turkish Sultan back again into the hands of the Christians.”—

He is talking about the Sixth Trumpet, and he is talking about the time prophecy of 391 years and 15 days, which began when the last emperor of Eastern Rome surrendered his sovereignty into the hands of the four great Ottoman sultans; and, that period ended when the last of those sultans, now the weak men of the East, surrendered his national sovereignty back into the four great Christian powers.

And now he is going to mark when this was taking place.

—“In 1838 Turkey became involved in war with Egypt. The Egyptians bid fair to overthrow the Turkish power. To prevent this,”—

Why were they wanting to prevent this? Because they were distressed: the nations were distressed at what was going on in Egypt.

—“In 1838 Turkey became involved in war with Egypt. The Egyptians bid fair to overthrow the Turkish power. To prevent this, the four great powers of Europe, England, Russia, Austria, and Prussia, interfered to sustain the Turkish government. Turkey accepted their intervention. A conference was held in London at which an ultimatum was drawn up to be presented to Mehemet Ali, the Pacha of Egypt. It is evident that when this ultimatum should be placed in the hands of Mehemet, the destiny of the Ottoman Empire would be virtually lodged in the hands of the Christian powers of Europe. This ultimatum was placed in the hands of Mehemet on the 11th day of August 1840! and on that very day the Sultan addressed a note to the ambassadors of the four powers, inquiring what should be done in case Mehemet refused to comply with the terms which they had proposed. The answer was that he need not alarm himself about any contingency that might arise; for they had made provision for that.”—

His national sovereignty was gone. He was now being taken care of by the four great European powers.

—“The prophetic period ended, and on that very day the control of Mohammedan affairs passed into the hands of Christians, just as the control of Christian affairs had passed into the hands of the Mohammedans 391 years and 15 days before. Thus the second woe ended,”—

He is wrong. If you are going to call the activity of Islam a woe, fine; but, he is believing that this is the end of the Sixth Trumpet.

—“Thus the second woe ended, and the sixth trumpet ceased its sounding.”—

William Foy was still told the Sixth Trumpet was still sounding in 1842. It sounds until 1844.

Continuing on, Uriah Smith says,

—“Passing over the 10th and a portion of the 11th chapters of Revelation, the series of trumpets is again taken up in verse 14 of chapter 11.”—

We have just been reading that.

—“The events of this trumpet are described in the five following verses. They are such as to show that this trumpet witnesses the conclusion of all earthly kingdoms and the beginning of the everlasting reign of Christ. Among the events introduced is the opening of the temple of God in heaven. Verse 19. This was the commencement of the work of cleansing the sanctuary, as explained in the exposition of that subject,—a work which constitutes the finishing of the mystery of God spoken of in Revelation 10:7, and marks the beginning of the sounding of the seventh trumpet.”—

What marks the beginning of the sounding of the Seventh Trumpet? October 22, 1844.

—“It is therefore evident that the seventh angel began to sound in the autumn of 1844; and the little space termed ‘quickly,’ which was to intervene between the second and third woes, reached from August 11, 1840, where the sixth trumpet ceased to sound, to the autumn of 1844 where the seventh commenced.”—

Now, because of the way he thinks he makes that conclusion. I personally disagree with that conclusion. What was going to come quickly is the Third Woe, and it came on 9/11/2001.

And how can that be “quickly” after October 22, 1844? It can be “quickly” in terms of conditional prophecy. Ellen White told us more than once that if we had finished the work of developing the character of Christ, “Christ would have come ‘ere this.”

So, all of this history, from 1844 to here [to 9/11/2001], it is “quickly” in the context of conditional prophecy: “The third woe cometh quickly.” But, that is not really the point we want to make here.

—“The 18th verse of Revelation 11 shows that this trumpet covers the concluding troubles of the last days, and reaches over to the destruction of the wicked at the end of the thousand years of Revelation 20.” Uriah Smith, Synopsis of Present Truth, 218.

That is what we just showed you, and we were showing you now that this is Pioneer logic.

Early Writings, page 41, concerning the angering of the nations and what that represents, it says,

“December 16, 1848, the Lord gave me a view of the shaking of the powers of the heavens. I saw that when the Lord said ‘heaven,’ in giving the signs recorded by Matthew, Mark, and Luke, He meant heaven, and when He said ‘earth’ He meant earth.”—

Seventh-day Adventists need to wrap their minds around this statement, if they believe in the authority of the Spirit of Prophecy; because, the passage where Sister White says that when the mighty buildings of New York City are thrown down, then Revelation 18, verses 1 through 3 will be fulfilled. That is a paraphrase, but she says that. In that passage she says then shall the Lord arise to shake terribly the Earth; and, people that fight against that passage take the passages and the Scriptures that talk about the Lord shaking heavens and Earth, or shaking the heavens, and try to read those definitions into what she says about 9/11 and the buildings of New York City when she says there that the Lord would arise to shake terribly the Earth, period. And here Sister White, among other things, is emphasizing that the shaking of the Earth is different than the shaking of the heavens; and, she is emphasizing it in such a way that this is how the Bereans, the students of prophecy, do not confuse these two things.

—“December 16, 1848, the Lord gave me a view of the shaking of the powers of the heavens. I saw that when the Lord said ‘heaven,’ in giving the signs recorded by Matthew, Mark, and Luke, He meant heaven, and when He said ‘earth’ He meant earth. The powers of heaven are the sun, moon, and stars. They rule in the heavens. The powers of earth are those”—

What are “those”? It is talking about human beings, probably; because, it says,

—“those that rule on the earth.”—

The powers of the Earth are the rulers of the Earth.

—“The powers of heaven will be shaken at the voice of God. Then the sun, moon, and stars will be moved out of their places. They will not pass away, but be shaken by the voice of God. “Dark, heavy clouds came up and clashed against each other. The atmosphere parted and rolled back; then we could look up through the open space in Orion, whence came the voice of God. The Holy City will come down through that open space. I saw that the powers of earth are now being shaken and that events come in order. War, and rumors of war, sword, famine, and pestilence are first to shake the powers of earth, then the voice of God will shake the sun, moon, and stars, and this earth also. I saw that the shaking of the powers in Europe is not, as some teach, the shaking of the powers of heaven, but it is the shaking of the angry nations.” Early Writings, 41

What is “the shaking of the angry nations”? It is the shaking of the powers in this passage that were controlling Europe. It is the powers, the political powers, on Planet Earth, the angry nations that are shaken. All right? So, the distress of nations in 1838, which distressed the powers of Europe in that time period, that distress of nations is Luke 21:25; but, it is prefiguring the angering of the nations at the end of the world. The nations that are shaken are identifying when the political powers of the world are going to be angered and distressed.

So, we are saying that 9/11 is the angering of the nations, paralleling the distress of nations in Luke 21:25.

Were the political powers of Planet Earth shaken at 9/11? Well, absolutely.

Woe to the Earth and the Sea

Okay. So, we are dealing with Revelation 12:12. You may not realize it, but we are. It says,

“¹²Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time.” Revelation 12:12 (KJV).

“. . . inhabiters of the earth and of the sea!”: We are saying that in this passage where “the devil is come down unto you,” the Devil comes down to us immediately after The Sunday Law when he begins to persecute Christ, because he knows he has a short time, because “a short time” starts right here at The Sunday Law until human probation closes. He knows.

We may not know because we are fat and happy in our Laodicean condition; but, Satan knows the Scriptures. He knows that when The Sunday Law arrives in the United States, this is his last opportunity to kill Christians.

Okay. But, at that time period, you also have the woe activity going on, which is Islam.

And I am not suggesting that Islam is not a satanic power as well, but there is a distinction made between the Dragon power and Islam in prophecy; so, we need to hold to that description.

“Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea!”

In Revelation 7, verse 1 through 3, it says,

“¹And after these things I saw four angels standing on the four corners of the earth, holding the four winds of the earth, that the wind should not blow on the earth, nor on the sea, nor on any tree. ²And I saw another angel ascending from the east, having the seal of the living God: and he cried with a loud voice to the four angels, to whom it was given to”—what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: To hurt the earth and the sea.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: —“to hurt the earth and the sea,”—

“Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea!” These four angels, these Four Winds, they are the Woes that are going to hurt the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea.

—“³Saying, Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads.” Revelation 7:1–3 (KJV).

Okay. The sealing time begins when the nations are angry, yet—what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: They are restrained.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: —yet held in check when there is a restraint placed upon them [9/11/2001].

And at this time what begins to happen? The Latter Rain begins to sprinkle.

And in Revelation 9:4, it says,

“⁴And it was commanded them”—

And in Revelation 9:4, who is it? It is right here [indicating the First Woe on the 1850 Chart]. It is Islam.

—“⁴And it was commanded them that they should not hurt the grass of the earth, neither any green thing, neither any tree; but only those men which have not the seal of God in their foreheads.” Revelation 9:4 (KJV).

The active agents to punish those that do not have the Seal of God in this history [between the waymarks identified as the Message of the Hour and the Close of Probation (see Figure No. 120)] are the Woe power. It is Islam.

Okay. So, in this history you have the Devil coming down [immediately after The Sunday Law to the close of human probation] because his time is short; but, you also have the activity of Islam taking place in this history.

Having Great Wrath

Okay. In verse 12 of Revelation 12, the Devil comes down because he has great wrath, with great wrath.

“¹²Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time.” Revelation 12:12 (KJV).

What is his great wrath? Well, the same way that when he personates Christ, he calls fire down from out of heaven; and, then at the end of the thousand years, he deceives the nations once more and there is fire that comes down out of Heaven—a point, counterpoint.

Here [in the history of the short space], so he is going to exercise great wrath; because, he knows when his time is over, the great wrath of God is going to be exercised against his followers. He is exercising his great wrath here [during the short space] in opposition to God’s great wrath here [after the Close of Probation when the Seven Last Plagues are falling]. But, the key word there perhaps is the word great.

Matthew 24:21-22 says,

“²¹For then shall be great tribulation,”—it is in your notes—“such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. ²²And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect’s sake those days shall be shortened. Matthew 24:21–22 (KJV).

This great wrath that he [the Devil] is going to exercise in this short space is the Great Tribulation. It is the greatest tribulation.

Now, Sister White definitely, more than once, applies this passage from Matthew 24 to the 1260 years; but, the 1260 years of Papal persecution is repeated here in this history [of the short space in Figure No. 120], only with more intensity. Because it is a shorter period of time, it is a last opportunity for Satan to kill Christians.

Revelation 18:1-8

Okay. What we are dealing with now is the connection between Daniel and Revelation, between Daniel 11 and Revelation 13 and 17. And what I have tried to show you here from just taking basically verse 12 of Revelation 12 is once you have these three lines of prophecy [Daniel 11, and Revelation 13 and 17], this is the line of the Dragon [Revelation 17]; this is the line of the False Prophet [Revelation 13], and, this is the line of the Beast [Daniel 11]. Once you have these lines in place, you have a structure that allows you to illustrate the end of the world. Okay?

But, we want to finish off our consideration of Revelation 17 and 18.

And in Revelation 18—and we have dealt with this more than once in this worship series—in verse 1 a Mighty Angel comes down out of Heaven and He cries with a loud voice; and, then in verse 4 of Revelation 18, he [John] says, “And I heard another voice.” So, we have dealt with the fact that Revelation 18 is two voices. It is two Angels. It is two temple cleansings. It is two distinct calls.

Notice what the work is, though.

“John saw ‘Another angel come down from heaven, having great power; and the whole earth was lightened with his glory.’ Revelation 19:1. That work is the voice of the people of God proclaiming a message of warning to the world.” The 1888 Materials, 926.

So, the Earth being lightened with His glory has to do with the work that is accomplished during that history, and that work is a two-step work because there are two voices.

Two Voices

In Selected Messages, book 2, page 118—this is all review, by the way. We have been through these—it says,

“When Jesus began His public ministry, He cleansed the Temple from its sacrilegious profanation. Among the last acts of His ministry was the second cleansing of the Temple. So in the last work for the warning of the world, two distinct calls are made to the churches. The second angel’s message is, ‘Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication’ (Revelation 14:8). And in the loud cry of the third angel’s message a voice is heard from heaven saying, ‘Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues. For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities’ (Revelation 18:4, 5).” Selected Messages, book 2, 118.

So, in these two distinct calls, Revelation 18:1-3 is a distinct call; and, verse 4 is the second call. This is the two temple cleansings at the end of the world. We have studied this.

How did He accomplish these temple cleansings? Review and Herald, April 9, 1889, says,

“Christ had just cleansed the temple of those who defiled it with forbidden traffic. Divinity had flashed through humanity, and men had seen the glory and power of God manifested before them.” Review and Herald, April 9, 1889.

On 9/11 a Mighty Angel comes down out of Heaven, no less the personage than Jesus Christ, and He enters into a relationship with those Laodiceans who are willing to wake up and return to the Old Paths and meet the conditions of the Gospel; and, Divinity begins to flash through humanity.

At The Sunday Law in the United States, the Adventist Church is purified. The wheat and tares are separated, and those Adventists that had prepared for the Seal of God are then lifted up as an ensign, and once again Divinity flashes through humanity.

This [9/11/2001 to The Sunday Law (Figure No. 120)] is the First Temple Cleansing.

This [from The Sunday Law to the Close of Probation] is the Second Temple Cleansing.

Okay. Let us pass over Revelation 14. It is in the wrong place in these notes.

Let us go to Revelation 18.

You may not know what I am doing right now, but I am trying to give you the structure of Revelation 18.

Revelation 18:1-3, the First Temple Cleansing:

“¹And after these things I saw another angel come down from heaven, having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory. ²And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. ³For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.” Revelation 18:1-3 (KJV).

It is the first distinct call that is given to the church.

Then in verse 4, it says,

“⁴And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues.” Revelation 18:4 (KJV).

This is The Sunday Law. This is Revelation 18, verse 4,

This [9/11/2001] is Revelation 18, verses 1 through 3.

This is Revelation 17 in this history [from 1798 to 9/11/2001].

Reached Unto Heaven —Revelation 18:5

And then verse 5 of Revelation 18 says,

“⁵For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities. ⁶Reward her even as she rewarded you, and double unto her double according to her works: in the cup which she hath filled fill to her double.” Revelation 18:5‑6 (KJV).

The Cup

Let us look at the cup: When is her cup filled?

Review and Herald, March 9, 1886:

“But Christ declared that not one jot or tittle of the law should fail until heaven and earth should pass away. The very work that he came to do was to exalt the law, and show to the created worlds and to heaven that God is just, and that his law need not be changed. But here is Satan’s right-hand man ready to carry on the work that Satan commenced in heaven, that of trying to amend the law of God. And the Christian world has sanctioned his efforts by adopting this child of the papacy,—the Sunday institution. They have nourished it, and will continue to nourish it, until Protestantism shall give the hand of fellowship to the Roman power. Then there will be a law against the Sabbath of God’s creation, and then it is that God ‘will do a strange work in the earth.’ He has borne long with the perversity of the race; he has tried to win them to himself. But the time will come when they shall have filled their measure of iniquity; and then it is that God will work. This time is almost reached. God keeps a record with the nations: the figures are swelling against them in the books of heaven; and when it shall have become a law that the transgression of the first day of the week shall be met with punishment, then their cup will be full.” Review and Herald, March 9, 1886.

So, in Revelation 18:5-6, the filling up of the cup is another argument that verse 4 is marking The Sunday Law. Okay?

Her sins have reached unto Heaven in verse 5.

Signs of the Times, November 19, 1894.

“God instituted the Sabbath as a sign of his authority and power, and the Papacy, acting for the prince of evil, points to the Sunday as a sign of her power and jurisdiction. The day of the sun, Sunday, was a day devoted to the most vile of the heathen worship, for it was celebrated in connection with sun-worship. This Sunday-sabbath has been accepted by many who know it to be the foundling of heathenism, which has been cherished and nourished by the Church of Rome, and by her clothed in the garments of sanctity. But while many are now aware of its origin, there are true Christians in every church who do not know the origin of the Sunday-sabbath, and believe that they are keeping the day which God sanctified and blest. This is true of worshipers even in the Catholic Church; and while this ignorance and integrity remain, God accepts of their sincerity; but when light shall fall upon their pathway, God requires them to come into harmony with his law, and to observe the Sabbath of his appointing. The time has come when the glory of the Lord is to fill the earth, and when the whole earth shall be lightened with his glory. The cry is sounding to the honest in heart to ‘come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be my sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty.’ ‘And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues. For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities.’ ‘Here is the patience of the saints; here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.’” Signs of the Times, November 19, 1894.

At The Sunday Law her sins have reached unto Heaven. This is another argument that verses 4, 5, and 6 of Revelation 18 are marking The Sunday Law.

Double Unto Her—Revelation 18:6

Her judgments are beginning here [at The Sunday Law]; but, her judgments are actually starting—the financial structure starts to sink back here [9/11/2001]—but her judgment is beginning here [at The Sunday Law], and it will be doubled unto her.

Revelation 18:6 we have already read:

“⁶Reward her even as she rewarded you, and double unto her double according to her works: in the cup which she hath filled fill to her double.” Revelation 18:6 (KJV).

Revelation 6:9-11

But, go to Revelation 6:9-11.

“⁹And when he had opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of them that were slain for the word of God, and for the testimony which they held: ¹⁰And they cried with a loud voice, saying, How long, O Lord, holy and true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth? ¹¹And white robes were given unto every one of them, and it was said unto them, that they should rest yet for a little season, until their fellowservants also and their brethren, that should be killed as they were, should be fulfilled.” Revelation 6:9-11 (KJV).

These are the martyrs of the 1260 years, and they ask the question, “How long until you judge the Papacy for murdering us from AD538 to [the end of the] 1260 [years].”

And the answer given to them is, “Just rest in your graves, because there is another group of martyrs that is going to be made up here [during the short space].”

And this is the reason that the Papacy receives a double judgment. She is being judged for the 1260 years of persecution, but she is going to be judged for the persecution of this time period [of the short space] as well, “double unto her.” And this begins at The Sunday Law in the United States.

The Great Controversy, page 390:

“Revelation 18 points to the time when, as the result of rejecting the threefold warning of Revelation 14:6–12, the church will have fully reached the condition foretold by the second angel, and the people of God still in Babylon will be called upon to separate from her communion. This message is the last that will ever be given to the world; and it will accomplish its work. When those”—the Seventh-day Adventists—“When [Seventh-day Adventists} that ‘believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness’ (2 Thessalonians 2:12), shall be left to receive strong delusion and to believe a lie, then”—when those Seventh-day Adventists receive strong delusion—“then the light of truth will shine upon all whose hearts are open to receive it, and all the children of the Lord that remain in Babylon will heed the call: ‘Come out of her, My people’ (Revelation 18:4).” The Great Controversy, 390.

The cleansing of Adventism begins on 9/11 and it continues to The Sunday Law. Those people in Adventism that are preparing for the mark of the beast at The Sunday Law receive strong delusion. Then the call goes to those outside of Adventism, “Come out of her, my people!”

Revelation 18:4 is The Sunday Law in the United States.

Review and Herald—this is all review for us, by the way—Review and Herald, June 15, 1897:

“The one-hour laborers will be brought in at the eleventh hour, and will consecrate their ability”—

When will they be brought in?

So, what is this short space?

Now, I thought that in Revelation 17:10-12 says that when this seventh kingdom comes, he must continue for a short space.

And, then in verse 12 it says that he is going to rule for two hours with the Beast?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: One hour.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: This Eleventh Hour is one hour. Right?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: —“The one-hour laborers will be brought in at the eleventh hour, and will consecrate their ability and all their entrusted means to advance the work.”—

Where are they coming from? Modern Babylon: Edom, Moab, and [the chief children of] Ammon.

But, who is going to finance this work? They are.

They are going to . . .

—“consecrate their ability and all their entrusted means to advance the work. These will receive the reward for their faithfulness, because they are true to principle, and shun not their duty to declare the whole counsel of God. When those who have had abundance of light”—

Who is that? Seventh-day Adventists.

—“throw off the restraint which the word of God imposes, and make void his law, others will come in to fill their places and take their crown.” Review and Herald, June 15, 1897.

That is right here [at The Sunday Law].

And we have dealt with this repeatedly.

Especially the Last Two—Revelation 18:21-24

Okay. This is just a snippet of a passage that we read earlier. She is speaking of Revelation 18. She says,

“Take each verse of this chapter, and read it carefully, especially the last two: [verse 23, 24 quoted.]” Manuscript Releases, volume 16, 269–270.

And if you will go to Revelation 18—we have already looked at this. This is review—if you take the last three verses [verses 22 through 24]:

“²¹And a mighty angel took up a stone like a great millstone, and cast it into the sea, saying, Thus with violence shall that great city Babylon be thrown down, and shall be found no more at all. ²²And the voice of harpers, and musicians, and of pipers, and trumpeters, shall be heard no more at all in thee; and no craftsman, of whatsoever craft he be, shall be found any more in thee; and the sound of a millstone shall be heard no more at all in thee; ²³And the light of a candle shall shine no more at all in thee; and the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard no more at all in thee: for thy merchants were the great men of the earth; for by thy sorceries were all nations deceived. ²⁴And in her was found the blood of prophets, and of saints, and of all that were slain upon the earth.” Revelation 18:21-24 (KJV).

Now, we have already looked at this in previous presentations, and the phrases (the thoughts that are in these three verses) are, in the Bible, phrases that mark the close of human probation.

Into the Euphrates—Jeremiah 51:61-64

“⁶¹And Jeremiah said to Seraiah, When thou comest to Babylon, and shalt see, and shalt read all these words; ⁶²Then shalt thou say, O Lord, thou hast spoken against this place, to cut it off, that none shall remain in it, neither man nor beast, but that it shall be desolate for ever. ⁶³And it shall be, when thou hast made an end of reading this book, that thou shalt bind a stone to it, and cast it into the midst of Euphrates: ⁶⁴And thou shalt say, Thus shall Babylon sink, and shall not rise from the evil that I will bring upon her: and they shall be weary. Thus far are the words of Jeremiah.” Jeremiah 51:61-64 (KJV).

In Jeremiah 51—and it is in your notes; we are not going to go there—verses 61 through 64, Jeremiah says to take a stone, wrap it in a cloth, and throw it in the Euphrates River, marking the end of Babylon.

Especially the Last Two (Continued)

So, here in verse 21 [of Revelation 18] it says,

“²¹And a mighty angel took up a stone like a great millstone, and cast it into the sea, saying, Thus with violence shall that great city Babylon be thrown down, and shall be found no more at all.” Revelation 18:21 (KJV).

Verses 21, 22, 23, and 24 of Revelation 18 are marking the end of Babylon, the close of human probation.

The Voice of The Bride . . .

Jeremiah 25:10-11; Jeremiah 7:34

One of the expressions that is repeated in here, the voice of the Bridegroom and the Bride, if you will go to Jeremiah 25, verses 10 and 11; and, Jeremiah 7:34, you will see that when the voice of the Bride and the Bridegroom is ‘no more heard at all in thee,” it is marking the close of probation.

“¹⁰Moreover I will take from them the voice of mirth, and the voice of gladness, the voice of the bridegroom, and the voice of the bride, the sound of the millstones, and the light of the candle. ¹¹And this whole land shall be a desolation, and an astonishment; and these nations shall serve the king of Babylon seventy years.” Jeremiah 25:10-11 (KJV).

“³⁴”Then will I cause to cease from the cities of Judah, and from the streets of Jerusalem, the voice of mirth, and the voice of gladness, the voice of the bridegroom, and the voice of the bride: for the land shall be desolate.” Jeremiah 7:34 (KJV).

What am I saying? I am saying that verses 21 through 24 of Revelation 18—[marking on the whiteboard] This is the line of Revelation 17 and 18—[verses] 21 through 24, that is the close of human probation.

Revelation 13

And now we are going to switch gears quickly and bring this to a conclusion.

We did not get through this as quickly as I wanted.

We are going to go to Revelation 13 now. We have already looked at Revelation 13, but we are going to put a couple more things in place.

Okay. All these are review.

The Great Controversy, page 443:

“But what is the ‘image to the beast’? and how is it to be formed? The image is made by the two-horned beast, and is an image to the beast. It is also called an image of the beast. Then to learn what the image is like and how it is to be formed we must study the characteristics of the beast itself—the papacy.

“When the early church became corrupted by departing from the simplicity of the gospel and accepting heathen rites and customs, she lost the Spirit and power of God; and in order to control the consciences of the people, she sought the support of the secular power. The result was the papacy, a church that controlled the power of the state and employed it to further her own ends, especially for the punishment of ‘heresy.’ In order for the United States to form an image of the beast,”—

Does the United States form an image of the Beast?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Yes.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Yes. In order for the United States to form an image of the beast,

—“the religious power must so control the civil government that the authority of the state will also be employed by the church to accomplish her own ends.” The Great Controversy, 443.

The image of the beast is the combination of church and state, with the church in control of the relationship.

Beginning at page 448 of The Great Controversy, it says,

“The enforcement of Sundaykeeping on the part of Protestant churches is an enforcement of the worship of the papacy—of the beast. Those who, understanding the claims of the fourth commandment, choose to observe the false instead of the true Sabbath are thereby paying homage to that power by which alone it is commanded. But in the very act of enforcing a religious duty by secular power,”—

And what is that religious duty? In the very act of passing The Sunday Law in the United States.

—“But in the very act of enforcing a religious duty by secular power, the churches would themselves form an image to the beast; hence the enforcement of Sundaykeeping in the United States would be an enforcement of the worship of the beast and his image.” The Great Controversy, 448–449.

The image of the beast is fully formed at the enforcement of the mark of the beast, but the mark of the beast and the image of the beast are two different things.

Notice what Sister White says on page 445 of The Great Controversy.

“The ‘image to the beast’ represents that form of apostate Protestantism which will be developed when the Protestant churches shall seek the aid of the civil power for the enforcement of their dogmas. The ‘mark of the beast’ still remains to be defined.” The Great Controversy, 445.

Okay. Now we are in Revelation 13. We have put those things in place.

Revelation 13, verse 11, what is Revelation 13, verse 11?

Sunday Law Sunday Law Close of Message

1798 USA WORLD Probation of the Hour

Daniel 11 11:40 11:41 11:42-43 Dan 12:1 Dan 11:44

9/11/2001

Revelation 13 13:11 13:11 13:14-15 13:15 Death Decree Rev 14

Wrath of God;

7 Last Plagues

Four Winds

Revelation 17 Rev 17 Rev 18:1-3 18:4 18:21-24 18:1-9

Short Space

Eleventh Hour = One Hour

Healing of Deadly Wound

PERGAMOS THYATIRA

EPHESUS SMYRNA

LAODICEA PHILADELPHIANS SARDIS

Figure No. 121. (See Figure No. 122 regarding the erroneous repositioning of the waymark for the “Message of the Hour.”)

What is Revelation 13, verse 11?

“¹¹And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb; and he spake as a dragon.” Revelation 13:11 (KJV).

Well, one of the things it is, Revelation 13, verse 11, begins when? 1798, and it ends at The Sunday Law in the United States.

So, one of the things that verse 11 is, it is the history of 1798 until The Sunday Law; because, when the United States speaks, when it passes The Sunday Law, then verse 12 is the history that follows after.

But, right here [at The Sunday Law] the mark of the beast is enforced, but the image of the beast is fully developed in the United States.

And then in verse 14, it says,

“¹⁴And he [the United States] deceiveth them that dwell on the earth”—

This is not the United States now; this is the whole world.

—“by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live. ¹⁵And he [the United States] had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed.” Revelation 13:14-15 (KJV).

Now, what is that? This here in verses 14 and 15 is when the United States commands the world to accept the One World Government, with the Papacy in control.

The image of the beast by definition is the combination of the church and state. The state here is the Government of the entire world. It is a One World Government. But, the church that is in control of this political apparatus is the Papacy. The United States forces the whole world in verses 14 and 15 to accept the One World Government, with the Pope of Rome as the moral authority of that One World Government.

And then when you get to verse 18, you are at the close of probation. Let us read verse 16 [of Revelation 13]..

“¹⁶And he causeth all,”—

Once this is in place, “he causeth all,”

—“both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: ¹⁷And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark or the name of the beast, or the number of his name. ¹⁸Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man: and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.” Revelation 13:16-18 (KJV).

Now, we have not the time to go through and make the argument, but I am going to give it to you. Here, those that do not have the mark of the beast, it gets to the point where if you do not have the mark of the beast, you are killed. Okay? That is the Death Decree.

And at the death decree in the time of Stephen, at his death decree, which was the close of probation for Ancient Israel in AD34, at his death decree, as he was dying, what did he do? Acts 7:55-56; what did he do?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: He preached to them.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: He looked up into Heaven and he saw Jesus standing. This, right here [at the waymark of the close of human probation], is the final verses of Revelation 13, the Death Decree, the close of probation.

All right. All this time—this is a bummer! I have not said it, but that is okay; but, you have been—what is it when you learn just by—anyway, subliminally you have been learning that the Message of the Hour comes here before the Close of Probation. Bad idea! WRONG! I did not want to put that in place [removes the waymark line identified as “Message of the Hour” depicted in Figure No. 120 and repositions it in Figure No. 121.]¹

Let me show this to you now. We are at the point where we can bring this to a conclusion.

Here is what we are saying: What we have been saying and taught about the last six verses of Daniel 11, one of the strongest arguments, one of the strongest proofs of why this understanding of these verses is correct is that it lines up with Revelation 13 and 17; and, because Sister White often tells us that these are the same books. You would expect them to line up together.

So, Daniel 11, verse 40 is what? It is the same history as Revelation 13:11. It is from 1798 until The Sunday Law. And The Sunday Law per Daniel 11 is verse 41, which corresponds with this.

Then, the King of the North is going to conquer Egypt in verses 42 and 43 [of Daniel11]. And Egypt represents the entire world; whereas, in Revelation 13:11, the United States is going to speak as a dragon. That is The Sunday Law in the glorious land.

And then the United States goes out to the entire world to Egypt and says, “You must accept the One World government.” All right?

And this, of course, leads to the close of [human] probation.

And I wish that I would have not done this backwards [referring to the Close of Probation waymark], if I would have pulled this line [the Close of Probation] over here where I had a little more room.

We are out of room, but this here is the Message of the Hour. Now, this is not talking about—what I am putting this here, this is not talking about the sequence of events. All right? The Message of the Hour does not come after human probation closes. That is not what I am saying here. What I am trying to show you here now is the structure of Daniel 11:40-45, of Revelation 13, and Revelation 17; it is identical, it is identical. All right?

Daniel 11, verse 40 (1798) until The Sunday Law (verse 41). Then, the King of the North conquers Egypt (the entire world); and, then you have the Message of the Hour emphasized in verse 44.

Okay. Now, in Revelation 17, you have the history of how the threefold union comes together: the sixth, seventh, and eighth kingdoms comes together to form the Sixth Kingdom.

Are you with me?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: But, Revelation 17, in verses 1 and 2, we are told it is about the judgment of the Great Whore. So, Revelation 17, it tells us about how the threefold kingdom comes together; and, in Revelation 17, it tells us that the Dragon and the Ten Kings, they are going to bring judgment on the Great Whore. They are going to burn her with fire and eat her flesh. We have dealt with that.

But then in Revelation 18, what do we have? We have the Message of the Hour.

In Revelation 13, verse 11, we have 1798 until The Sunday Law, when the United States speaks as a dragon.

Then in verses 14 and 15 [of Revelation 13], the King of the North conquers Egypt: the whole world sets up an image of the Beast.

You get down here [Close of Probation, Revelation 13:15] where is the Death Decree: if you do not have the mark of the Beast, you are put to death. Human probation closes.

And then you have Revelation what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Fourteen.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: You have Revelation 14.

And what is Revelation 14?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: It is the Message of the Hour.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: It is the Message of the Hour.

Okay. So, in each of these histories you see first the story from here (1798) to here [the World Sunday Law). This story is the story of the healing of the deadly wound.

And then, once that story is told in each of these instances, you have the Message of the Hour emphasized. Revelation 17 tells the story of the healing of the deadly wound, and then Revelation 18 tells of the Message of the Hour (the Fourth Angel’s Message).

Revelation 13 tells the story of the healing of the deadly wound. This is where we get the phrase “the deadly wound” from, Revelation 13. Once that story is told, we have the Message of the Hour (Revelation 14, the Three Angels’ Messages, swelled to a Loud Cry).

Daniel 11:40-43 is the story of the healing of the deadly wound. Now the Papacy is in control of Egypt [the world]; and, then in verse 44, you have the Message of the Hour.

This is the identical structure: What we are saying about the last six verses of Daniel 11 fits perfectly with the testimony of Revelation.

And in here, this history here, what do we have?

Okay. Because you do not know the question, you really cannot answer very clearly.

In here what history do we have? We have the history of Pergamos.

What is Pergamos? It is the compromise church. It is the history of Constantine bringing in Paganism with Christianity, preparing the way for Thyatira.

We have made this point that all of these churches exist during this time period.

In this history here [Pergamos], we are going to have God’s people lifted up as an ensign. If you are going to be lifted up as an ensign and perfectly reflect the character of Christ, are you living godly in Christ Jesus?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Amen.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: That is Ephesus.

But, what happens to those people that are lifted up as an ensign?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: They are persecuted.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: They are persecuted. What is that?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Smyrna.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: [Writes Smyrna on the whiteboard].

But, there are two classes of worshippers. Sister White tells us that the Laodiceans are foolish virgins. If the Laodiceans are foolish virgins, who are the Philadelphians?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The wise virgins.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: So, you have here Laodicea, and then you have the Philadelphians that are taken out; and, the Philadelphians are lifted up as an ensign to what, for what purpose?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: To call out Sardis.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: To call Sardis, the eleventh-hour workers.

All of these histories [of the Seven Churches] correspond to what we are saying about the last six verses of Daniel 11. And what we are saying about the last six verses of Daniel 11, it corresponds to Revelation 13 and 14; and, it corresponds to Revelation 17 and 18.

Question?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: That line right there after The Sunday Law, the conquering of Egypt, is that like the conquering of the world?

BROTHER PIPPENGER: What is the title? World Sunday Law.

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Message of the Hour, that is the eleventh hour? That the message for that time is what you are saying?

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Yes; but, remember: I am at just one level when I am dealing with—the question was the Message of the Hour is the message for this period [the short space]? Yes, in each case.

The Message of the East and the North is the Three Angels’ Messages of Revelation 14, are the two calls of the churches of Revelation 18, verses 1 through 4: the same message.

But, what I am wanting you to see at another level, not in the sequence of prophecy but at the structure of the prophetic narrative, the way that prophecy is structured grammatically, also you see that in each of these chapters [Daniel 11, Revelation 13 and 17], first the story of the healing of the deadly wound is told, and then the Message of the Hour is marked. This is a prophetic way to prove that verse 44 of the Message of the East and the North is Revelation 14, and the Three Angels’ Messages is Revelation 18. It is two distinct calls being made to the Churches.

So, we are not done making our defense of what we are teaching about Daniel 11:40-45; but, one of those arguments is that what we teach about the last six verses of Daniel 11, it fits like a glove in the testimony of Revelation.

And we have left lots of stuff out that we have already put in place. The one that I like is Daniel 11:40 and Revelation 13:11, the same history, 1798 to The Sunday Law. But, that is also Isaiah 23, when Tyre is forgotten for 70 years, as the days of one king.

Shall we pray?

Benediction: Heavenly Father, we are amazed at the accuracy of your Word, the way that the testimony that Daniel recorded, that was repeated by John hundreds and hundreds of years later, is so spot-on. We thank you that you have allowed us to see these connections that we might have confidence that what we understand about the last six verses of Daniel 11 is truly the message of the events connected with the close of probation that multitudes in Adventism have no more understanding of than if they had never been revealed. We ask that you would allow these truths to impact our lives and changes that we might perfectly reflect your character and that we might be tools in your hands to share this oil with those that we come in contact with. We ask that you would give us each a divine appointment today to meet with someone or a group of people that want to hear these truths; and, we ask that as we go to do our different tasks this day that you would keep us safe and that you would let us do what we do for your honor and glory. In Jesus’s name, amen.

Habakkuk’s Two Tables #62

PART SIX: 1989

Presented by Jeff Pippenger

Invocation by Brother Jeff Pippenger: Heavenly Father, . . . [DVD recording picks up at this point] I would ask that you would overrule my words and my thoughts, to take control of the presentation that it would be a message from on High. Touch my lips with the coal from off your altar that the message might have its designed effect to those that hear it. We pray for a blessing upon the work we are doing with the recording and the LiveStreaming; and, we want the Latter Rain poured out upon us as you open our understanding to your Word. So, we ask that you would accomplish this according to your will. In Jesus’s name, amen.

Sunday Law Sunday Law Close of Message

1798 USA WORLD Probation of the Hour

Daniel 11 11:40 11:41 11:42-43 Dan 12:1 Dan 11:44

9/11/2001

Revelation 13 13:11 13:11 13:14-15 13:15 Death Decree Rev 14

Wrath of God;

7 Last Plagues

Four Winds

Revelation 17 Rev 18:1-3 18:4 18:21-24 18:1-9

Short Space

Eleventh Hour = One Hour

Healing of Deadly Wound

PERGAMOS THYATIRA

EPHESUS SMYRNA

LAODICEA PHILADELPHIANS SARDIS

Figure No. 121 [repeated for reference to error as follows].

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Yesterday we were dealing with this illustration, this presentation on Revelation 17, 13, and Daniel 11. And I looked over there, and for some reason I thought that this line [the waymark for the Message of the Hour] was out of place, and I moved it over there [to the right of the Close of Probation]. But, this line goes here [as corrected in the following, Figure No. 122, before the Close of Probation].

Sunday Law Sunday Law Message Close of

1798 USA WORLD of the Hour Probation

(Beast)

Daniel 11 11:40 11:41 11:42-43 Dan 11:44 Dan 12:1

9/11/2001

(False Prophet)

Revelation 13 13:11 13:11 13:14-15 Rev 14 Rev 13:15 Death Decree

Wrath of God;

7 Last Plagues

Four Winds

(Dragon)

Revelation 17 Rev 18:1-3 18:4 18:1-9 18:21-24

Short Space

Eleventh Hour = One Hour

Healing of Deadly Wound

PERGAMOS THYATIRA

EPHESUS SMYRNA

LAODICEA PHILADELPHIANS SARDIS

Figure No. 122.

The structure of these three chapters is as follows: They tell the story of the healing of the deadly wound. The healing of the deadly wound in Revelation 17 is when the sixth, seventh, and eighth kingdoms come together, when the Ten Kings agree to give their kingdom unto the Papacy for a short space (for one hour, for the eleventh hour).

And then we have Revelation 18, which is the Message of the Hour.

And at the end of Revelation 18, we have the Close of Probation.

That is the structure of all these prophecies. First it tells the story of how the deadly wound is healed. Then you will see the Message of Hour noted. Revelation [18] tells that story: Verses 1 through 4 is the Message of the Hour. Then down in verses 21 through 24 you will see the Close of Probation.

So, too, with Revelation 13; Revelation 13 tells the healing of the deadly wound (The Sunday Law in the United States), and then the world is confronted with a Sunday Law and a One World Government.

And then you get to Revelation 14, which is the Three Angels’ Messages (the Message of the Hour). And, of course, Revelation 14 goes on into Revelation 15, where smoke fills the Sanctuary, marking the Close of Probation and the Seven Last Plagues.

And then in Daniel 11, you have The Sunday Law in verse 41; the conquering of Egypt and the setting up of the image of the beast in Revelation 13 and 14, the Ten Kings agreeing to give their kingdom unto the Papacy for a short space. So, in Daniel 11 the healing of the deadly wound is accomplished here.

Then we see the Message of the Hour, the tidings out of the East and the North of verse 44; followed by Daniel 12:1, the Close of Probation.

So, I looked over there in my haste yesterday and was thinking I had it wrong and changed it around. I should have taken some time to think about it, but did not.

The Spirit of Prophecy

Elijah

Theme

Repetition of History

We are going to jump right into this quote in our next presentation here. This is from Manuscript Releases, number 13, page 394.

When it comes to the Spirit of Prophecy and the last six verses of Daniel 11, there are not very many places that Sister White references Daniel 11, but I think this is the most important. But, that is just my human understanding.

She says,

“We have no time to lose. Troublous times are before us. The world is stirred with the spirit of war. Soon the scenes of trouble spoken of in the prophecies will take place. The prophecy in the eleventh of Daniel”—

Okay. So, she is being specific. And in our studies here, we have shown previously thoroughly that Ellen White believed that the Time of the End was 1798, and verse 40 of Daniel 11 says, “And at the time of the end,” or in 1798. So, when Sister White in this passage is going to reference the future fulfillment of Daniel 11, she understood, her writings mark, that the future fulfillment of Daniel 11 from her day and age would be verses 40 and onward, because she knew that the first 39 verses came before verse 40. The first 39 verses were history that preceded the Time of the End 1798.

So,

—“The prophecy in the eleventh of Daniel has nearly reached its complete fulfillment. Much of the history that has taken place in fulfillment of this prophecy will be repeated.”—

So, now she is identifying a specific prophetic rule in Daniel 11 that we are to look for, that rule being that there are histories in the first 39 verses of Daniel 11 that will be repeated when the last six verses of Daniel 11 are fulfilled.

—“Much of the history that has taken place in fulfillment of this prophecy”—

And the prophecy she is speaking of is Daniel 11.

—“Much of the history that has taken place in fulfillment of this prophecy will be repeated. In the thirtieth verse a power is spoken of that”—

And now she is going to quote verses 30 to 36 of Daniel 11.

—“‘In the thirtieth verse a power is spoken of that shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant. And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate. And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. Now when they shall fall, they shall be holpen with a little help: but many shall cleave to them with flatteries. And some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for a time appointed. And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvellous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined shall be done.’ Daniel 11:30–36.

“Scenes similar to those described in these words will take place.”—

Scenes similar to those described in verses 30 to 36 of Daniel 11 will be repeated in the last six verses of Daniel 11.

She continues on. She says,

—“We see evidence that Satan is fast obtaining the control of human minds who have not the fear of God before them. Let all read and understand the prophecies of this book, for we are now entering upon the time of trouble spoken of:”—

And now she is going to quote Daniel 12, verses 1 through 4. So, not only does she talk about the future fulfillment of Daniel 11 and say that the history of verses 30 to 36 is going to illustrate verses 40 through 45, but then she brings it to a conclusion in Daniel 12:1-4.

—“‘And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book. And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt. And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever. But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased.’ Daniel 12:1–4.” Manuscript Releases, number 13, 394.

So, she is emphasizing the last six verses of Daniel 11 very specifically, and very specifically telling us that whatever you think those verses represent, they have to parallel the history of verses 30 to 36.

So, we are going to look at the history of verses 30 to 36 as set forth by Uriah Smith. And this is where things become problematic for Seventh-day Adventists.

Verse 29 [of Daniel 11]:

“²⁹At the time appointed he shall return, and come toward the south; but it shall not be as the former, or as the latter.” Daniel 11:29 (KJV).

Pagan Rome is introduced into Daniel 11 in verse 14 as the “robbers of thy people”; but, Pagan Rome does not begin to enter into the conquering of the world until verse 16. But, from verse 16 until verse 30, the subject of Daniel 11 is Pagan Rome. In verse 31 it is going to switch to Papal Rome. But, here in verse 29, it is still Pagan Rome, and Uriah Smith comments on this verse.

You will notice that in the verse there are two returnings. It says, “At the time appointed he shall return,” and we have dealt with this in the past. This “time appointed,” the time appointed in the terminology of Daniel is the end of a time prophecy, and in Daniel 11:24 there is a time prophecy that identifies how long Pagan Rome would rule the world supremely. It says it would rule it for a time, and a time is 360 years. And the time that is referenced in verse 24 of Daniel 11 begins at the Battle Actium in 31BC and ends in the Year AD330 when Constantine moves the capitol from the City of Rome to the City of Constantinople.

So, it is saying that at the time appointed, in the Year AD330—somewhere after the year AD330, Pagan Rome is going to return. It is going to come towards the South,” but it shall not be as the former, or the latter.”

Here is Uriah Smith’s comment on this.

“The time appointed is probably the prophetic time of verse 24, which has been previously mentioned. It closed, as already shown, in A.D.330, at which time this power was to return and come again toward the south, but not as on the former occasion, when it went to Egypt, nor as the latter, when it went to Judea. Those were expeditions which resulted in conquest and glory. This one led to demoralization and ruin. The removal of the seat of empire to Constantinople was the signal for the downfall of the empire. Rome then lost its prestige. The western division was exposed to the incursions of foreign enemies. On the death of Constantine, the Roman empire was divided into three parts, between his three sons, Constantius, Constantine II, and Constans. Constantine II and Constans quarreled, and Constans, being victor, gained the supremacy of the whole West. He was soon slain by one of his commanders, who, in turn, was shortly after defeated by the surviving emperor, and in despair ended his own days, A.D.353. The barbarians of the North now began their incursions, and extended their conquests till the imperial power of the West expired in A.D.476. “—

By AD476 Pagan Rome disintegrated into these ten nations.

—“This was indeed different from the two former movements brought to view in the prophecy; and to this the fatal step of removing the seat of empire from Rome to Constantinople directly led.” Uriah Smith, Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation, 280.

So, verse 29 is identifying that Pagan Rome now is collapsing in its power. Its supreme power ended in AD330, at the end of the time prophecy of verse 24.

The Ships of Chittim

So, verse 30 is the last verse that is going to deal with Pagan Rome. It says,

“³⁰For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant.” Daniel 11:30 (KJV).

Uriah Smith comments on this. It says,

“The prophetic narrative still has reference to the power which has been the subject of the prophecy from the sixteenth verse; namely, Rome. What were the ships of Chittim that came against this power, and when was this movement made? What country or power is meant by Chittim? Dr. A. Clarke, on Isaiah 23:1, has this note: ‘From the land of Chittim it is revealed to them. The news of the destruction of Tyre by Nebuchadnezzar is said to be brought to them from Chittim, the islands and coasts of the Mediterranean; for the Tyrians, says Jerome, on verse 6, when they saw they had no other means of escape, fled in their ships, and took refuge in Carthage, and in the islands of the Ionian and AEgean Seas. So also Jochri on the same place.’ Kitto gives the same locality to Chittim; namely, the coast and islands of the Mediterranean; and the mind is carried by the testimony of Jerome to a definite and celebrated city situated in that land; that is, Carthage.

“Was ever a naval warfare with Carthage as a base of operations, waged against the Roman empire? We have but to think of the terrible onslaught of the Vandals upon Rome under the fierce Genseric, to answer readily in the affirmative. Sallying every spring from the port of Carthage at the head of his numerous and well-disciplined naval forces, he spread consternation through all the maritime provinces of the empire. That this is the work brought to view is further evident when we consider that we are brought down in the prophecy to this very time. In verse 29, the transfer of empire to Constantinople we understood to be mentioned. Following in due course of time, as the next remarkable revolution, came the irruptions of the barbarians of the North, prominent among which was the Vandal war already mentioned. The years A.D.428–468 mark the career of Genseric.” Uriah Smith, Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation, 280–281.

The ships of Chittim or Genseric, they are the Second Trumpet of Revelation. Okay? And the first four trumpets bring Western Rome to a conclusion by AD476; but, the trumpet that cuts off the Mediterranean Ocean, the lanes of economic travel and support to Rome, is Genseric.

Grieved and Return

“³⁰For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant.” Daniel 11:30 (KJV).

The same verse says, “therefore he shall be grieved, and return,” and Uriah Smith comments on this. He says,

“’He shall be grieved and return.’ This may have reference to the desperate efforts which were made to dispossess Genseric of the sovereignty of the seas, the first by Majorian, the second by Leo,”—

And these are the two returnings.

—“both of which proved to be utter failures; and Rome was obliged to submit to the humiliation of seeing its provinces ravaged, and its ‘eternal city’ pillaged by the enemy.” Uriah Smith, Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation, 282.

So, in verse 30, Genseric, the trumpet powers, are coming against Rome, “against him”; and, twice in this verse he is going to return. He is going to attempt by these two leaders (Leo and Majorian) to defeat Genseric; but, they have no success in doing so.

Indignation Against the Covenant

“³⁰For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant.” Daniel 11:30 (KJV).

It says that they will have also in this verse,

“‘Indignation against the covenant;’”—

Here Uriah Smith is identifying the covenant as the Bible, and he says,

—“Indignation against the covenant; that is, the Holy Scriptures, the book of the covenant. A revolution of this nature was accomplished in Rome. The Heruli, Goths, and Vandals, who conquered Rome, embraced the Arian faith, and became enemies of the Catholic Church. It was especially for the purpose of exterminating this heresy that Justinian decreed the pope to be the head of the church and the corrector of heretics.”—

And when did Justinian do that?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: AD 533.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: AD533.

—“The Bible soon came to be regarded as a dangerous book that should not be read by the common people, but all questions in dispute were to be submitted to the pope. Thus was indignity heaped upon God’s word. And the emperors of Rome, the eastern division of which still continued, had intelligence, or connived with the Church of Rome, which had forsaken the covenant, and constituted the great apostasy, for the purpose of putting down ‘heresy.’ The man of sin was raised to his presumptuous throne by the defeat of the Arian Goths, who then held possession of Rome, in A.D.538.” Uriah Smith, Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation, 282.

Okay. So, they have indignation against the Bible, the holy covenant, in this history; and, then Pagan Rome begins to connive or have intelligence with the Papacy and, from that point on, the Papacy becomes the subject of Daniel 11.

Arms Shall Stand On His Part

And in verse 31, it says,

“³¹And arms shall stand on his part,”—

The arms are the military power of these European kings that are going to stand up for the Papacy. The Papacy is “his part.”

—“and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate. Daniel 11:31.

In the next reading is from a Catholic publication called The National Catholic Register; and, this is an old article from September 1996. And it is going to show that even if Seventh-day Adventists do not understand that Clovis is the symbol of the military power that stood up for the Papacy, that the Papacy understands this.

This is from 1996. It says,

Papal Trip to Mark ‘Baptism’ Of France

By DIANA GEDDES Special to the Register

“PARIS—John Paul II is coming to France this month–his fifth visit since becoming Pope in 1978–to celebrate the 15th centenary of the baptism of Clovis, the first Western Christian king and founder of the modern French nation.

“It was as a result of that baptism–traditionally believed to have taken place in Reims in 496 A. D.—“—

So, the Pope is going to France in 1996, 1500 years after Clovis’s baptism, to celebrate Clovis’s baptism.

—“It was as a result of that baptism—traditionally believed to have taken place in Reims in 496 A.D.—that France glories in the title of the ‘eldest daughter of the Church.’. . .

“It was in Reims that Clovis, pagan leader of the Salian Franks, was baptized by St. Remi, the bishop of Reims, in the presence of all the kings nobles. He was to give to France (then still known as Gaul) its name, its capital, its first royal dynasty (the Merovingians, named after his grandfather, Merovec), and its official faith.”—

Clovis was to give these things to France.

—“Some have suggested that Clovis’ baptism was also the baptism of France. . . . The king’s baptism did, however, mark the first official recognition of Christianity in a country still dominated by paganism and Arianism (the early Christian heresy which denied the divinity of Christ).

“The history of France and of Europe, and indeed the history of the Catholic Church would not have been the same if this baptism had not taken place. . . . Celebrating Clovis’ baptism endorses the traditional view that his conversion marked the actual founding of France. ‘By celebrating the baptism of Clovis, the French republic is unilaterally endorsing a certain Christian image of France,’ he wrote. ‘To remember Clovis is to recall monarchic religious and the divine rights of kings. . . .’

“Shortly after establishing himself as king, Clovis fell in love with and married Clotilda, a beautiful Bergundian princess who had been left a penniless orphan after the brutal murder of her parents by her wicked uncle, the king of Burgundy. A devout Catholic, Clotilda was to play a key role in her pagan husband’s conversion to Christianity.

“According to tradition, Clovis spiritual turning point came in 496 during the battle of Tobiac against the Alemanni (another invading Germanic tribe). When all appeared lost for the Franks, Clovis raised his eyes to the heavens and cried out, ‘God of Clotilda, if you give me victory, I will become a Christian.’ The Alamanni turned and fled.

“Not long after this, during Clovis baptism, a second miracle reportedly occurred. The baptizing priest, who had been sent to bring the holy oil to the baptistery, was unable to push his way back through the hordes of Clovis’ Frankish warriors crowding around the cathedral. The situation was saved by the sudden arrival of a white dove, which was seen to descend with a holy vial which it carefully placed in Clovis’ hands.”—

Oh, sure!

—“In the 25 years of his reign, Clovis . . . managed to drive off the waves of barbarian invaders and greatly extend his realm’s boundaries to the east and south, consolidating his power through an alliance with the Church. . . . “—

A church/state alliance.

—“It is not yet known whether French President Jacques Chirac, who will meet the Pope upon his arrival in France on September 19, will attend the anniversary celebration of Clovis baptism three days later in Reims Cathedral. He may now consider it politically ill-advised. But there is little doubt that his predecessor and political mentor, General Charles de Galle, would have gone.

“‘For me,’ de Galle said, ‘the history of France begins with Clovis. My country is Christian and I begin to count the history of France from the arrival of a Christian king bearing the name of the Franks.” The National Catholic Register, September 8, 1996.

So, in verse 31, it says, “arms shall stand on his part,” and the symbol of military power coming to the aid of the Papacy in this history is Clovis; and, the date for that is AD496.

Even if we do not understand this any longer, the Catholic Church does; and, we do not understand this any longer because the theologians in Adventism certainly reject what Uriah Smith says here. In fact, when you go into the early part of the 20^th Century and you look at Ellen White opposing Daniells and Prescott in their attempt to bring in the false view of the Daily, attempting to bring in the view that the Daily is Christ’s Sanctuary ministry, you will see one of the issues that Sister White is rebuking them about is that they want to go in and change the books. Well, this is one of the passages in Uriah Smith’s book that they want to change that they do not agree with, and we will show you the logic of that.

Now, this is a battleground for Advent history, these verses here, whether you are aware of it or not.

The Sanctuary of Strength

So, in verse 31,

“³¹And arms shall stand on his part,”—

That is AD496. That is Clovis and, thereafter, all the other European royalty that propped up the Papacy during the 1260 years.

—“³¹And arms shall stand on his part, and they”—

So, the they is the arms, it is not the his; because they is plural and his is singular, and arms is plural.

—“³¹And arms shall stand on his part, and they [the arms] shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate.” Daniel 11:31 (KJV).

Now, the modern theologians of Adventism, they are going to tell you that this sanctuary is Christ’s Sanctuary in Heaven, but it is not. Okay? This is one of the reasons you have got to change this passage in Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation; because this sanctuary here they are treating as God’s Sanctuary, but that is not the understanding that is in the book that Sister White says is God’s helping hand.

On page 282 of Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation, it says,

“The power of the empire was committed to the carrying on of the work before mentioned. ‘And they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength,’ or Rome.”—

The sanctuary of Rome’s strength is the City of Rome. When Rome ruled from the City of Rome, it was invincible. Rome was invincible from the Battle of Actium in 31BC for a time, for 360 years, until the Year AD330 when Constantine moved the capital of the empire from the City of Rome to Constantinople.

When the Goths were driven out of the City of Rome in AD538, then the Pope of Rome was invincible, so to speak, for 1260 years, until he was removed from the City of Rome by Napoleon, by Berthier in AD1798. When Rome is in the City of Rome, they are invincible. It is their strength. It is the sanctuary of their strength.

And, of course, this word sanctuary is not qôdesh that is translated as sanctuary. When you see qôdesh translated as sanctuary in God’s Word, it is only God’s Sanctuary.

This is miqdâsh, and it can be a Pagan sanctuary or God’s Sanctuary.

—“‘And they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength,’ or Rome. If this applies to the barbarians, it was literally fulfilled;”—

The barbarians, who are the barbarians? The barbarians is a general term for the first three out of four trumpet powers. If you want to call Genseric out of North Africa a barbarian, fine; but, the barbarians are the first four trumpets, and they are tearing the Empire of Rome apart. By AD476 Western Rome is gone; all that is left is Eastern Rome, and that is accomplished by the first four trumpets, the barbarians.

—“If this applies to the barbarians [that pollute the sanctuary of strength], it was literally fulfilled, for Rome was sacked by the Goths and Vandals, and the imperial power of the West ceased through the conquest of Rome by Odoacer. Or if it refers to those rulers of the empire who were working in behalf of the papacy against the pagan and all other opposing religions, it would signify the removal of the seat of empire from Rome to Constantinople, which contributed its measure of influence to the downfall of Rome.”—

Either way, either way, either one of these two choices, Uriah Smith is saying the sanctuary of strength is still the City of Rome, whether you are saying that they pollute the sanctuary of strength through the warfare of the barbarians or they pollute the City of Rome by casting it down as the capital and selecting Constantinople as the capital. Either way they have polluted the City of Rome, the sanctuary of strength. That is what Smith is saying here.

—“it would signify the removal of the seat of empire form Rome to Constantinople, which contributed its measure of influence to the downfall of Rome. The passage would then be parallel to Daniel 8:11 and Revelation 13:2.” Uriah Smith, Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation, 282.

Daniel 8:11 says, “the place of his sanctuary was cast down.’ Revelation 13:2 says, “and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat,” that is the City of Rome being set aside for Constantinople, and “his great authority,” that is Justinian’s decree.

So, the arms stand up for the Papacy, warfare ensues, and the City of Rome is polluted. It is repeatedly attacked.

Take Away the Daily

“³¹And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate.” Daniel 11:31 (KJV).

Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation, pages 282–283:

“And they shall take away the daily sacrifice.’”—

And this is where it really gets serious here now. This here becomes an issue with the Spirit of Prophecy from this point onward, not just the Book of Daniel.

—“And they [the arms, the military people that are supporting the Papacy] shall take away the daily sacrifice.”—

And the Hebrew word that is translated as take away here is sur, and it means to remove.

And in Daniel 12:11, the Daily is taken away. And the Hebrew word that is translated as take away in Daniel 12:11 is sur, and it means to remove.

But, in Daniel 8:11 when it says they take away the Daily in Daniel 8:11, the Hebrew word is not sur; it is rum, and it does not mean to take away. It means to lift up and exalt.

But here, the Daily, Paganism, is going to be taken away.

And on this [1843] Chart here it says, “508 Taking away of the daily sacrifice, Dan. 12, 11, 12.” And if the theologians of Adventism want to argue that that is kind of a vague statement, that is not really vague, though, if you go into the Pioneer writings. You can see that they understood exactly, unitedly that when they wrote this, they were saying the Daily represented Paganism. But, it is not on there [the 1843 Chart] specifically stated; so, here at the end of the world we can argue that.

But on this [1850] Chart, and this Chart was produced to correct the mistake on this [1843] Chart (and the mistake on this Chart was a singular mistake that impacted two of the figures. It was the fullness-of-the-year mistake that first had them predicting 1843 for the 2520 and the 2300). This [1850] Chart was to fix that mistake, and that is the only mistake that is made; but, they did state things differently.

Here [on the 1850 Chart], under “508,” they are very clear. Of course, Sister White says this Chart God was in the publishment of this Chart and she saw that there was a prophecy of this Chart in the Bible. And here for “508,” it says, “Pagan dominion or The DAILY taken away. Dan. 11:31.” That is the verse that we are in.

And this sacred Table [the 1850 Chart] of Habakkuk is identifying this Daily as the Pagan dominion, Paganism.

How is it that the arms, the military strength of Europe that is going to support the Papacy, is going to remove, sur, take away Paganism?

And you notice that the word sacrifice in the verse [Daniel 11:31] is in italics, meaning that it is added. There are many added words in the Bible, but there is only one added word in the Bible that Ellen White comments on, that says it does not belong in the text, and that, of course, is the word sacrifice in connection with the word Daily in the Book of Daniel. In Early Writings, page 74, she says that the word sacrifice was added by human wisdom and does not belong to the text.

So, these arms shall take away the Daily, the Pagan dominion. Sacrifice is not there [being deleted by the Spirit of Prophecy].

Uriah Smith says this,

—“‘And they shall take away the daily sacrifice.’ It was shown, on Daniel 8:13, that [the word] sacrifice is a word erroneously supplied; that it should be desolation [the Daily desolation]; and that the expression denotes a desolating power, of which the abomination of desolation is but the counterpart, and to which it succeeds in point of time. The ‘daily’ desolation was paganism,”—

Here is what Daniells and Prescott wanted to get out of that book [Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation]. And the reason that Adventism has the mentality today that Uriah Smith’s book is valueless and we really do not need that book—and you run into it all the time, because it has been taught repeatedly for the last hundred years, almost, that this book is unimportant—is because this passage and other passages concerning the Daily. Okay? If you do not know that, you need to know that. You need to start studying this history. This is the controversy; what Uriah Smith was confirming about the Pioneers becomes the point of controversy in the early part of the 20^th Century.

—“The ‘daily’ desolation was paganism, the ‘abomination of desolation’ is the papacy. But it may be asked how this can be the papacy; since Christ spoke of it in connection with the destruction of Jerusalem. And the answer is, Christ evidently referred to the ninth of Daniel, which is a prediction of the destruction of Jerusalem, and not to this verse of chapter 11, which does not refer to that event.”—

Do you understand what he is saying?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (No audible response.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Go to Matthew 24. You should understand what he is saying. I would almost say that you are required to understand what he is saying, because there are not many places where Jesus specifically says, “You need to know this truth.” But, in Matthew 24, let us start in verse 14. It says,

“¹⁴And this gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations; and then shall the end come. ¹⁵When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand:) ¹⁶Then let them which be in Judaea flee into the mountains: . . .” Matthew 24: 14-16 (KJV).

Jesus is here telling us that the prophetic gospel of the Book of Daniel is the prophetic message that gets carried to the world, and then the end comes.

But in connection with this, He says, “the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet” was a sign for the Christians that told them it was time to flee the City of Jerusalem.

And what Uriah Smith is saying is, if you go back to Daniel, that what Jesus was referring to is the abomination of desolation in a general sense: “When you see the abomination of desolation that maketh desolate in the Book of Daniel,” it is representing the Papacy and it is set forth in connection with the Daily that is representing Paganism (the Daily = Paganism, the abomination that maketh desolate = the Papacy).

But not so in Daniel 9, verse 26. It says,

“²⁶And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off,”—

When was Messiah cut off? At the cross.

—“but not for himself: and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city”—

What city? Jerusalem.

Who are the people of the prince that destroyed Jerusalem?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Pagan Rome.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Pagan Rome.

—“and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations”—in the plural—“are determined.” Daniel 9:26 (KJV).

And that is what Uriah Smith is talking about here, that here these desolating powers (plural) are twofold. And the verse itself identifies what these two powers are; because, the first desolating power destroys the city and the sanctuary (that is Pagan Rome), but the war continues on and the last part of the war is accomplished by a flood.

So, if you go to Revelation 12, Revelation 12 introduces the dragon in chapter 12. And in verse 9 it says,

“⁹And the great dragon was case out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: . . .” Revelation 12:9, first part (KJV).

And, more than once in this worship series, we have read a quote from The Great Controversy where Sister White says “the dragon in Revelation 12 is Satan; but, in a secondary sense it is Pagan Rome.” So, though Revelation 12 is talking about the Great Controversy that began in Heaven, when it gets down to the history of Christ in Revelation 12, the dragon power, the earthly representative of Satan is Pagan Rome. Okay?

And in verse 13 it says,

“¹³And when the dragon saw that he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman which brought forth the man child.” Revelation 12:13 (KJV).

Who is the woman that brought forth the man child?

Who is the man child?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Christ.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Christ.

So, he is persecuting the church, and in this history the church is changing from Ancient Israel to the Christian Church. And the people that come to destroy the city and the sanctuary are Pagan Rome, but the end of the war is going to be with a flood.

So, notice, verse 14:

“¹⁴And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent.”—

Now we are into the history of Christianity, the 1260 years.

“¹⁵And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood after the woman, that he might cause her to be carried away of the flood.” Revelation 12:14-15 (KJV).

The persecution that is accomplished by the Papacy is represented as a flood.

So, if you go back to Daniel 9:26, you can see both these desolating powers in this one verse. It says, “and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary [AD70]; and the end thereof shall be with a flood,”—the end of these desolations, in the plural, will be with a flood. That is the Papal desolating power—“and unto the end of the war desolations are determined.”

So, Uriah Smith is saying that when Jesus was telling us to understand the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the prophet, He is referring to verse 26 in the general sense of the abomination of desolation, not the specific sense when it represents the Papacy.

So, if you go back to Uriah Smith’s commentary [in Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation, pages 282–283[, in the middle of the first paragraph, it says,

—“And the answer is, Christ evidently referred to the ninth of Daniel, which is a prediction of the destruction of Jerusalem, and not to this verse of chapter 11, which does not refer to that event. Daniel, in the ninth chapter, speaks of desolations and abominations, plural. More than one abomination, therefore, treads down the church; that is, so far as the church is concerned, both paganism and the papacy are abominations. But as distinguished from each other, the language is restricted, and one is the ‘daily’ desolation, and the other is pre-eminently the transgression or ‘abomination’ of desolation.”—

Do you follow that?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Amen.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Okay. Let me show you something that if you do not accept the 2520 as the Millerites did, you do not see this.

723BC AD1798

3½Times 3½Times

Paganism AD538 Papalism

1260 1260

2520

7 Times of Lev. 26

Figure No. 123.

The first 2520 against the Northern Kingdom begins in 723BC when Hoshea is carried away captive. And 2520 years later, it ends in 1798. This is the type of stuff here that just amazes me about these guys that want to fight the 2520. They think there are just accidents and coincidences in history that happen to correspond to some kind of false teaching.

But, if you go to the dead center of this history, it brings you to AD538.

Therefore, this 2520 is illustrating 1260 years that Paganism would trample down the sanctuary and the host, followed by 1260 years that Papalism would trample down the sanctuary and the host.

This, of course, is the seven times of Leviticus 26; therefore, this [Paganism] is three and a half times and this [Papalism] is three and a half times.

So, when you see the 1260 years of Papal persecution noted in the Scriptures repeatedly as “times, time, and the dividing of times,” the only way to correctly understand that is that this three and a half times [of Papalism] is simply the second three and a half times]. Combined [with the three and a half times of Paganism], it is the seven times of Leviticus 26. You just cannot get away from that, if you are willing to see.

But, if you are unwilling to see and unwilling to hear, then you certainly will not receive that.

Continuing on with Uriah Smith’s commentary on how the arms took away the Daily, it says,

—“How was the daily, or paganism, taken away? As this is spoken of in connection with the placing or setting up of the abomination of desolation, or the papacy, it must denote, not merely the nominal change of the religion of the empire from paganism to Christianity, as on the conversion, so-called, of Constantine, but such an eradication of paganism from all the elements of the empire, that the way would be all open for the papal abomination to arise and assert its arrogant claims. Such a revolution as this, plainly defined, was accomplished; but not for nearly two hundred years after the death of Constantine.

“As we approach the year A.D.508, we behold a grand crisis ripening between Catholicism and the pagan influences still existing in the empire. Up to the time of the conversion of Clovis, king of France, A.D.496, the French and other nations of Western Rome were pagan; but subsequently to that event (AD496), the efforts to convert idolaters to Romanism were crowned with great success. The conversion of Clovis is said to have been the occasion of bestowing upon the French monarch the titles of ‘Most Christian Majesty’ and ‘Eldest Son of the Church.’ Between that time (AD496) and A.D.508, by alliances, capitulations and conquests, the Arborici, the Roman garrisons in the West, Brittany, the Burgundians, and the Visigoths, were brought into subjection.

“From the time when these successes were fully accomplished; namely, 508, the papacy was triumphant so far as paganism was concerned; for though the latter doubtless retarded the progress of the Catholic faith, yet it had not the power, if it had the disposition, to suppress the faith, and hinder the encroachments of the Roman pontiff. When the prominent powers of Europe gave up their attachment to paganism, it was only to perpetuate its abominations in another form; for Christianity, as exhibited in the Catholic Church, was, and is, only paganism baptized.” Uriah Smith, Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation, 282–283.

Let me look at something real quick.

Go to Hebrews, chapter 8, in verse 10. And this is something that we have looked at before, but we will look at it briefly here once again.

Hebrews 8, verse 10:

“¹⁰For this is the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel after those days,”—

Does it say “that day” or “those days”?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: “Those days.”

BROTHER PIPPENGER: What are “those days”? He is going to make a covenant after “those days.”

—“¹⁰For this is the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel after those days,”—

What book are we reading?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Hebrews.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Book of Hebrews.

Who is the Book of Hebrews written for?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (No audible response.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Was it written for the Millerites?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Yes.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: No. It was not written for the Millerites. You know it was not written for the Millerites, do you not? The Millerites thought the Sanctuary was the Earth.

FROM THE AUDIENCE: It was written for us.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: This was written for the people that understand the Sanctuary.

Who was the Book of Hebrews written for?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Seventh-day Adventists.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Seventh-day Adventists. This is the book that was written in the Bible for Seventh-day Adventists, because we are the only ones in the world that understand this book correctly.

There are probably people outside of Adventism that understand this book well, but this book can only be understood correctly in terms of Adventism.

Okay. So, verse 10, where it says,

—“¹⁰For this is the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel after those days,”—

Who is the house of Israel that He is speaking of? Modern Israel (Adventism). He is going to make a covenant with Adventism after—what?—those days.

What are “those days”? I am understanding that it is after these two days, the 2520 and the 2300. Okay? Because, in order for this sanctuary to be cleansed in Daniel 8:14, in verse 13 of Daniel 8, both the sanctuary and the host have been trodden underfoot. And in order for the sanctuary to be made right—and that is what the word that is translated as cleansed in verse 14 means, is to be made right—in order for the sanctuary to be made right in Daniel 8:14, the sanctuary needed to cease to be trodden underfoot, and the host needed to cease to be trodden underfoot; because, in Daniel 8:13, both the sanctuary and the host were trodden underfoot, and Daniel 8:14 is talking about the restoration of the sanctuary.

And the 2300 days is talking about the restoration of the sanctuary, and the 2520 is talking about the restoration of the host. So, after those days, these two days [the 2520 and 2300], after these days, after these two time prophecies are fulfilled in 1844, the Lord is going to make a covenant.

—“¹⁰For this is the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel after those days, saith the Lord: I will put my laws into their mind, and write them in their heart: and I will be to them a God, and they shall be to me a people. ¹¹And they shall not teach every man his neighbour, and every man his brother, saying, Know the Lord: for all shall know me, from the least to the greatest. ¹²For I will be merciful to their unrighteousness, and their sins and their iniquities will I remember no more.” —

This, or course, is pointing forward to the final covenant of the 144,000 and the blotting out of sin.

Verse 13:

—“¹³In that he saith, A new covenant, he hath made the first old.”—

That is what I wanted you to see.

—“Now that which decayeth and waxeth old is ready to vanish away.” Hebrews 8:10-13 (KJV).

And there are other places in the Book of Hebrews where we find that the old is set aside for the new.

And all I want you to see very briefly here, we have already looked at this before. So, this is a review of our series.

Pattern of Christ 30 yrs 3½ yrs

AD508 538 1798

Pattern of Antichrist 30 yrs 3½ yrs

Figure No. 124.

But, in the time of Christ, He was setting aside the Old Testament, the old covenant, the earthly sanctuary, and bringing in the New Testament, the new covenant, the Heavenly Sanctuary.

But, Christ was born, and He was 30 years in preparation, and then He was empowered and He gave His testimony for three and a half years, and then He was crucified.

All right. In this history, the old covenant is being set aside to bring in the new covenant. Okay? The old dispensation is being set aside for the new dispensation.

But, this pattern of Christ governs the pattern of antichrist, because antichrist is a counterfeit for Christ; and, therefore, when we see AD508 here, and then 30 years of preparation to bring us to AD538 for the Papacy to be empowered to give its testimony for three and a half prophetic years, until it receives its deadly wound in 1798; and, when we see AD508 what is being set aside is Paganism to bring in Papalism, we are seeing the change of dispensation, the change of satanic dispensation between AD508 and AD538 that is paralleling the change of dispensation from the earthly sanctuary to the Heavenly Sanctuary; old covenant, new covenant, in the time of Christ. And, it is an absolute perfect parallel.

But, for the theologians in Adventism that have trained their minds to think there is a lot of discrepancies and accidents and coincidences in God’s Word, they write that off because they do not want to accept what Uriah Smith is saying here about the Daily.

Take Away the Daily

Okay. Now, because of time, we are not going to bypass this next quote [under the subtitle “Take Away the Daily”], but we are going to take it up tomorrow—

The next passage from Uriah Smith was going to explain how the arms place the abomination that maketh desolate upon the throne of the Earth in AD538. Maybe we will not even come back to that. That is pretty self-evident, and you will have it in your notes [as follows].

“³¹And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate.” Daniel 11:31 (KJV).

Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation, pages 282–283:

“‘And they shall take away the daily sacrifice.’ It was shown, on Daniel 8:13, that sacrifice is a word erroneously supplied; that it should be desolation; and that the expression denotes a desolating power, of which the abomination of desolation is but the counterpart, and to which it succeeds in point of time. The ‘daily’ desolation was paganism, the ‘abomination of desolation’ is the papacy. But it may be asked how this can be the papacy; since Christ spoke of it in connection with the destruction of Jerusalem. And the answer is, Christ evidently referred to the ninth of Daniel, which is a prediction of the destruction of Jerusalem, and not to this verse of chapter 11, which does not refer to that event. Daniel, in the ninth chapter, speaks of desolations and abominations, plural. More than one abomination, therefore, treads down the church; that is, so far as the church is concerned, both paganism and the papacy are abominations. But as distinguished from each other, the language is restricted, and one is the ‘daily’ desolation, and the other is pre-eminently the transgression or ‘abomination’ of desolation.

“How was the daily, or paganism, taken away? As this is spoken of in connection with the placing or setting up of the abomination of desolation, or the papacy, it must denote, not merely the nominal change of the religion of the empire from paganism to Christianity, as on the conversion, so-called, of Constantine, but such an eradication of paganism from all the elements of the empire, that the way would be all open for the papal abomination to arise and assert its arrogant claims. Such a revolution as this, plainly defined, was accomplished; but not for nearly two hundred years after the death of Constantine.

“As we approach the year A.D.508, we behold a grand crisis ripening between Catholicism and the pagan influences still existing in the empire. Up to the time of the conversion of Clovis, king of France, A.D.496, the French and other nations of Western Rome were pagan; but subsequently to that event, the efforts to convert idolaters to Romanism were crowned with great success. The conversion of Clovis is said to have been the occasion of bestowing upon the French monarch the titles of ‘Most Christian Majesty’ and ‘Eldest Son of the Church.’ Between that time and A.D.508, by alliances, capitulations and conquests, the Arborici, the Roman garrisons in the West, Brittany, the Burgundians, and the Visigoths, were brought into subjection.

“From the time when these successes were fully accomplished; namely, 508, the papacy was triumphant so far as paganism was concerned; for though the latter doubtless retarded the progress of the Catholic faith, yet it had not the power, if it had the disposition, to suppress the faith, and hinder the encroachments of the Roman pontiff. When the prominent powers of Europe gave up their attachment to paganism, it was only to perpetuate its abominations in another form; for Christianity, as exhibited in the Catholic Church, was, and is, only paganism baptized.” Uriah Smith, Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation, 282–283.

Shall Place The Abomination

“³¹And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate.” Daniel 11:31 (KJV).

Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation, pages 285–288:

“Let it be marked that in this year, 508, paganism had so far declined, and Catholicism had so far relatively increased in strength, that the Catholic Church for the first time waged a successful war against both the civil authority of the empire and the church of the East, which had for the most part embraced the Monophysite doctrine. The extermination of 65,000 heretics was the result.

“Further evidence regarding the time is supplied by the prophecy of Daniel 12:11, where it is stated that ‘from the time that the daily sacrifice shall be taken away, . . . there shall be a thousand two hundred and ninety days.’ As verses 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 of this chapter speak of the ‘time of the end,’ we may reasonably conclude the same time is meant in verse 11. Reckoning back 1290 ‘days,’ or years, from the ‘time of the end,’ which began A.D.1798, we are brought to the year A.D.508.

“From these evidences we think it clear that the daily, or paganism, was taken away in A.D.508. This was preparatory to the setting up, or establishment of the papacy, which was a separate and subsequent event. Of this the prophetic narrative now leads us to speak.

“‘And they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate.’ Having shown quite fully what constituted the taking away of the daily, or paganism, we now inquire, When was the abomination that maketh desolate, or the papacy, placed, or set up? The little horn that had eyes like the eyes of man was not slow to see when the way was open for his advancement and elevation. From the year 508 his progress toward universal supremacy was without a parallel.

“When Justinian was about to commence the Vandal war, A.D.533, an enterprise of no small magnitude and difficulty, he wished to secure the influence of the bishop of Rome, who had then attained a position in which his opinion had great weight throughout a large portion of Christendom. Justinian therefore took it upon himself to decide the contest which had long existed between the sees of Rome and Constantinople as to which should have the precedence, by giving the preference to Rome, and declaring, in the fullest and most unequivocal terms, that the bishop of that city should be chief of the whole ecclesiastical body of the empire. A work on the Apocalypse, by Reverend George Croly, of England, published in 1827, presents a detailed account of the events by which the supremacy of the pope of Rome was secured. He gives the following as the terms in which the letter of Justinian was expressed:

“‘Justinian, pious, fortunate, renowned, triumphant, emperor, consul, etc., to John, the most holy archbishop of our city of Rome, and patriarch.

‘Rendering honor to the apostolic chair and to your holiness, as has been always, and is, our wish, and honoring your blessedness as a father, we have hastened to bring to the knowledge of your holiness all matters relating to the state of the churches; it having been at all times our great desire to preserve the unity of your apostolic chair, and the constitution of the holy churches of God, which has obtained hitherto, and still obtains.

“‘Therefore, we have made no delay in subjecting and uniting to your holiness all the priests of the whole East. . . . We cannot suffer that anything which relates to the state of the church, however manifest and unquestionable, should be moved without the knowledge of your holiness, who is THE HEAD OF ALL THE HOLY CHURCHES; for in all things, as we have already declared, we are anxious to increase the honor and authority of your apostolic chair.’—Croly, 114,115. . . .

“. . . the highest authorities among the civilians and annalists of Rome, . . .ascend to Justinian as the only legitimate source, and rightly date the title from the memorable year 533. . . .”

“Such were the circumstances attending the decree of Justinian. But the provisions of this decree could not at once be carried into effect; for Rome and Italy were held by the Ostrogoths, who were Arians in faith, and strongly opposed to the religion of Justinian and the pope. It was therefore evident that the Ostrogoths must be rooted out of Rome before the pope could exercise the power with which he had been clothed. To accomplish this object, the Italian war was commenced in 534. . . .

“Belisarius entered Rome December 10, 536. But this was not an end of the struggle; . . .

“The whole nation of the Ostrogoths had been assembled for the siege of Rome; but success did not attend their efforts. Their hosts melted away in frequent and bloody combats under the city walls; and the year and nine days during which the siege lasted, witnessed almost the entire consumption of the whole nation. In the month of March, 538, dangers beginning to threaten them from other quarters, they raised the siege, burned their tents, and retired in tumult and confusion from the city, with numbers scarcely sufficient to preserve their existence as a nation or their identity as a people.

“Thus the Gothic horn, the last of the three, was plucked up before the little horn of Daniel 7. Nothing now stood in the way of the pope to prevent his exercising the power conferred upon him by Justinian five years before. The saints, times, and laws were now in his hands, not in purpose only, but in fact. And this must therefore be taken as the year when this abomination was placed, or set up, and as the point from which to date the predicted 1260 years of its supremacy.” Uriah Smith, Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation, 285–288.

But, I want to go to where it says, “Present Truth” now. All right?

We are going to spend some time, by the way, if you have not gathered, we are going to spend some time on Daniel 11:30-36 and how it parallels the last six verses of Daniel 11.

Present Truth

But, under “Present Truth,” it says, from The 1888 Materials, page 133:

“In every age the gospel ministry has tended to the same end. But every minute specification is not revealed in the Word of God. He desires us to use our reason and experience, by their help adopting methods and plans which, under the existing circumstances, are for the benefit of the church and the schools and the other institutions which have been established. ‘By their fruits ye shall know them.’ If erroneous opinions are entertained, search the Scriptures with hearts which are humbled before God. Pray to the Lord, believing that He hears, and that He is a rewarder of those who diligently seek Him. If we will only believe, we shall receive the help we need.

“The message ‘Go forward’ is still to be heard and respected.”—

Now, what Sister White is dealing with here in this passage is someone may get a message, the Lord may tell a messenger to go forward, and the argument comes, “Look, did you ask permission from your pastor or your elders before you went forward?”

—“The message ‘Go forward’ is still to be heard and respected. The varying circumstances taking place in our world call for labor which will meet these peculiar developments. The Lord has need of men who are spiritually sharp and clear-sighted, men worked by the Holy Spirit, who are certainly receiving manna fresh from heaven. Upon the minds of such, God’s Word flashes light, revealing to them more than ever before the safe path. The Holy Spirit works upon mind and heart. The time has come when through God’s messengers the scroll is being unrolled to the world.”—

What is the scroll being unrolled to the world?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Responses are not discernible.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: It is the unsealing of the book that sealed the Seven Seals by the Lion of the Tribe of Judah; or, you could say it is the Dirt Brush Man sweeping out the counterfeit coins; or, you could say it is the increase of knowledge that takes place when the Book of Daniel is unsealed.

—“The time has come when God’s messengers the scroll is being unrolled to the world. Instructors in our schools should never be bound about by being told that they are to teach only what has been taught hitherto. Away with these restrictions. There is a God to give the message His people shall speak.”—

Oh, really? We are not suppose to wait for the General Conference to decide what the message is and then send it down through the pastors?

You know, there are claims by some of these pastors now that they are actually designing schedules or themes on what is supposed to be taught, where everyone is teaching the same thing in the same churches around the world. I mean, what does that do to the work of the Holy Spirit? It sets it aside.

If someone is going into the pulpit, they should be directed there on what they are going to say by the Holy Spirit, not by a mandate from the [General Conference].

—“Away with these restrictions. There is a God to give the message His people shall speak. Let not any minister feel under bonds or be gauged by men’s measurement. The gospel must be fulfilled in accordance with the messages God sends. That which God gives His servants to speak today would not perhaps have been present truth twenty years ago,”—

That is the whole point of reading this quote:

—“That which God gives His servants to speak today would not perhaps have been present truth twenty years ago, but it is God’s message for this time.” The 1888 Materials, 133.

Okay. So, what am I saying?

I am saying that when Ellen White was alive—she died in 1915—that the subject of the Daily being Paganism was not present truth. It was simply truth. But now it is present truth. Why?

Why is it present truth now? And there are two reasons that it is present truth now; but, one of the reasons it is present truth, the one that we are dealing with today, if you go back to the first quote of your notes, Sister White says, “ . . . The prophecy in the eleventh of Daniel has nearly reached its complete fulfillment. Much of the history that has taken place in fulfillment of this prophecy will be repeated. In the thirtieth verse . . . ,” and then she quotes verses 30 to 36. And, when she quotes 30 to 36, she says, “Scenes similar to those described in these words will take place.” She is saying that the history in verses 30 to 36 is the blueprint for the history of verses 40 through 45, and part of the history for verses 30 to 36 is the history of the Daily. Uh-oh.

Once verses 40 through 45 begin to be fulfilled, once the Soviet Union comes down in 1989, now this passage of the Spirit of Prophecy tells us that if we are going to understand the last six verses of Daniel 11 correctly, then we have to be correct about what the Daily represents; and, suddenly the Daily changes from truth to present truth.

So, Sister White could say in her day and age, the Daily is not to be made a test question because it was not to be made a test question in that time period. It was not to be made a test question there, and I am not saying that it is even to be made a test question now because some people have different ideas of what “test questions” mean.

But, once the Soviet Union collapsed in 1989 and students of prophecy were required to understand the implications of that fulfillment, and once this passage in the Spirit of Prophecy was discovered, now we see that we must have a correct understanding of the Daily.

And then, when you get to 9/11/2001 and the Lord leads us back to the Old Paths—

I do not know how many of you remember our worship series, but we went through the reform lines, and in the reform lines there is always a Time of the End;

Time of

of End (1) (2) (3)

Enemies

Foundations Closed Door

Judgment

Figure No. 125.

and, then the First Message is empowered, and then the Second Message, and then the Third Message where the door is closed. This (1) is the empowerment of the First Message; this (2) is the activities of the enemy that resist that message; this (3) is where the history comes to a conclusion and a door is closed and judgment is emphasized.

If you remember our study under reform lines, right here there is a foundational work [beginning at the waymark of the First Message], “Foundations.”

So, when you get to 9/11, the foundations that the Lord leads us back to are these foundations, the truths on these [1843 and 1850] Charts, and He does so because 9/11 is marked by the activity of Islam. And if you are going to understand Islam in Bible prophecy, then you need to return to the Pioneer logic which allowed them to identify that the First Woe was Islam and the Second Woe was Islam. And if the First Woe was Islam and the Second Woe was Islam, then the Third Woe is 9/11, the arrival of Islam back into history; but. to prove that, you have got to go back to these foundational truths [gesturing towards the 1843 and 1850 Charts] to understand it.

So, once the Lord here [at 9/11] leads us back to the Foundations (the Old Paths of Jeremiah 6:16), then the Old Paths become present truth [again referring to the 1843 and 1850 Charts].

And what is one of the Old Paths? The Daily. So, now the Daily, upon the testimony of two, is present truth, no matter what the theologians would say.

The Trumpets

So, closing this up, if you will go back to our notes, the second quote there from The Great Controversy, beginning at page 334, it says,

“In the year 1840 another remarkable fulfillment of prophecy excited widespread interest. Two years before, Josiah Litch, one of the leading ministers preaching the second advent, published an exposition of Revelation 9, predicting the fall of the Ottoman Empire. According to his calculations, this power was to be overthrown . . . ‘on the 11^th of August, 1840, when the Ottoman power in Constantinople may be expected to be broken. And this, I believe, will be found to be the case.’—Josiah Litch, in Signs of the Times, and Expositor of Prophecy, Aug. 1, 1840.

“At the very time specified, Turkey, through her ambassadors, accepted the protection of the allied powers of Europe, and thus placed herself under the control of Christian nations. The event exactly fulfilled the prediction. When it became known, multitudes were convinced of the correctness of the principles of prophetic interpretation adopted by Miller and his associates, and a wonderful impetus was given to the advent movement. Men of learning and position united with Miller, both in preaching and in publishing his views, and from 1840 to 1844 the work rapidly extended.” The Great Controversy, 334-335.

The 1843 Chart

“I have seen that the 1843 chart was directed by the hand of the Lord, and that it should not be altered; that the figures were as He wanted them; that His hand was over and hid a mistake in some of the figures, so that none could see it, until His hand was removed.

“Then I saw in relation to the ‘daily’ (Daniel 8:12) that the word ‘sacrifice’ was supplied by man’s wisdom, and does not belong to the text, and that the Lord gave the correct view of it to those who gave the judgment hour cry. When union existed, before 1844, nearly all were united on the correct view of the ‘daily’; but in the confusion since 1844, other views have been embraced, and darkness and confusion have followed. Time has not been a test since 1844, and it will never again be a test.” Early Writings, 74–75.

So, what am I saying here? I am saying that the Pioneer understanding of the Trumpets—and we have read a little bit of it from Uriah Smith today—that there are Seven Trumpets, and the Trumpets are the judgments upon Rome in response to Sunday laws, in response to Sunday laws.

The Pioneers did not say it that way; I am saying it that way. But, the rule of thumb is that national apostasy is followed by national ruin.

Sometimes we may just think that just applies to the United States, but that is not so. Sister White says after the United States every country on the globe is going to follow the example of the United States. And when Canada passes a Sunday law, national apostasy will be followed by national ruin: when Canada, the same with Mexico; the same with England; it is a principle.

AD321 330 476 538

4 Trumpets 5^th & 6^th Trumpets

Sunday Law Sunday Law

Figure No. 126.

And the first Sunday law was in AD321, and it was followed by national ruin in 330. We read about that today: The Roman Empire was divided into East and West.

And the national ruin then began with the first four Trumpets that brings Western Rome to an end in 476. After 476 never is there an Italian that sits upon the throne in the City of Rome until, of course, the Pope comes along.

So, the Pioneer understanding is, is that the Trumpets are the judgment that God brings upon Rome. I am adding to the fact that it is in response to the Sunday Law; because, when the Papacy is placed upon the throne in AD538, it enforces a Sunday law. And the Pioneers’ understanding is that the Lord raises up Islam to chastise an apostate church. So, here we get the Fifth and Sixth Trumpets in this history, once again in response to a Sunday Law.

What am I saying? I am saying this: The Pioneer understanding of the Trumpets is that you cannot separate them because they are God’s providential responses to judge Rome, and they are connected to one another. You cannot separate them out.

Therefore, when Sister White refers to verses 30 to 36 [of Daniel 11] being repeated, and the reference in verse 30 is for “ships of Chittim shall come against them,” this passage is including the Pioneer understanding of the Trumpets.

So, when you are setting aside Uriah Smith’s commentary of the Pioneer understanding of verses 30 to 36, you are also setting aside the Pioneer understanding of the Trumpets. You are setting aside the Old Paths. Okay? This whole passage becomes present truth.

And, of course, both of these Old Paths that we are dealing with here, the Daily, and AD508, and the Trumpets, are on both of these sacred [1843 and 1850] Charts. So, you are not only setting aside, when you reject the Pioneer understanding of verses 30 to 36, you are not only setting aside the Daily and their understanding of the Trumpets but you are setting aside the endorsement of those truths that are on these Charts; and, you are setting aside the Spirit of Prophecy.

So, before we begin to analyze these verses 30 to 36 in connection with verses 40 through 45, I want you to understand that this passage in Manuscript Releases, volume 13, that we read to start with, this opens a can of worms; because, now, you are not just choosing between the true or untrue understanding of the last six verses of Daniel 11. Should you choose to reject the Pioneer understanding of verses 30 to 36, you are simultaneously rejecting the Spirit of Prophecy. Even if you do not understand that, you are.

So, we will continue this tomorrow.

And, what we are doing is we are beginning to get a busy board again. We have done that before. But, let me remove some of these things so I can bring this to a conclusion.

(Brother Pippenger clears areas of the whiteboard.)

We used to have a meeting out at the—there was a Baptist University, and you could rent the rooms, out in California in San Bernardino, one of those towns there, and it was the best place; because, the school rooms, they had whiteboards along the walls and you could do a thing on one whiteboard and you could just walk over five feet and there was another whiteboard, and you could go all the way around the room with the whiteboards. This whiteboard is big, but it is too small.

Okay. What we are wanting to do when we get to the conclusion of this study is we have shown you that Daniel 11, verses 40 through 45, connects with future history in Revelation 13 and Revelation 17, and it does it perfectly. Okay?

But, tomorrow we are going to back in and show that Daniel 11:40-45, it goes backwards in history and connects with the history of verses 30 to 36, and once again it is a perfect parallel. And verses 30 to 36 are going to parallel this and this [Revelations 13, 17] as well; because, we started early on in this presentation of the last six verses of Daniel 11 and showed you that the entire Bible is structured upon those last six verses. So, tomorrow, we will take up our consideration of how 30 to 36 parallels 40 through 45 and what it means if you reject the Pioneer understanding of verses 30 to 36. It means you are rejecting the Spirit of Prophecy.

Shall we pray?

Benediction: Heavenly Father, we thank you that the message of your Word, the prophetic events, the sequence of events is so clearly illustrated and it is ever the same. We understand as human beings we cannot understand the deep things of God, that we are very simple in spite of ourselves thinking that we are greatly elevated in our understanding. But, it is obvious that in order to reach us that you have taken the Message of the Hour and just simply repeated it throughout your Word, in the hopes that it might click for us that it is the same story over and over again, and that story is illustrated upon the last six verses of Daniel 11. And we want to understand this. We want to understand not only the events but what it means to us as Seventh-day Adventists living here at the end of the world. We ask a continued blessing upon the work that we are attempting here with the DVDs and the LiveStreaming, and we ask a blessing upon the day’s work that each of us is going to take up, that our work might glorify you and that it might be accomplished safely. And we thank you for all these things in Jesus’s name. Amen.

Habakkuk’s Two Tables #63

PART SIX: 1989

Presented by Jeff Pippenger

Invocation by Brother Jeff Pippenger: Heavenly Father, as we open your Word this morning, we ask that you would accompany us through the presence of your Holy Spirit, that you would take control of this presentation and that what is presented would be designed to edify and strengthen your people. We want the Latter Rain poured out upon us by opening our understanding to your Word. We ask that you accomplish that for us at this time and that you forgive us in any way that might be preventing us from being fit vessels to receive that Rain. We thank you for another day of life and another opportunity to serve you and to serve others. We ask that this consideration of your Word would give us a thought to carry through the day. In Jesus’s name, amen.

The Spirit of Prophecy

Elijah

Theme

Repetition of History

Sunday Law Sunday Law Message Close of

1798 USA WORLD of the Hour Probation

(Beast)

Daniel 11 11:40 11:41 11:42-43 Dan 11:44 Dan 12:1

9/11/2001

(False Prophet)

Revelation 13 13:11 13:11 13:14-15 Rev 14 Rev 13:15 Death Decree

Wrath of God;

7 Last Plagues

Four Winds

(Dragon)

Revelation 17 Rev 18:1-3 18:4 18:1-9 18:21-24

Short Space

Eleventh Hour = One Hour

Healing of Deadly Wound

Figure No. 127A.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Manuscript Releases, number 13, page 394, Sister White quotes verses 30 to 36 of Daniel 11 and says that scenes similar to the events in these verses are going to take place when Daniel 11:40-45 is fulfilled. That, of course, is a paraphrase, but it is what is stated in number 13, page 394 of Manuscript Releases, [as follows]:

“We have no time to lose. Troublous times are before us. The world is stirred with the spirit of war. Soon the scenes of trouble spoken of in the prophecies will take place. The prophecy in the eleventh of Daniel has nearly reached its complete fulfillment. Much of the history that has taken place in fulfillment of this prophecy will be repeated. In the thirtieth verse a power is spoken of that ‘shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant. And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate. And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. Now when they shall fall, they shall be holpen with a little help: but many shall cleave to them with flatteries. And some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for a time appointed. And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvellous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined shall be done.’ Daniel 11:30–36.

“Scenes similar to those described in these words will take place. We see evidence that Satan is fast obtaining the control of human minds who have not the fear of God before them. Let all read and understand the prophecies of this book, for we are now entering upon the time of trouble spoken of:

“‘And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book. And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt. And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever. But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased.’ Daniel 12:1–4.” Manuscript Releases, number 13, 394.

Yesterday we looked at the overview of those verses as set forth by Uriah Smith. Daniel 11, verse 30, is the last verse where Pagan Rome is the subject; and, in the last phrase of verse 30, Pagan Rome has intelligence with the Papacy, “them that forsake the holy covenant.” Uriah Smith says that Pagan Rome connived with Papal Rome at the point.

And from this point on now, Papal Rome becomes the subject of the prophecy, all the way to the end. In verse 31 it says,

“³¹And arms”—

This is the military and economic strength of Europe that is going to come to the aid of the Papacy,” and the premier symbol of this is Clovis in AD496:

“³¹And arms shall stand on his part [on the Papacy’s part], and they [those arms] shall pollute the sanctuary of strength,”—

The “sanctuary of strength” meaning the City of Rome in the warfare that ensued after Constantine divided the kingdom into the East and West in the year AD330; the City of Rome was the point of conquest. It was repeatedly sacked; it was polluted, for it was the “sanctuary of strength” for both Pagan and Papal Rome—

“and [they, the arms] shall take away the daily”—

And this is identifying the removal of the religion of Paganism as the legal religion of the Empire and replacing it with the Papal religion, which is the last phrase of verse 31,

“and they [the arms] shall place the abomination that maketh desolate.” Daniel 11:31 (KJV).

Then in verse 32, it says,

“³²And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. ³³And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall all by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days.” Daniel 11:32-33 (KJV).

This “many days” is the 1260 years of Papal rule from AD538 to 1798; and, verses 32 to 35 are emphasizing the persecution that goes on during this history.

Verse 34 says,

“³⁴Now when they shall fall, they shall be holpen with a little help; but many shall cleave to them with flatteries. ³⁵And some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for a time appointed.”

The time of the end and the time appointed is the end of a time prophecy in the terminology of Daniel the Prophet; and, the time prophecy connected with this persecution of 1260 years, they are going to fall and be purged, made white, until AD1798.

And then in verse 36, it says,

“³⁶And the king [the Papacy] shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvellous things against the God of gods, and shall [he is going to] prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined shall be done.” Daniel 11:36 (KJV).

He is going to rule until 1798, because in 1798 there is an indignation that is going to be accomplished against him, which we define as the deadly wound. It has been determined.

So, Sister White is saying when it comes to Daniel 11, verses 40 through 45, we should see a parallel history with verses 30 through 36. And, of course, we do.

In Daniel 11, verse 40, during the Ronald Reagan years, we see the secret alliance that begins between Ronald Reagan and the Pope of Rome; and, this is speaking to Pagan Rome having intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant. And it says that “the arms,” only in verses 40 through 45 the arms that come to the aid of the Papacy (the chariots, ships, and horsemen) is the United States of America. And in the Ronald Reagan years, the United States stood up for the Papacy and began to work with the Papacy by removing the Dragon power, the King of the South (the Soviet Union), its long enemy.

And it says the arms (that would be the United States in verses 40 through 45) shall pollute the sanctuary of strength. Of course, the sanctuary of strength for the United States is not the City of Rome. The sanctuary of strength for the United States is the Constitution. Prophetically what makes the United States strong, when the United States is a kingdom of Bible prophecy (the time period that it rules the world) is when its Constitution is intact; but, at The Sunday Law in the United States, the Constitution is fully destroyed and the Sixth Kingdom of Bible prophecy in terms of Revelation 17 has reached its conclusion. The United States, now fulfilling the role of Ahab, has committed fornication with the Papacy at The Sunday Law; and, the time that Tyre (the Papacy) is forgotten as “the days of one king” has come to a conclusion. This is from 1798 till The Sunday Law. And the United States will pollute the sanctuary of strength; it is going to destroy the very principle that made it strong.

And then it says he shall take away the “daily sacrifice.” The United States is a twofold power. All powers have a religious and a political aspect. The two horns of the United States are Republicanism and Protestantism, and Protestantism was the first to begin the fall of Babylon in 1842. If you remember, we have noted that the fall of Babylon is progressive and it begins in 1842 when the Protestant churches reject the First Angel’s Message.

The political side of the United States begins its fall in verse 40 in the Ronald Reagan years, and this fall is complete. The fall that begins with the Protestant aspect of the United States in the 1840s reaches its climax at The Sunday Law in the United States. Both the religious and the political horns of the United States have to be overcome. That is accomplished at The Sunday Law.

And the arms (the United States) in verse 31 that are going to take away the Daily, in verse 31 in ancient history it was that the Clovis and the military political leadership of the former Empire of Pagan Rome that disintegrated into ten nations in the West, they removed the state religion of Paganism and replaced it with Papalism. And at The Sunday Law in the United States, the Protestants will fully and completely become apostate Protestantism, and they will set aside Protestantism as their—I do not want to say legal religion, because there is a separation of church and state, but at the prophetic level it is their legal religion, and they set it aside for Catholicism at The Sunday Law in the United States, because that is the mark of Papal authority.

And they will “place the abomination that maketh desolate.” The United States is going to be the power that places the Papacy upon the throne of the Earth, just as was Pagan Rome.

Then in verse 32, persecution begins until verse 36; and, in verse 36 you see the Papacy exalting himself until he comes to his end at the end of the indignation.

So, what we are saying here is that these activities by Pagan Rome are perfectly prefiguring the activities of the United States as set forth in Daniel 11:40 to Daniel 12:1.

Daniel 11, verse 40, this is where the intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant takes place.

By the time you get to The Sunday Law in Daniel 11, verse 41, the sanctuary of strength for the United States (the Constitution) is overturned; and the Daily, the former religion of the realm, is set aside. In this case it is not Paganism; it is Protestantism.

And then from verses 41 to 43, the United States is forcing the world to accept the world’s image of the beast. It is forcing the world (Egypt) to come under the control of the King of the North.

And then in verses 44 and 45, we have the persecution that is represented in verses 32 to 35. But, in verse 45, exhibiting the arrogance of Rome, the Papacy is standing between the glorious holy mountain (between the church) and the people of the world (the seas), attempting to block the Final Warning Message of the East and the North, the Third Angel’s Message that is swelling to a Loud Cry. And he comes to his end with none to help. He prospers until the indignation.

There is no teaching in Adventism concerning the last six verses of Daniel 11 that lines up with the history of verses of 30 to 36 of Daniel 11, except this teaching. And one of the reasons that there is—well, there is only one reason that there is no other teaching that would line up is because there is only one truth. Okay? But, one of the reasons that prevents people from arriving at this truth is that they have accepted the false teaching of the Daily; because, this history of verses 30 to 36 includes verse 31, which has the history of the Daily. Suddenly you have to be correct about the Daily.

You know, when Jesus was on Earth there was a time that He was in a building and they took the roof off and they lowered the paralytic² down between Him [and them]. Have you ever seen the connection between the Prophet Noah and the paralytic in the story of Christ? Have you ever seen that connection, their relationship?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: No, I have not.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: I have not. I know of no relationship. But, if there was a relationship between the paralytic and Noah, then we would be required as students of prophecy to see that relationship. Right?

When it comes to this particular study, there are relationships between Pagan Rome and Papal Rome that are specifically marked repeatedly in the Scriptures, and we must understand those relationships.

Daniel 7:8, 20, 24; 8:9-12, 13-14; Revelation 13:2, 12, 11; 17:17

Daniel 12:7; Leviticus 26:3-12; 28-34; Deuteronomy 4:1-7, 27; 28:4; Jeremiah 9:13-16; 31:10-11

Go to Daniel 7:8. Daniel 7:8 says,

“⁸I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up among them another little horn,”—

Who are the horns? It is these ten horns which is Pagan Rome, and who is the Little Horn that is going to come up among them?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Papal Rome.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Papal Rome.

—“⁸I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up among them another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things.” Daniel 7:8 (KJV).

Go to verse 20.

“²⁰And of the ten horns that were in his head, and of the other which came up, and before whom three fell; even of that horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spake very great things, whose look was more stout than his fellows.” Daniel 7:20 (KJV).

Then go to verse 24.

“²⁴And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise: and another shall rise after them; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he shall subdue three kings.” Daniel 7:24 (KJV).

So, there is a relationship here that is being purposely discussed, between Pagan Rome and Papal Rome. And we understand that it was the power of Pagan Rome that removed those three horns. Right?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: But, that is not what verse 24 says. It says, “. . . and he,” this one king that arises after the ten kings, “shall be diverse from the first king, and [but] he shall subdue [the] three kings.” All right. There is a sense that the Papacy is the one directing traffic and removing the three horns.

And why is it that the historians tell us that the three horns were removed? Because, they had a religion that would not co-exist with the Papacy. So, the reason they had to go is because of a religious conflict with the Papacy’s.

But, it is not the Papal military that is going to remove them—is it?—because the Papacy does not have a military, does it?

So, we have to see this relationship. If you do not see this relationship, you are really not standing on this foundation [referring to the 1843 and 1950 Charts].

Okay. In this book here, Foundations of the Seventh-day Adventist Message and Mission,” Damsteegt talks about the Millerite History. And on page 22, speaking of William Miller, he is going to say in his analysis but he is speaking about William Miller at the top of page 22, it says,

“In his analysis of the persecuting powers of God’s people throughout the ages he developed the concept of the two abominations, defined as paganism (the first abomination) symbolizing the persecuting force outside the church, and the papacy (the second abomination) representing the persecuting power within the church. It was the motif of the two abominations that characterized most of his following prophetic interpretations.” P. Gerard Damsteegt, Foundations of the Seventh-day Adventist Message and Mission, p. 22.

What Damsteegt is correctly saying here is that the Millerite understanding of prophecy—and this [1843] Chart is a Chart—both of these Charts [1843 and 1850 Charts]—the Millerite understanding of prophecy is based upon the understanding that prophecy is illustrating two desolating powers: Paganism and Papalism. This connection between Pagan Rome and Papal Rome is repeatedly emphasized in the Scriptures.

I have not suggested why I think it is important to see this relationship. I will do so as we proceed.

Daniel 8:9-12

But, go to Daniel 8, beginning in verse 9. We are not going to go in-depth with this, but we are just going to show you some of the relational connections between Pagan Rome and Papal Rome. In verse 9, it says,

“⁹And out of one of them came forth a little horn,”—

This little horn is the little horn of Rome, both Pagan and Papal; but, in verse 9 it is Pagan Rome.

—“⁹And out of one of them came forth a little horn, which waxed exceeding great, toward the south, and toward the east, and toward the pleasant land.” Daniel 8:9 (KJV).

This is Pagan Rome, and for Pagan Rome to take control of the world, it had to do something that Papal Rome was also going to have to do. And we just read what Papal Rome had to do.

What did Papal Rome have to do?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Pluck up three.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Pluck up three horns.

And in order for Pagan Rome to rule the world supremely, it had to overcome three geographical obstacles; and, upon the testimony of two a thing is established. And in our quote that we are working from today, it says, “Much of the history that is taking place in the fulfillment of Daniel 11 will be repeated.” (Manuscript Releases, number 13, 394, paraphrased).

And we have in verses 16 and 17 of Daniel 11, which Sister White is speaking about—go to verses 16 and 17 of Daniel 11, so we can put it back in your memory if you have forgotten.

Daniel 8:13-14

In verse 13, the Syrian king who is the King of the North because Syria is the area that has Babylon in it, in verse 13,

“¹³For the king of the north shall return, and shall set forth a multitude greater than the former and shall certainly come after certain years with a great army and with much riches.”—

The King of the North is getting ready to attack the King of the South (Babylon is getting ready to attack Egypt). And in this preparation for warfare in verse 13, verse 14 says,

“¹⁴And in those times there shall many stand up against the king of the south:”—

Egypt is having big problems.

—“also the robbers of thy people shall exalt themselves to establish the vision; but they shall fall.” Daniel 11:13-14 (KJV).

Okay. The “robbers of thy people,” sometimes it is translated by some translators as the “breakers of the people,” and Rome is the breaker; it breaks in pieces. This is Pagan Rome, first introduced into Daniel 11; and, they exalt themselves so much that they try to kill Christ when He is born, and they do kill Him at the cross. That is pretty profound self-exaltation when you participate in murdering God.

“But they shall fall.” The story of Rome, both Pagan and Papal, is their fall.

And they establish the vision.

And then in verse 15 it goes back to the King of the North that is preparing to invade Egypt. So, it says,

“¹⁵So the king of the north shall come, and cast up a mount, and take the most fenced cities: and the arms of the south shall not withstand, neither his chosen people, neither shall there be any strength to withstand. ¹⁶But he that cometh against him”—

Against whom? Against the King of the North.

—“¹⁶But he that cometh against”—the power that was just spoken of in verse 15, the King of the North—

And who is it that is going to come against the King of the North? It is Pagan Rome. The one that comes against the King of the North that no one can stand against is Pagan Rome.

Look, at it. It says,

—“¹⁶But he that cometh against him shall do according to his own will, and none shall stand before him: and he shall stand in the glorious land, which by his hand shall be consumed.”—

This is Pagan Rome coming into history.

Okay. The King of the North and the King of the South, they are having their struggles; but, now there is a new power arising into history, “the robbers of thy people,” and in verse 16 he is going to launch his attack against Syria.

Okay. In Daniel 8:9—you do not need to go there. We are going to be there in a minute—in Daniel 8:9, the little horn waxed exceeding great, toward the south, and toward the east. The east is Syria; it is Babylon. This is where Pagan Rome officially, prophetically becomes the King of the North.

—“¹⁶But he that cometh against him [the King of the North]—But [Pagan Rome] comes against [the King of the North and does] according to his own will, and none shall stand before [Pagan Rome]; and he shall stand in the glorious land,”—

So, he first comes against the King of the North [Babylon]; he becomes the King of the North. He has just conquered Babylon. Now, he also is going to conquer Palestine. That is what it says, “the pleasant land,” in verse 9 of Daniel 8. He comes towards the east and towards the pleasant land.

But, here in verse 16 [of Daniel 11],

—“he shall stand in the glorious land, which by his hand shall be consumed.”—

He has conquered two things here. He has conquered the King of the North (Syria) and the glorious land, the pleasant land (Israel). But in verse 17 it says,

—“¹⁷He shall also set his face to enter with the strength of his whole kingdom, and upright ones with him; thus shall he do: and he shall give him the daughter of women, corrupting her: but she shall not stand on his side, neither be for him.” Daniel 11:15-17 (KJV).

In verse 17 he sets his face to enter with the strength of his whole kingdom. What does that mean? What is the whole kingdom? What is the whole kingdom here in Daniel 11?

The point of reference for the whole kingdom is Alexander the Great’s kingdom. It begins with the Medes and the Persians, but then it talks about Alexander the Great in Daniel 11, and then Alexander the Great’s kingdom is divided to the four generals; but, ultimately it disintegrates into the northern and the southern part of Alexander the Great’s kingdom. That is what this is about.

And now, after Pagan Rome has conquered Syria (becoming the prophetic King of the North) and Israel, now it is going to come into Egypt. He is given a daughter of women.

Who is the daughter of women that he is given that he corrupts?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Cleopatra.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Cleopatra. This is Egypt.

So, this is the three conquests that are in verse 9 of Daniel 8, if you go back there: towards the south, Cleopatra; towards the east, he becomes the King of the North by conquering Syria; and, towards the pleasant land he conquers Palestine (Israel).

And we have already looked in our studies that once he conquered the third obstacle at the Battle of Actium in 31BC according to Daniel 11:24, he would rule the world supremely for 360 years, till we reached the point of AD330 when Constantine divides the Empire into East and West; not purposely but factually that is what he did.

So, back to verse 9 [of Daniel 8], we are looking at the little horn.

It is sort of difficult to see in the English, and even if it is easy to see in the Hebrew I would not know it because I do not know how to read Hebrew, but in verses 9 through 12, the little horn is going to go back and forth between masculine and feminine.

In verse 9 the little horn is masculine; but, in the rest of the passage when the little horn is addressed, if it is in its feminine manifestation, then it is not called “he,” it is called “it.”

So, in verse 10, it says,

“¹⁰And it [the little horn, the feminine little horn] waxed great, even to the host of heaven; and it cast down some of the host and of the stars to the ground, and stamped upon them. ¹¹Yea, he”—

In verse 11 the little horn is now he. It is back to the masculine form.

—“¹¹Yea, he magnified himself even to the prince of the host,”—Pagan Rome stood up against Christ at His birth and in His death—“and by”—or through, or from—“and [from] him [Pagan Rome][Paganism] was [rum‑ed]”—

It was not sur-ed. It was not “taken away.” It was lifted up and exalted.

And how did Pagan Rome lift up and exalt Paganism? Well, every time it conquered a new country or city that had a Pagan religion that was not then worshipped in the City of Rome, it would take those articles of religious faith of that religion (the idols, the priests) and bring them back to the City of Rome, build a room in the Pantheon Temple and incorporate that Pagan religion into the Roman religion, which consisted of worshipping many Pagan gods.

Verse 11,

—“¹¹Yea, he”—masculine little horn (Pagan Rome)—magnified himself even to [Christ at His birth and in His death], “and [through Pagan Rome, the religion of Paganism was lifted up and exalted], and the place of his [Pagan Rome’s] sanctuary”—

of which the Pantheon Temple was their sanctuary, and it was located in the City of Rome.

—“and the place of [Pagan Rome’s] sanctuary [the City of Rome] was cast down [by Constantine in the year AD330 when he removed the capital of the Empire from the City of Rome to the City of Constantinople]. ¹²And an host was given him”—

Do not stumble there. That word him is italicized; it is a supplied word.

Verse 12,

—“And an host was given him against the daily sacrifice [Paganism] by reason of transgression, and it”—feminine little horn—“it cast down the truth to the ground; and it practised, and prospered.” Daniel 8:9-12 (KJV).

And, we looked at the fact that in verse 12 this word against is also found in Daniel 11, verse 24. If you go to Daniel 11, verse 24, the very final phrase says that, “. . . and he shall forecast his devices against the strong holds, even for a time.” And we looked at Uriah Smith telling us that this word against is better translated as from: “he shall forecast his devices [from] the strong holds [from the City of Rome for 360 years].

This word that is translated against is back here in verse 12; and, in verse 12 of Daniel 8, it also is better translated as from. Okay. And verse 12 says, “And an host [an army, military strength] was given him [the Papacy] against [from] the daily sacrifice [Paganism] by reason of transgression, . . .”

Were there any Pagan kings that gave their military might to the papacy? Clovis and onward, the military support came from Paganism by reason of transgression.

What is the transgression that Clovis accomplished that allowed his military and economic strength to be placed in the hands of the Papacy? A church/state relationship; this is the transgression that allowed this to take place.

There is much to say, of course, about verses 9 through 12. I wanted to derive this one small point that you may not have seen here. There is a relationship between Pagan Rome and Papal Rome that is emphasized, highly emphasized, in verses 9 through 12. What is that relationship?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Church and state.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Church and state? Is that a guess or do you know that?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: I am saying that.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: That is what I understand. It is the church/state relationship.

And who is the state?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Indiscernible response.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Oh, yeah, but who is the state?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (No response.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: It is the man.

Who is the woman? It is the church. Female Rome is the church. Male Rome is the state. Okay? And their transgression: the combination of church and state. So, one of the relationships that is identified between Pagan Rome and Papal Rome is their marriage, the combination of church and state, the transgression.

Why is this important? I still have not answered why this is important.

Okay, now, in verse 13 of Daniel 8, another relationship, another relationship that we are going to point out.

What are we doing? We are looking at the relationships between Papal Rome and Pagan Rome that are set forth in the Scriptures, and we have not said why we are looking at that yet.

In verse 13 of Daniel 8, it says,

“¹³Then I heard one saint speaking, and another saint said unto that certain saint which spake, How long shall be the vision concerning the daily sacrifice, and the transgression of desolation, to give both the sanctuary and the host to be trodden under foot? ¹⁴And he said unto me, Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be cleansed.” Daniel 8: 13-14 (KJV).

All right. I am not going to spend a great deal of time on these verses here. We have dealt with them a little bit before, and ultimately we are going to deal with them in detail when we deal with the 2520 in the Bible.

But, in verse 13 there are two powers: “the daily” is Paganism, and “the transgression of desolation” is Papalism. Understanding that truth is understanding the foundational approach to Bible prophecy of William Miller and the Millerites, because they understood that Bible prophecy was illustrated on the history of these two desolating powers. And in verse 13, the Millerite Pioneers would tell you that the Daily here is the Pagan desolating power, and the transgression of desolation is the Papal desolating power; and, they are correct.

And it goes further in the verse and it tells us what these two desolating powers are going to do. They are going to give both the sanctuary and the host to be trodden under foot, and then in verse 14 it says, “Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be cleansed.” And this Hebrew word that is translated as cleansed means justified, and it also means made right.

Okay. In order for the sanctuary to be made right in 1844, two things have to happen, according to verse 13. The sanctuary needs to cease to be trodden under foot and the host needs to be ceased to be trodden under foot. And the prophecy that identifies when the sanctuary ceases to be trodden under foot is the prophecy of the 2300 Years; and, the prophecy that identifies when the host (God’s people) ceases to be trodden under foot is the 2520.

So, in terms of the relationship between Paganism and Papalism, there is another relationship; and that is that there is a one-two punch of two desolating powers that are used by the Lord to trample down God’s people and sanctuary, in His execution of punishment against His people for breaking the covenant. So, there is a relationship between Paganism and Papalism that has to do with them a one-two desolating power. All right?

Revelation 13:2, 12, 11

Go to Revelation 13:2. Revelation 13:2 says,

“²And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him”—

Three things.

And when it comes to the relationship between Paganism and Papalism, at least for me it is a mental cue that helps me remember. I do not think I need help in remembering this anymore, but this is the way it originally worked for me: Pagan Rome removes three things for the Papacy and it gives three things to the Papacy.

What are the three things that Pagan Rome removes for the Papacy?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The three horns.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The three horns.

What are the three things that Pagan Rome gives to the Papacy?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Power.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Power, seat, and great authority.

What is the power that was given to the Papacy?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Military strength.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: It was Clovis’ military and economic strength.

What is the date that we put with that? 496,—we read it yesterday—the baptism of Clovis.

What is the seat? What is the seat?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Indiscernible responses.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The seat is the throne. It is where you rule from. Where power is seated is where it rules from.

Where and when did Pagan Rome give the seat of authority to Papal Rome?

FROM THE AUDIENCE (Brother Tracey): AD533.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Nope. AD330, when Constantine moved the capital from the City of Rome to the City of Constantinople; thus, leaving a power vacuum in the City of Rome that the Papacy immediately gobbled up. It took control of the City of Rome to be its seat of influence and authority.

So, power, AD496; seat, AD330.

Its civil authority, its great authority—we will let Tracey answer this one.

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Laughter.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: When did Pagan Rome give its civil authority to the Papacy?

BROTHER TRACEY: 533.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: AD533, with the decree of Justinian. Justinian identified the Pope of Rome as the head of the churches and the Corrector of Heretics, which at that point in time meant the Pope of Rome had the legal civil authority to turn around to the Emperor of Rome and say, “You are a heretic. Off with your head!” The civil authority had been turned over to the Papacy in AD533.

So, there are three things that Pagan Rome gave to the Papacy; three things that it removed from the Papacy.

Look at Revelation 13:12, speaking of the United States. In Revelation 13:12, speaking of the United States, it says,

“¹²And he [the United States] exerciseth all the”—what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Power.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: What is the power?

So, who is it that gives their power to the Papacy at the end of the world that has been prefigured by Clovis in AD496?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The United States.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The United States.

—“¹²And he [the United States] exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed.” Revelation 13:12 (KJV).

Clovis is typifying the role of the United States, and now we are getting into the realm of why it is essential to see the relationship between Pagan Rome and Papal Rome, because Pagan Rome is prefiguring the role of the United States of America at the end of the world.

And if you do not see the relationship of Pagan Rome and Papal Rome, you are going to be in darkness concerning the work that the United States is now accomplishing on Planet Earth.

Now, go backwards to verse 11.

“¹¹And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth;”—

This is the United States. Right?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: —“and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a dragon.” Revelation 13:11 (KJV).

When does the United States speak as a dragon?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: At The Sunday Law.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: At The Sunday Law.

What happens at The Sunday Law, prophetically?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (No response.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: What happens to the United States?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: National ruin.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: National ruin; there are so many good answers to that, but I guess I will just have to say it.

At this point the United States becomes who?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Ahab.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Ahab. And when Ahab consummates the marriage with Jezebel in Daniel 11:41 or Revelation 13:11, we have a Sunday law.

But, the story of Ahab and Jezebel, what is one of the primary problems with that story?

Who is supposed to be the priest of the home in the marriage?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The man.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Ahab, the man, is; but, that was not the case with Jezebel, is it?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Uh-huh.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: So, when the United States marries the Papacy at The Sunday Law in the United States, when they fulfill the role of Ahab, Sister White often says that the United States is going to pay—

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Homage.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: —homage.

What does homage mean?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Inaudible response.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Pardon me?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Going to give gifts.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: You are going to give gifts; you are going to bow down? No.

HOMAGE, if you look it up in the dictionary, it comes from the history where the king owned all the land and you were just allowed to work the land under the king’s control. There is a name for that.

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Feudalism.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Feudalism. It was in the time of feudalism. This was the time where the term homage comes. And if you were going to work this land for the king, then you had to pay homage to the king.

And how do you pay homage to the king? You get on your knees, you are naked, and you put your hands above your head, and then the king would put his hands over your hands— you would clasp hands at The Sunday Law—but you would clasp hands; but, you are in total submission. So, when the United States pays homage to the Papacy at The Sunday Law, it is also Ahab consummating the marriage with Jezebel.

And who is in charge of the situation there; is it Ahab or Jezebel?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Jezebel.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Jezebel.

So, where is Jezebel placed at that point? On the seat over the United States. Okay? But, she is not on the throne of the Earth yet. The United States then is going to go forth to the world and insist that the world set up the image of the beast, and then she is going to be placed upon the throne of the whole Earth. Right?

So, the United States is going to give its power to the Beast; the Dragon gave his power. The United States is going to place her upon the throne of the Earth. It is going to give her its seat; that is what the Dragon did in AD330.

But, the United States is also going to give the civil authority to the Papacy; because, the United States is who? It is Ahab. Right? It is Ahab.

And Ahab was the king of Judah or Israel?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Israel.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: How many kingdoms in Israel?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Ten.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: So, Ahab is the leader of how many kings?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Ten.

Revelation 17:17

BROTHER PIPPENGER: So, in Revelation 17:7, speaking of the Ten Kings of whom Ahab (the United States) is the ruling power of those Ten Kings, in verse 17 it says,

“¹⁷For God hath put in their hearts to fulfill his will, and to agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled.” Revelation 17:17 (KJV).

So, what took place in verse 17?

What is the kingdom of the Ten Kings? What do they represent?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Various responses.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: They are the civil structure. They are the civil structure. They are the civil authority.

In Revelation 17:17, the United States is now giving the great authority of the world into the hands of the Papacy.

Revelation 13:2, speaking of the role of Pagan Rome, says that Pagan Rome would give the Papacy three things: its power, its seat, and great authority. And at the end of the world, the United States gives the Papacy three things: its power, its seat, and great authority.

And Pagan Rome removed the Heruli, the Ostrogoths, and the Vandals in order to place the Papacy on the throne of the Earth; and, the three obstacles for the Papacy at the end of the world are the King of the South, the glorious land, and Egypt. And to bring down the King of the South, the Papacy required the help of the United States, represented as chariots, ships, and horsemen. So, the United States brought down the first horn [Russia]. And the United States pays homage to Rome when the glorious land [the United States] is conquered. That is the second horn. And then the United States forces the whole world to accept the image of the beast, and places the Papacy in control of the civil structure of the Earth when it conquers Egypt [the world]. That is the third horn. So, as Pagan Rome removed three horns, the United States removes the three obstacles—the King of the South, the glorious land, and Egypt—for the Papacy.

And as Pagan Rome gave its power, seat, and great authority to the Papacy, so, too does the United States.

The point being is that this relationship between Pagan and Papal Rome is a subject of prophecy; therefore, we are required to understand it, even though we are not required to understand about the paralytic and his relationship with Noah, because we do not know of anyone, any relationship; but, there are several relationships between Pagan Rome and Papal Rome that are marked in the Scriptures. And the reason that we need to understand them is because Pagan Rome is prefiguring the work of the United States at the end of the world, and the United States is the power that is going to force the whole world to receive the mark of the beast; and, the subject of the mark of the beast is the Third Angel’s Message. So, if you do not know the role of the United States, you do not really know the Third Angel’s Message. And the only way you can know the role of the United States is if you understand the relationships between Pagan and Papal Rome.

And Satan knows this, and the most significant symbol of Pagan Rome in the Book of Daniel is the Daily. So, if you can destroy the understanding of the Daily, you are destroying one of the most important points of reference of what the United States is going to do at the end of the world, and you eliminate your ability to have a correct understanding of the Third Angel’s Message.

Daniel 12:7

Another relationship [Daniel 12:7], I will pass over that one—well, let us go there, Daniel 12:7.

“⁷And I heard the man clothed in linen, which was upon the waters of the river, when he held up his right hand and his left hand unto heaven, and sware by him that liveth for ever that it shall be for a time, times, and an half; and when he shall have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people, all these things shall be finished.” Daniel 12:7 (KJV).

The scattering of the holy people: “all these things shall be finished.” And this, of course, we know is the 1260 that ended in 1798.

Leviticus 26:3-12, 13-14

But, the scattering of the holy people, if you go to Leviticus 26, speaking of God’s people, the holy people in the Scriptures, beginning in Leviticus 26, verse 3, it says,

“³If ye walk in my statutes, and keep my commandments, and do them; ⁴Then I will give you rain in due season, and the land shall yield her increase, and the trees of the field shall yield their fruit.”—

And He begins to describe the blessings that He would place upon the holy people of Israel if they would keep His commandments.

—“⁵And your threshing shall reach unto the vintage, and the vintage shall reach unto the sowing time: and ye shall eat your bread to the full, and dwell in your land safely. ⁶And I will give peace in the land, and ye shall lie down, and none shall make you afraid: and I will rid evil beasts out of the land, neither shall the sword go through your land. ⁷And ye shall chase your enemies, and they shall fall before you by the sword. ⁸And five of you shall chase an hundred, and an hundred of you shall put ten thousand to flight: and your enemies shall fall before you by the sword. ⁹For I will have respect unto you, and make you fruitful, and multiply you, and establish my covenant with you. ^1-And ye shall eat old store, and bring forth the old because of the new. ¹¹And I will set my tabernacle among you: and my soul shall not abhor you.”—

And verse 12 says,

“¹²And I will walk among you, and will be your God, and ye shall be my people.” Leviticus 26:3-12 (KJV).

Israel is God’s people.

Is God holy?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Yes.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: So, Israel is the holy people. Okay?

And in verse 7 of Daniel 12, they are going to be scattered.

So in Leviticus 26, beginning in verse 28, this is the passage (28 through 34) that Miller marks right here for the seven times [indicating the 2520 in the upper right-hand corner of the 1843 Chart]. Verse 28 says, if they break the covenant,

^“28Then I will walk contrary unto you also in fury; and I, even I, will chastise you seven times for your sins. ²⁹And ye shall eat the flesh of your sons, and the flesh of your daughters shall ye eat. ^3-And I will destroy your high places, and cut down your images, and cast your carcases upon the carcases of your idols, and my soul shall abhor you. ³¹And I will make your cities waste, and bring your sanctuaries unto desolation, and I will not smell the savour of your sweet odours. ³²And I will bring the land into desolation: and your enemies which dwell therein shall be astonished at it. ³³And I will scatter you among the heathen, and will draw out a sword after you: and your land shall be desolate, and your cities waste. ³⁴Then shall the land enjoy her sabbaths, as long as it lieth desolate, and ye be in your enemies’ land; even then shall the land rest, and enjoy her sabbaths.” Leviticus 26:28-34 (KJV).

So, if you go back to Daniel 12:7,

“⁷And I heard the man clothed in linen, which was upon the waters of the river, when he held up his right hand and his left hand unto heaven, and sware by him that liveth for ever that it shall be for a time, times, and an half;”—

What is that?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: 1260.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Three and an half times.

What is three and an half times?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: 1260.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: It is half of seven times.

—“and when he shall have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people, all these things shall be finished.” Daniel 12:7 (KJV).

So, there is a scattering of God’s holy people that ends in AD1798; but, it began against Ancient Israel. This 1260 begins in AD538, 500 years after Ancient Israel is divorced of God; so, this holy people that are being scattered is spiritual Israel after the cross, and this is simply the second half of the seven times punishment.

So, I am going to leave that there. There is more to be said about the seven times that we will do as we proceed in our worship series.

Deuteronomy 4:1-7, 27; 28:64

“^{chapter 4:1}Now therefore hearken, O Israel, unto the statutes and unto the judgments, which I teach you, for to do them, that ye may live, and go in and possess the land which the Lord God of your fathers giveth you. ²Ye shall not add unto the word which I command you, neither shall ye diminish ought from it, that ye may keep the commandments of the Lord your God which I command you. ³Your eyes have seen what the Lord did because of Baal-Peor: for all the men that followed Baal-Peor, the Lord thy God hath destroyed them from among you. ⁴But ye that did cleave unto the Lord your God are alive every one of you this day. ⁵Behold, I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the Lord my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it. ⁶Keep therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people. ⁷For what nation is there so great, who hath God so nigh unto them, as the Lord our God is in all things that we call upon him for? . . . ²⁷And the Lord shall scatter you among the nations, and ye shall be left few in number among the heathen, whither the Lord shall lead you. . . .

“^{chapter 28:64}And the Lord shall scatter thee among all people, from the one end of the earth even unto the other; and there thou shalt serve other gods, which neither thou nor thy fathers have known, even wood and stone.” Deuteronomy 4:1-7, 27; 28:64 (KJV).

Jeremiah 9:13-16; 31:10-11

“^{chapter 9:13}And the Lord saith, Because they have forsaken my law which I set before them, and have not obeyed my voice, neither walked therein; ¹⁴But have walked after the imagination of their own heart, and after Baalim, which their fathers taught them: ¹⁵Therefore thus saith the Lord of hosts, the God of Israel; Behold, I will feed them, even this people, with wormwood, and give them water of gall to drink. ¹⁶I will scatter them also among the heathen, whom neither they nor their fathers have known: and I will send a sword after them, till I have consumed them.” . . .

“^{chapter 31:10}Hear the word of the Lord, O ye nations, and declare it in the isles afar off, and say, He that scattered Israel will gather him, and keep him, as a shepherd doth his flock. ¹¹For the Lord hath redeemed Jacob, and ransomed him from the hand of him that was stronger than he.” Jeremiah 9:13-16 31:10-11 (KJV).

Selected Messages, book 2, page 69:

“For forty years did unbelief, murmuring, and rebellion shut out ancient Israel from the land of Canaan. The same sins have delayed the entrance of modern Israel into the heavenly Canaan. In neither case were the promises of God at fault. It is the unbelief, the worldliness, unconsecration, and strife among the Lord’s professed people that have kept us in this world of sin and sorrow so many years.” Selected Messages, book 2, 69.

Summary

So, let us bring this to a conclusion here.

1989

Nebuchadnezzar’s Second Dream, Daniel 4

(William Miller’s Second Dream: The Dirt Brush Man Arrives)

Sunday Law Sunday Law Message Close of

1798 USA WORLD of the Hour Probation

(Beast)

Daniel 11 11:40 11:41 11:42-43 Dan 11:44 Dan 12:1

Daniel 11 11:30-31 11:32-35 11:36

9/11/2001

(False Prophet)

Revelation 13 13:11 13:11 13:14-15 Rev 14 Rev 13:15 Death Decree

Wrath of God;

7 Last Plagues

Four Winds

(Dragon)

Revelation 17 Rev 18:1-3 18:4 18:1-9 18:21-24

Short Space

Eleventh Hour = One Hour

Healing of Deadly Wound

Figure No. 127B.

Sister White says that in “the eleventh of Daniel has nearly reached its complete fulfillment and much of the history that has taken place in fulfillment of this prophecy will be repeated.” (excerpt from Manuscript Releases, number 13, 394).

In Daniel 11, verse 31, you have the story of how the Papacy is placed upon the throne of the Earth: “And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate.” We went over that history.

So, in that history, “the arms standing on his part,” AD496, Clovis begins the work of plucking up the three horns, even though it is not in there, specifically mentioned in verse 31, it is there. That is the same history: arms standing on his part, AD496; removing the Daily, AD508, polluting the sanctuary of strength, the warfare during that period; placing the Papacy on the throne of the Earth, AD538. So, in verse 31 you have the history of AD496 to 538, and it is the history of the relationship between the arms (Pagan Rome) and “his part” (the Papacy). So, in verse 31 you have the history of the relationship of Pagan Rome and Papal Rome. And although it is not specifically marked in the verse, you have the history of the removal of the three horns; you have the history of the power, seat, and great authority, are all in that history.

And Sister White says, “Scenes similar to those described in these words will take place.” (excerpt from Manuscript Releases, number 13, 394). In verses 32 to 35 you have the persecution of the Dark Ages; and, then in verse 36 you have the Papacy’s arrogancy and him coming to his end. He prospers until the indignation be accomplished.

So, here [see Figure No. 127B], this is Daniel 11, verse 40.

But, this here [see Figure No. 127B], this is Daniel 11, verse 30³; because, in verse 30 Pagan Rome connives with Papal Rome. Right? It has intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant. This is Ronald Reagan and the Pope of Rome. Right?

And this, verse 31 [of Daniel 11], is Ronald Reagan and the United States standing up, “standing on his part,” beginning the work of contributing to the bringing down of the Soviet Union (the King of the South). Ronald Reagan stands up for his comrade in arms, the antichrist of Bible prophecy (the King of the North).

And in the ensuing history of verse 31, you have the sanctuary of strength (the Constitution of the United States) overturned; and, at the same time, the United States fully ceases to be Protestant, is fully apostate Protestantism. It has changed its religious heritage from Protestantism to apostate Protestantism, just as Pagan Rome changed its religious profession in this identical history from Paganism to Papalism.

Then, in verses 32 through 35 [of Daniel 11], you have the persecution.

In verse 44 [Message of the Hour], it says, “But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many.” That is verses 32 to 35. And then in verse 36, somewhere in here [Close of Probation], his arrogancy is emphasized, and he is coming to his end when the indignation is accomplished. And this [verse 36] is where he stands when Michael stands up, for in Daniel 12:1 it says, “And at that time,” when the Papacy is in its arrogant fashion has placed itself between the glorious holy mountain and the people of the world, he comes to his end and none shall help. He prospers until the indignation be accomplished.

So, what we have shown you, if you are willing to see it, is that Daniel 11, what we are teaching about Daniel 11:40-45, the sequence of events there, they line up perfectly with the sequence of events in Revelation 13, and with the sequence of events in Revelation 17. The End of the Word History.

But, Sister White, who they teach is not a theologian—Praise the Lord, she is not a theologian!—but, Sister White says that the history of Daniel 11:40-45 is the history of verses 30 to 36, and sure enough it is. And verses 30 to 36, it also squares up with Revelation 13 and Revelation 17, let alone Daniel 11:40-45.

And what these events are, these are the events connected with the Close of Probation, which multitudes in Adventism have no understanding of, though they have been clearly revealed.

And here we are at the end of the world. Anyone that wants to look at it can see that the economy is gone. It is being propped up by human devising. Is that not what Sister White says in Testimonies, volume 9, they are struggling in vain to put business operations on a more secure basis. And, then she tells us that the people of the United States are going to lean upon their legislators—this is my words; I will tell you when I am quoting her words—they are going to lean upon the legislators of the United States to pass a Sunday law—now, here is her words—“in order to return to temporal prosperity.”

The reason the people of the United States push their Congress for a Sunday law is because something happens to the temporal prosperity in the United States, and they cry out, “Do something for us!” Okay?

So, before The Sunday Law, there is going to be an economic problem going on.

Do you see an economic problem on the horizon?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Hmm.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Okay. Here is where we are. It is easy to see that The Sunday Law is approaching, and we are told that “The movement for Sunday legislation is going on in darkness,” That is Sister White’s words; that is not a paraphrase.

And there are two classes in Adventism. Right? What are the two classes in Adventism?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Wise and foolish.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Wise and foolish, okay. What are they, though?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Wheat and tares.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Wheat and tares. Keep going.

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Sheep and goats.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Sheep and goats.

They are the children of the Day and the children of the Night; and, the children of the Night, they do not see this coming; because, even though the events connect with the Close of Probation have been clearly revealed, they are the children of the Night, so they have no more an understanding of these important truths than if they had never been revealed.

But, the children of the Day, they are going to understand these things. And how are they going to understand these things? What does the Bible say? “Surely the Lord thy God will do nothing except He”—do what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Reveal it.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: —“reveal it through”—who?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: His prophets.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: —“His servants the prophets.”

It is through this prophecy [Figure No. 127B] that the Lord is opening up the Third Angel’s Message to His people.

And when did this prophecy begin to be opened up?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: 1989.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: 1989, with the collapse of the Soviet Union in fulfillment of Daniel 11, verse 40. The Lion of the Tribe of Judah unsealed this message, which is a prophetic testing message designed by God to produce two classes of worshippers, and then demonstrate them at The Sunday Law in Adventism. This is the Everlasting Gospel that was unsealed in 1989. And, then in 1989 when that was unsealed, what happened?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: An increase of knowledge.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: An increase of knowledge.

What else?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Dirt Brush Man arrives.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Dirt Brush Man arrives! That is what we are dealing with. We are dealing with 1989 being the conclusion of William Miller’s seven scatterings in William Miller’s dream.

Which dream was it? It was William Miller’s second dream. Okay?

But, which dream was it of Nebuchadnezzar? It was Nebuchadnezzar’s second dream.

And William Miller’s second dream is in Early Writings. Did Ellen White write Early Writings?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Did she write William Miller’s dream?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: No.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: No.

And Nebuchadnezzar’s second dream is in the Book of Daniel. Did Daniel write the Book of Daniel?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Yes.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Except for what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Nebuchadnezzar’s dream.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Nebuchadnezzar’s dream; he wrote that in chapter 4.

So, this here, 1989, this is the end of Nebuchadnezzar’s dream; and, at the end of his dream, Nebuchadnezzar, what is he? He is a converted man.

And who is waiting for him? Who are his counselors? Who is his main counselor that is there waiting for him at the end of the seven times?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Daniel.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Daniel. Daniel has opened up to him.

Shall we pray?

Benediction: Heavenly Father, we want to understand the relationship of Pagan Rome and Papal Rome that we might understand the powers that be here on Planet Earth now. We want to understand what is happening in an intelligent fashion, in a way that we can teach these things that those who want to hear, will hear and understand; but, we also want these truths to be used by your Holy Spirit to finish the work in each of our individual experiences that need to be finished. We thank you for allowing us to study these things in a time period of peace. We know that troublous times are on the horizon. We thank you for another day of life that we can serve you, and as we go forth to our individual tasks we ask that you would help us to be safe and do what we do for your glory and honor. In Jesus’s name, amen.

Habakkuk’s Two Tables #64

PART SIX: 1989

Presented by Jeff Pippenger

Invocation by Brother Jeff Pippenger: Heavenly Father, as we take up this study today and tomorrow as we bring this consideration of 1989 to a conclusion, we ask that you would help us bind off the various truths that we have put forth. We need your Holy Spirit as we consider your Word. We ask that you bless us with that gift at this time and fill our hearts and minds with your Holy Spirit, that you take control of this presentation and guide and direct that it is presented in a way that edifies your people, and we ask that you prepare our hearts and minds to hear your Voice in this message and that the message might have an impact upon us to be more like you in thought, word, and deed; and, to be prepared with a message to provide to those that we come in contact with. We ask that you pour the Latter Rain out upon us and make us fit vessels to receive it at this time. In Jesus’s name, amen.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: I had several other arguments that we could do on the last six verses of Daniel 11, 1989; but, because it is God’s Word, it is infinite, and you can go on and on and on. So, I am determined that this morning and tomorrow we will bring 1989 to a conclusion, and then on Sunday we can return to our consideration of the Two Tables as typified in the Scriptures. We are in the process of doing that in the sense that 1989 we are identifying as the Time of the End for the last Reform Movement of sacred history, the Reform Movement of the 144,000; and, that not only was 1989 marking the Time of the End for the Reform Movement of the 144,000 but it is also the point in time when William Miller’s scattering ended; and, therefore, the Dirt Brush Man arrives on the scene and begins to sweep away the customs and traditions that have been handed down in Adventism from generation to generation.

1840 1842 1844

1 2 3

Midnight

1798 Cry

1st Temple Cleansing 2nd Temple Cleansing

Figure No. 128.

So, we have been making many arguments about the last six verses of Daniel 11. One of those arguments is that in every Reform Movement we see the Everlasting Gospel, and the Everlasting Gospel is the work of Christ in producing two classes of worshippers, based upon the introduction of a three-step testing message.

At the third step, the door closes.

The First Message, the characteristic of the First Message is that it is empowered when a Divine Symbol comes down.

And, in this history we will see two temple cleansings—we are doing some review right now—two temple cleansings.

As a point of reference so you can follow my logic, in the Millerite Reform Movement, the Mighty Angel of Revelation 10 came down on August 11, 1840, and empowered the First Angel’s Message that had been going through history since the Time of the End in AD1798. Once the message was empowered by the confirmation of the year/day principle, the Protestants were tested by that message and by June of 1842 they had closed their door on the message, and now this is the First Temple Cleansing of that history.

And in this history we see the empowerment of the Midnight Cry in here; thus, empowering this message that is going through this history (the Second Angel’s Message), and it concludes when the door closes here on October 22, 1844. This is the Second Temple Cleansing in this history.

So, there are two temple cleansings in each of these histories. I want to put that into the record.

Then I want to put in, there is a quote—

Do you realize how many quotes we have now? Over 500 pages. Okay? So, if you can remember all the references, you are amazing.

But, there was one quote that we used more than once early on, before we got to 1989, when we were dealing with the reform lines. It says, “The first and second angel’s messages are still truth for this time, and are to run parallel with that which follows.” (The 1888 Materials, 803–804).

So, once again, if we mark this history as the Millerites’ and we see the First and the Second Angels’ Messages, they are to run parallel—the Millerites being the beginning of Adventism—and this is to run parallel with the end of Adventism; and, it is based upon this premise that what brought the Mighty Angel down in 1840 was the restraint of Islam.

MILLERITE 1840 1842 10/22/1844

HISTORY Protestants Judgment Opens

1 2 3

1833 1838

1st Temple Cleansing 2nd Temple Cleansing

Door Closes Door Closes

Protestants

144,000 9/11/2001 ( USA) Judgment Closes

HISTORY 1 2 3

1st Temple Cleansing 2nd Temple Cleansing

Door Closes Door Closes

Figure No. 129.

The restraint of Islam here on 9/11/2001 parallels this history.

“The First and Second Angels’ Messages are still truth for this time, and are to run parallel with that which follows,” and that which follows is our history. with the restraint of Islam in 1840. The Mighty Angel of Revelation 10 comes down with the restraint of Islam.

And in 2001 the Mighty Angel of Revelation 18 comes down and begins the testing process of Adventism, the First Temple Cleansing of Adventism.

And here [the second waymark of Millerite History], what marks the closing of the door in the Millerite History was the action of the Protestant churches of the United States as they closed their doors to the message of the Millerites.

And this waymark here [the second waymark for the 144,000] is once again the Protestants of the United States when they pass a Sunday law. The door closes here for Adventists: the First Temple Cleansing.

And now the Second Temple Cleansing is going to take place with the eleventh-hour workers [at the third waymark for the 144,000].

This waymark [the third waymark for the Millerites] was the opening of Judgment; and, this waymark [the third waymark for the 144,000] is the close of Judgment when the Second Temple Cleansing concludes.

Okay. With that in place, go to your notes.

Luke 21

A couple presentations ago within the past week, we made an emphasis about Luke 21 in connection with the sealing of God’s people.

You see Luke 21:25-26 in your notes. It says in there:

“²⁵And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring; Men’s hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall be shaken.” Luke 21:25-26 (KJV).

In the Millerite History, back here in 1833, you have the falling of the stars. The dark day has preceded this. But these signs in Luke 21:25-26 are the signs that ushered in the Millerite History.

We pointed out that the distress of nations that is in this history was in 1838. The distress of nations was Islam, the activities of Islam (Egypt attacking Turkey) that brought the four European powers to intercede into that situation and end the 391 years, 15 days, time prophecy of the Sixth Trumpet found in Revelation 9:14-15.

So, in this history [of the Millerites] in relation to Luke 21—go to Luke 21. In Luke 21, verse 7, the disciples have asked Christ what are the signs of the destruction of the temple, the Second Coming. They say in verse 7,

“⁷And they asked him, saying, Master, but when shall these things be? and what sign will there be when these things shall come to pass?” Luke 21:7 (KJV).

So, Jesus begins to answer their question in detail. If you go down through Luke 21, it is a very detailed response by Christ, in chronological order. And as He goes down through this answer of His, in verse 27 it says, after He set forth the signs He says,

“²⁷And then shall they see the Son of man coming in a cloud with power and great glory. ²⁸And when these things begin to come to pass, then look up, and lift up your heads; for your redemption draweth nigh.” Luke 21:27-28 (KJV).

So, the signs for the Millerites—the signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars, and the distress of nations—Jesus is saying that when you see these signs, your redemption draweth nigh, and that in verse 27 you will see the Son of Man coming in the clouds of Heaven.

And then in verse 32 in connection with that, He says,

“³²Verily I say unto you, This generation shall not pass away, till all be fulfilled.” Luke 21:32 (KJV).

In the Millerite History, did this generation pass away before Jesus came in the clouds? No, because He came in the clouds on October 22, 1844.

Go to the Book of Daniel, chapter 7, in verse 13. It says,

“¹³I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of man, came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him. ¹⁴And there was given him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, . . .” Daniel 7:13 (KJV).

When did Christ go in to receive the Kingdom? October 22, 1844. This is Christ entering into the Most Holy Place of the Investigative Judgment on October 22, 1844; and, when He did so, He came with the clouds.

So, if you look at the second reference in your notes, Testimonies to Ministers, page 445; we read this just a few days ago—it says,

“This sealing of the servants of God is the same that was shown to Ezekiel in vision.”—

Sister White is saying that the sealing of the 144,000 in Revelation, chapter 7, is the same sealing that is found in Ezekiel 9; but, she adds to it.

—“John also had been a witness of this most startling revelation. He saw the sea and the waves roaring, and men’s hearts failing them for fear. He beheld the earth moved, and the mountains carried into the midst of the sea (which is literally taking place), the water thereof roaring and troubled, and the mountains shaking with the swelling thereof. He was shown plagues, pestilence, famine, and death performing their terrible mission.” Testimonies to Ministers, 445.

What did he see? Well, he saw Luke 21, verse 25, which says,

“²⁵And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring: ²⁶Men’s hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall be shaken.” Luke 21:25-26 (KJV).

So, Ellen White is telling us that John and Ezekiel’s sealing of the 144,000 is also the point of reference of Luke 21. Okay?

There was a sealing process that was going on in the Millerite History. Those those roughly 50 people that moved in by faith to the Most Holy Place on October 22, 1844, are typifying the sealing of the 144,000.

So, Luke 21 was fulfilled in the Millerite History, but the prophets are speaking more about the end of the world than any other time; so, Luke 21 is going to be fulfilled for us, and you see Ellen White identifying that Luke 21 is a component of the sealing of the 144,000. So, you know that Luke 21 is at the end of the world.

So, if you are still in Luke 21, and as Christ is giving the answer to the Disciples, He gives them a parable in verse 29. He is going to repeat and enlarge upon His answer, and He is going to use a parable to expand what He is saying. And He says in verse 29,

“²⁹And he spake to them a parable: Behold the fig tree, and all the trees; ³⁰When they now shoot forth, ye see and know of your own selves that summer is now nigh at hand. ³¹So likewise ye, when ye see these things come to pass, know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh at hand. ³²Verily I say unto you, This generation shall not pass away, till all be fulfilled. ³³Heaven and earth shall pass away: but my words shall not pass away.” Luke 21:29-33 (KJV).

Now, in this worship study, we have already studied out pretty thoroughly what causes the trees to bud out, and what is that?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Latter Rain.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: And when are these trees budding out?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: In the Spring.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: In the Springtime; because, when you see them budding out, it tells you that Summer is nigh at hand. It is not budding out in Summer; it is telling you that Summer is approaching.

And, what takes place in the Summer, according to the Bible?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Fruit (and various responses.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The harvest.

And when is the harvest, according to the Bible?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: At the end of the world.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: At the end of the world.

So, when you see the trees budding out, you know that you are at the end of the world. In fact, this parable is saying that if you are living when the trees bud out, you are living in the last generation: “This generation shall not pass away, till all be fulfilled.”

Sister White comments on this in The Great Controversy, page 308. She says,

“Christ had bidden His people watch for the signs of His advent”—

And that is what the Disciples had asked Christ in Luke 21, “What are the signs?”

—“Christ had bidden His people watch for the signs of His advent and rejoice as they should behold the tokens of their coming King. ‘When these things begin to come to pass,’ He said, ‘then look up, and lift up your heads; for your redemption draweth nigh.’ He pointed His followers to the budding trees of spring, and said: ‘When they now shoot forth, ye see and know of your own selves that summer is now nigh at hand. So likewise ye, when ye see these things come to pass, know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh at hand.’ Luke 21:28, 30, 31.” The Great Controversy, 308.

So, there is a sign that marks the fulfillment of Luke 21, and this sign is the Latter Rain. It is the budding trees of Spring. And, the people that are alive when this sign takes place are the final generation on Planet Earth, “This generation shall not pass.”

And, we are required to recognize the Latter Rain; but, most of us in Adventism will not recognize it. We have that example from 1888. Do you think that those men who rejected the message of Jones and Waggoner in 1888 thought that they were rejecting the Latter Rain Message?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: No.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Ellen White had been telling them it is the Latter Rain Message. They still could not see it.

If they had actually understood that that was the Latter Rain Message, would they have rejected it?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: “No,” and “Who knows.”

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Who knows the best answer; but, who knows? Okay? Who knows?

So, the 1888 is sacred history; because, we are modern Israel. Our history of Adventism is sacred history, and 1888 is prefiguring the end of the world when once again the Latter Rain Message is going to arrive, and men, the majority of Adventism, are not going to recognize it.

We Must Not Wait

This is just one—and we went through this in detail in this worship series, that we are required to recognize the Latter Rain. This is just one of those quotes that we have read before from The Seventh-day Adventist Bible Commentary, volume 7, page 984.

“We must not wait for the latter rain. It is coming upon all who will recognize and appropriate the dew and showers of grace that fall upon us.”—

It is coming upon all who will recognize it.

—“When we gather up the fragments of light, when we appreciate the sure mercies of God, who loves to have us trust Him, then every promise will be fulfilled. ‘For as the earth bringeth forth her bud, and as the garden causeth the things that are sown in it to spring forth; so the Lord God will cause righteousness and praise to spring forth before all the nations’ (Isaiah 61:11). The whole earth is to be filled with the glory of God.” The Seventh-day Adventist Bible Commentary, volume 7, 984.

When is the whole Earth going to be filled with the glory of God?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Revelation 18.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Revelation 18, when this Angel comes down [9/11/2001]; and, this Angel that comes down is no less the personage than Jesus Christ when Islam is restrained, as it was in the Millerite History. And this marks the beginning of the First Temple Cleansing; it marks the beginning of the Latter Rain; and, only those that recognize this have the possibility of navigating through this testing process safely, where they receive the Seal of God at the end of this history.

So, we have been dealing with the last six verses of Daniel 11—let us see how we are going to do this one—and we have been spending time on verse 40, we have spent quite a bit of time.

1798 The Sunday Law Dan 11:42-43 Dan 11:44-12:1

9/11

Dan 11:40 (Rev 13:11; Isa 23) Dan 11:41

Figure No. 130.

Verse 40 begins in 1798, and when does verse 40 conclude?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: At The Sunday Law.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: At The Sunday Law.

This is Daniel 11, verse 40. What else is this?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Revelation 13.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Revelation 13:11 and Isaiah 23 is verse 40. Okay?

This [The Sunday Law] is verse 41; and then we have verses 42 and 43, and that is when the deadly wound is healed, when Egypt [the world] is conquered.

How do I want to illustrate this?

Then down here [at the third waymark of Figure No. 130] I am going to put verses 42 and 43 to represent when the King of the North conquers Egypt in Daniel 11. We could put other Scriptures there.

But, this [the fourth waymark of Figure No. 130], I am going to put verses 44 through 12:1; because in Daniel 11, verse 44, you have the message, “the tidings out of the East and the North that troubleth him and he goes forth to destroy and utterly make away many”’; and, he is going to plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas and the glorious holy mountain in verse 45, and he shall come to his end with none to help.” And then in Daniel 12:1, it says, “And at that time,” in this history, in verses Daniel 11:44 through Daniel 12:1, Michael stands up and human probation closes.

So, in this history, this is the history of verse 40; and, in this history on 9/11 before The Sunday Law, we have the Mighty Angel come down.

Can you read this? I mean, can you follow the logic of this?

You can follow it when I am putting it up there; but, when I go back to it ten seconds later, are you going to remember it?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Okay.

1840 1842 1843-1844

Dan 11:40 Dan 11:42 Dan 11:43-12:1

1^st Temple Cleansing 2^nd Temple Cleansing

Figure No. 131.

So, what we are saying here [Figure No. 131], among other things, is that in 1840 the Mighty Angel came down. Right?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: And this empowers a message that is going to test who? The Protestants.

And how many temple cleansings are there going to be in this history? There are going to be two.

So, here is the end of the testing process for the Protestants. When is that marked?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: 1842.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: 1842.

And then in 1843 and 1844, what do you have? You have the Midnight Cry.

And the Midnight Cry, the reason why I said 1843 and 1844, the First Disappointment in 1843 was a purposeful contribution to the Midnight Cry of 1844. The First Disappointment of 1843 actually took place in 1844—right?—when you factor in Karaite reckoning. So, 1843 and 1844 are connected in that sense.

And so here, in this history, in 1843 and 1844, you have the Midnight Cry, which concludes with the door closing on October 22, 1844.

So, in this history you have the Second Temple Cleansing, and you have the First Temple Cleansing here accomplished.

Do you follow me? Yes, do you follow me?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: What I am saying here is that the Millerite History, 1840, is Daniel 11:40. Right?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: And the testing process goes until 1842.

And 1842, that is where the second testing process begins. All right?

And 1843 and 1844, that is Daniel 11:43 through 12:1.

Do you follow me?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: So, what I am saying is, Daniel 11:40-45 parallels the history of the Millerites from 1840 to 1844.

It can be illustrated better. I have done it better, I believe, and, I have watched other men do it better; but, I want you to see that the Millerite History is structured upon the last six verses of Daniel 11.

You have kind of a vague look. Did I lose you? Do you want to ask a question?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: No. I was just thinking.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Okay. Vague looks are okay; but, if we can help to remove the vagueness, we will.

But, the Millerite History here [in Figure No. 131] is our history.

We have already gone through the last six verses of Daniel 11 in detail to show what it is in our history. In verse 41 The Sunday Law purifies the Adventist Church, and then those with the Seal of God are going to carry the Final Warning Message to the eleventh-hour workers, which reaches its conclusion there at the Death Decree and at The Sunday Law.

So, let us look at some other factors here in Millerite History.

Millerite History, in our history, and in all the reform lines in one sense are the histories of two messages, the First and Second Angels’ Messages.

Okay. We have spent a lot of time on this already.

1^st Message 2^nd Message

ELIJAH ELISHA

JOHN CHRIST

MILLER CHRIST

BODY LIFE

(Shaking) - - - - -

Figure No. 132.

The First Message is Elijah; the second is Elisha. The First Message is John the Baptist; the second is Christ. The First Message is Miller; the second is Christ in that history.

In Ezekiel 37, the First Message produces the Body; the Second Message gives Life to the body, if that is the way to describe it.

But, in this history here (the Body/the Life), there in the First Message of Ezekiel 37, when Ezekiel gives that message, there is a sound (a voice), a sound. And what does that sound cause?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: A shaking.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: A shaking. So, we noted the Shaking, but there is no Life yet. There is a shaking in the First Message. It produces a body of believers. It does; and, this gets serious. This is one of the most serious things about the last six verses of Daniel 11.

Remember, John’s message was the message that identified the events connected with the close of probation. He said to the Jews, “Who hath warned you to flee from the wrath to come,” the wrath to come being AD34/70, the close of their probation.

Miller’s Message, which we read in The Great Controversy, was to acquaint his generation with the events connected with the close of probation. So, our first message, the one that brings the Body together, is the events connected with the close of probation, which Sister White refers to as a truth that multitudes in Adventism has no understanding of in more than one place; but, in Early Writings, page 259, which we have looked at in this series, we are told that those that would not receive the message of John the Baptist could not be benefited by the teachings of Jesus. And in the next paragraph, she says that those that rejected the First Message, the message of Miller, could not be benefited by the Second Message, the message of Christ.

So, when it comes to the last six verses of Daniel 11 that brings this body of believers together and causes the Shaking, if you cannot accept the last six verses of Daniel 11, no way you are going to see the arrival of the Latter Rain, the budding of the trees, on 9/11.

So, this [First Message] message here [the (Shaking)] has eternal consequences. You have to recognize this message to be able to participate in this [Second] Message.

The Shaking in this history is part of the story. We have spent time on that, and I will give you a history of one of the arguments. We have mentioned that the primary argument on the last six verses of Daniel 11 that the opponents brought up was the glorious land. Okay? Hartland Institute was training people, and probably still does to Seventh-day Adventist pastors. In their training process they would find sympathetic churches to Hartland that they could send these students out to go practice preaching on Sabbath, and they would give them the preaching assignment, “to go and teach why the glorious land is the Seventh-day Adventist Church.” And the reason they were doing that was not to teach them how to preach a sermon; it was to oppose the message that the glorious land is the United States of America. So, they have been fighting this message for many, many years; and, so the glorious land among these truths as been one that has been really hammered on.

So, in response to all these agitation, this Shaking concerning this First Message, the Lord led the students of prophecy to recognize something that we have dealt with here several times, although we have not yet named it. It is called “the triple application of prophecy.” Perhaps that is not the best name to hang upon it; but, what it means is that some prophecies are marked as bring fulfilled three times, and they have within them the eternal rule that upon the testimony of two a thing is established. So, the first time the prophecy is fulfilled, combined with the second time the prophecy is fulfilled has established what the characteristics of the third and final fulfillment will be.

And one of the main reasons that this principle in God’s Word was recognized was over the argument of the glorious land; because, as we have taken time to deal with here, when Pagan Rome took control of the world supremely, it first had to overcome three geographical obstacles; and, when the Papacy took control of the world supremely, it had to first overcome three geographical obstacles. So, it was recognized that Pagan Rome combined with Papal Rome is an illustration of modern Rome. Therefore, when you come to the King of the South (verse 40, the glorious land in verse 41 [of Daniel 11]), and Egypt in verses 42 and 43, they are the three obstacles for modern Rome.

But, based upon a triple application of prophecy, what do those three obstacles have to be?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Geographical areas.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: They have to be geographical areas. They cannot be spiritual entities.

For Pagan Rome in Daniel 8, 9, and 11, 16, and 17, it is Syria, Egypt, and Israel.

For Papal Rome it was the Heruli, the Ostrogoths, and the Vandals.

For modern Rome it is the Soviet Union, the United States, and the entire world. And to say that it is the Soviet Union and the Seventh-day Adventist Church, and then some other entity that you have to create because you have just destroyed all kinds of any logic that is in the verses is breaking the triple application of prophecy.

Let me give you another example of a triple application of prophecy. This is the simple one.

In this book—I should have kept this book over here—in this book on Millerite History, [Foundations of the Seventh-day Adventist Message and Mission], he [P. Gerard Damsteegt] points out—and it has nothing to do with what I am going to say—but he points out that after October 22, 1844, the Millerite Adventists who were going to stay on the track, which were very few, they came to recognize who they were in sacred history. They had just been following a message and a movement, but after the Great Disappointment on October 22, 1844, they dive back into the Bible to see what happened, to see what the sanctuary was, to see what happened in their experience of the Millerites; and, they begin to see they are modern Israel, and they begin to see modern Israel illustrated in various passages of the Bible. And he records that the very first Biblical illustration that the Millerite Adventists, after the Disappointment, recognized of themselves was that they were who? Elijah. Okay? The very first thing that was recognized is that they were Elijah.

Example of Triple Application of Prophecy: The 3 Elijahs

Figure No. 133.

And, there are three Elijahs. There is Elijah the first. Elijah is a triple application of prophecy. There is Elijah the second that is known as John the Baptist. Christ told us this. And then there is Elijah at the end of the world, and we are just going to put the 144,000.

The characteristics of the first Elijah, combined with the characteristics of the second Elijah will identify the characteristics of the third Elijah.

The first Elijah had to deal with a threefold enemy: Ahab, Jezebel, and the prophets of Baal. Now, Ahab, that is a civil power, right?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Jezebel: church.

And this is the power that deceives, the deceiving power.

And, of course, with Ahab we also see the number 10.

With John the Baptist, he had to deal with the threefold power: Herod, once again the state; Herodias, church; and, Salome, the daughter. Okay. So, let us discuss this a little bit.

Was Ahab and Jezebel supposed to be married? It is an unlawful relationship; it is fornication.

Was Herod supposed to marry his brother’s wife, Herodias?

So, in both cases: unlawful relationship.

The prophets of Baal, in the story of Elijah they did the dance of deception.

What does Salome do? She does the dance of deception.

So, Salome, the prophets of Baal, they are the deceiving power.

But, here, we find also that Salome is the daughter of Herodias; so, Salome, the daughter of Herodias, is pointing forward to apostate Protestantism, who is the daughter of the Papacy; because, at the end of the world, the 144,000 are going to have to deal with the United Nations, the One World Civil Power that consists of Ten Kings. They are going to have to deal with the Papacy, the impure church that comes into an unlawful relationship at the end of the world.

Where does the Papacy come into an unlawful relationship? Give me three Scriptures of their unlawful relationship.

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Daniel 11:42.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Daniel 11, verses 42 and 43, Egypt is conquered. The United Nations is conquered by the Papacy. The United Nations is Egypt; it is the entire world. That is one.

Where is another one? Revelation . . . ?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: 13.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Revelation 13, verses 14 and 15, the United States commands the world to set up an image of the Beast. The only definition of the image of the beast is the combination of church and state, with the church in control of the relationship. So, this is also Revelation 13, verses 14 and 15.

One more.

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Revelation 17?

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Revelation 17. Verse?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: 17.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Verse 17: Revelation 17:17.

The Ten Kings agree to give their kingdom unto the Beast (the Papacy). Okay. This is the unlawful relationship.

And who deceives the world into accepting this unlawful relationship?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Revelation 13:13.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Revelation 13:13: the USA, right? The USA is Salome. It is the daughter. It is apostate Protestantism; it is the daughter of the Papacy.

So, that is two triple applications to prophecy. Pagan Rome had to conquer three geographical areas in order to rule the world supremely; Papal Rome had to conquer three geographical areas in order to rule the world supremely; therefore, modern Rome has to conquer three geographical areas and, therefore, the glorious land, no matter what you define it as, has to be a geographical area. It is not a church.

And why in the world, if Daniel wanted us to think the glorious land was the Seventh-day Adventist Church, why did he not just put glorious holy mountain, as he did in verse 45, only four verses later when the Bible is clear that the glorious holy mountain is God’s church at the end of the world?

Why would he not just use glorious holy mountain in verse 41? Because, he is teaching that it is a land; it not the church; and, that is in agreement with a triple application of prophecy.

So, there are several triple applications of prophecy, but we have just now given you two [Figure No. 133 on the three Elijahs; and, three Scriptures witnessing to the Papacy coming into an unlawful relationship]. So, what have we done? We have established it.

Now, notice in this history, in this history [Figure No. 133]—and we have prepared you for this thought yesterday, but you did not think I was going to be asking you so many questions—what does Pagan Rome do for Papal Rome?

PAGAN ROME HISTORY

Figure No. 134.

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Inaudible response.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Pardon me?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Three things—(inaudible)—power, seat, and great authority.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: It gives it three things: power, seat, and great authority.

FROM THE AUDIENCE: And it takes away three things

BROTHER PIPPENGER: And it takes away three things: the three horns. We dealt with that yesterday.

When did it [Pagan Rome] give its power to the Papacy?

Who is associated with the power?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Clovis.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Clovis.

When was Clovis baptized?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: AD496.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: AD496 is the power.

When did it give its seat?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: AD330.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: AD330.

When did it give its great authority; that is, civil authority?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: AD533.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: AD533.

Why did Justinian give his civil authority over to the Papacy?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: To solve a religious problem.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: To solve a religious crisis.

What else? What was happening to Justinian’s kingdom in AD533?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: It was crumbling.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: It was crumbling.

When did it begin to crumble?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: When the Trumpet powers started to come in (indiscernible).

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Sort of.

When did it begin to crumble?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: At the national apostasy, AD321.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: AD321. In AD321, right down here, Constantine passed the first Sunday law; and the rule is, national apostasy is followed by national ruin.

So, where does the national ruin begin? Right here in AD330.

What happens technically in AD330? The Roman Empire is split in half between East and West.

Then what happens?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Trumpets.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Trumpets begin to sound. By AD476 the western part of Rome has disintegrated into ten kingdoms. There is never going to be an Italian that sits upon the throne of Rome after AD476. It is controlled by foreign powers.

So, when you get to AD533, what is happening with Justinian? Justinian is the emperor in the East. What is happening? His kingdom is falling apart, and there is a religious controversy going on. One part of that controversy is which is the preeminent church; is it the church in Constantinople where Justinian lives, or is it the church of Rome where the Pope lives? And in his decree he decides to identify the Pope of Rome as the head of the churches and the Corrector of Heretics.

Correct? Is this all true?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: So, why did he implement that decree?

Why am I asking that? What is the purpose of me emphasizing all of this? Because, this history here [from AD496 to 533], the history of Pagan Rome and its work to place the Papacy on the throne of the Earth is illustrating the work of whom?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The United States.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The United States.

And this [AD533] is Revelation 17:17 at the end of the world. At the end of the world the civil authority [State], the Ten Kings right here [referring to Figure No. 133], the Ten Kings right here, they agree to give their kingdom to the Papacy, just like it was given to the Papacy back here in AD533.

So, if we can understand why Pagan Rome gave its authority to the Papacy in AD533, then we will know why the United Nations is going to agree to give its civil power to the Papacy at the end of the world in Revelation 17:17.

So, what did we identify? What did we say?

There was a religious controversy going on in the world, in the kingdom. For Justinian, he had a religious controversy going on in his kingdom; but, at the end of the world, this is worldwide.

There is a worldwide religious controversy that is raging at the end of time. What is that?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Islam.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: It is Islam, Islam.

Okay. But, what is happening to the world? It is crumbling.

You have got to remember, sometimes we think that these globalists are actually going to succeed in implementing a One World Government that—you know, I do not know what we think. But, what the Bible says is that Jesus illustrates the end from the beginning, and the beginning of modern Babylon is illustrated in Babel. And as they were trying to build their One World Government, their tower to Heaven, the Lord comes down and confuses their work and they never finish the work.

So, sometimes we think that these globalists at the end of the world, even though we can see all the strings that they are pulling, we think that maybe they are going to pull it off. They are not going to pull it off. Their kingdom begins to crumble at September 11, 2001, when the east wind sinks the ships of Tarshish. It is already crumbling as we speak. They are trying to build that tower, but it is coming down.

So, here at the end of the world, in Revelation 17:17 [refers to the line of the 144,000 in Figure No. 133], the world will be crumbling. There will be a religious crisis. But, why was Justinian’s world crumbling? Why was it crumbling?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: It was because of Islam.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: No, it was not because of Islam. Nice try.

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Laughter.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Because of the Trumpet powers. It is better to say the Trumpet powers. This is the Trumpet powers.

But, is Islam a Trumpet power?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Yes, it is the Seventh Trumpet.

So, they are parallel histories, they are parallel histories.

Okay. So, in this history [of the 144,000 in Figure No. 133], once you see that, the reason that—who is this [referring to the United Nations], by the way? This is the Dragon, is it not?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Kings, governors, and rulers have placed upon themselves the brand of antichrist, and they are represented as a dragon that goes to make war with the saints.

Who is the Papacy?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Beast.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: [Enters the Papacy as the Beast in Figure No. 133].

And, the United States, the False Prophet.

So, in this history up here [Jezebel] and in this history [Herodias] here, we have a very important fact about this history here [the Dragon, the Beast, and the False Prophet]. But, you only see this fact if you see a triple application of prophecy, and you only see a triple application of prophecy if you have to fight the battle of the glorious land, if you have to deal with all of Adventism saying, “What you’re teaching is heresy. The glorious land is the Seventh-day Adventist Church.”

Of course, the easy answer to that is, “Okay. If you’re saying the Pope of Rome conquers the Seventh-day Adventist Church in Daniel 11, verse 41, perhaps you can give me one other Scripture where this takes place; because the Bible says upon the testimony of two a thing is established.” It is foolishness to call the glorious land the Seventh-day Adventist Church.

The word glorious means the sense of prominence. The Seventh-day Adventist Church is not the most prominent church in the world.

Have you ever seen the Dali Lama on a Newsweek Magazine cover?

How about the Pope of Rome?

How about the head of the Orthodox Church in Europe?

The answer to all three of those is, “Yes.”

Have you ever seen the president of the General Conference of the Seventh-day Adventist Church on the front page of the Newsweek or a Time Magazine? No way! It is not the most prominent church.

In fact, one of the men that are running for President, his church is getting more talk than the Seventh-day Adventist Church. What church is that? Mormons! The Mormons are more out in the world right now in terms of face time than the Seventh-day Adventist Church.

And the word glorious means in sense of prominence. Okay?

So, because of that battle, the Lord orchestrated a shaking that forced is to see a triple application of prophecy. And with a triple application of prophecy, all kinds of lights begin to come on.

For instance, when Ahab, after he sees fire come down out of Heaven and consume that altar, he runs back to Jezebel who is not on the scene, and he says, “You won’t believe it, Jezebel, but Elijah’s God is the true God.”

And what did Jezebel say? He thought she was going to be converted: “Off with his head by tomorrow! We’re gonna kill him. I don’t care!”

Did Ahab expect her to say that?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Nope.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: He was deceived.

The state power is deceived by the Papacy to its real intents.

And what are the intents of the Papacy?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: To kill.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: To kill God’s people; to kill Elijah. On the testimony of two a thing is established.

Here is Herod. He is partying down; he is drinking his wine; and, then Salome comes on the scene and she does this seductive, wonderful dance. And in his foolish state he says, “Up to half my kingdom will I give you for that wonderful dance,” and he says it in front of all the other leaders that are there; so, he has got to keep his word.

Did he think she was going to say, “What I want for that dance is John the Baptist’s head on a charger”?

It is the same story. Herod is deceived about Herodias’s intent to kill John the Baptist, the same way that Ahab is deceived about Jezebel’s intent to kill Elijah; therefore, the United Nations, it is going to be deceived about the idea that the Papacy intends to murder faithful Sabbathkeeping Christians.

But, it [the United Nations] is still going to agree to come into this relationship, because it is under deception.

And, you can see this deception in world history. We have used this story more than once, but it is a perfect story. When they captured Saddam Hussein in Iraq, in his little hole, there became a worldwide discussion: “Should we put Saddam Hussein on trial in Iraq, or should we let the Americans who captured him put him on trial?”

Because, if you put him on trial in Iraq and the United States, they will execute him; because, the United States and Iraq both believe in the death penalty. But, the United Nations supposedly does not believe in the death penalty. Okay?

So, there was an argument that took place right after they caught Saddam Hussein—you had to have heard of it; but, if you want to dig it out, it was discussed a lot—should Saddam Hussein be tried by the Americans or Iraq with the death decree, or should they transfer him over to The Hague to be tried in the World Court that does not believe in the death decree?

So, what did the Pope of Rome, Pope John Paul II, do during that time period of the last pope?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: He started writing letters.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: He started writing more letters. He started writing letters saying, “The Catholic Church doesn’t believe in the death decree. You ought to try Saddam Hussein in the World Court, in the Hague.”

FROM THE AUDIENCE: That is right.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Catholic Church does not believe in the death decree?

What is she doing here when she is making that statement about Saddam Hussein? What is she doing?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: She is deceiving.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: She is deceiving the United Nations. She is saying, “We believe like you do. We don’t believe in the death decree.”

But, there is going to be a religious crisis—okay?—that allows this to come into existence, along with the activity of the United States, forcing them to set up an image of the beast.

And Satan here, Satan is personating Christ. He is here on Earth at this time pushing this same agenda.

The United States is pushing an agenda. Satan is personating Christ, pushing the same agenda. And, the kingdom is crumbling through the Seventh Trumpet, through a Trumpet power just like it was crumbling back here with Justinian. And, there is a religious crisis, and the religious crisis is, “How are we going to deal with radical Islam and the escalating world war that they are accomplishing here during the Third Woe?

And the answer is, “Well, we’ve got to bring the whole world under a One World Government so we can better bring them under control.”

And as soon as the Papacy is placed in the leadership of this One World Government (Revelation 13:14-15, Revelation 17:17, and Daniel 11:42-43), as soon as she is in a position—Sister White says this—as soon as she has vantage ground, she will strike. As soon as she is in position, then “Ahab” is going to find out that she does not want to deal with radical Islam; she wants to deal with faithful Seventh-day Adventists, and they are going to find out she wants to kill them, wants to put them to death: Death Decree time.

So, from this simple little story of Elijah, when put in the context of a triple application of prophecy, it is speaking specific, direct information about the end of the world; but, this triple application of prophecy is recognized; because, when the First Message of Daniel 11:40-45 comes into history, there is a noise and it causes a shaking. It brings a body of believers together. But, this shaking is the argument. Sister White says the introduction of false teaching is what produces the shaking. Okay? It is the controversy between truth and error that goes in.

Okay. We have just about five minutes. We are bringing to a conclusion 1989 today and tomorrow; but, we want to do one more thing, one more upon the testimony of two or three a thing is established. And all we are looking at here is the triple application of prophecy.

THE FIFTH, SIXTH, AND SEVENTH TRUMPETS

Figure No. 135.

If you stand on the platforms of Adventism, the Fifth Trumpet and the Sixth Trumpet are the First and Second Woes. There are three woes. Revelation 8:13 says the Fifth, Sixth, and Seventh Trumpets are the First, Second, and Third Woes.

And the First Woe was Islam of Arabia.

The Second Woe was Islam of Turkey. It moved; different culture.

The mode of warfare is what is being discussed in Revelation 9. When it talks about Islam in Revelation 9, the Islam of the First and Second Woes, it is not talking about the various foods that they eat in their culture, or what color of clothes they like to wear in their culture. It is describing the warfare of Islam against Rome in that history. And the warfare that is emphasized in the First and Second Woes is a warfare that the name assassin is derived from.

We have talked about this before. The name assassin comes directly from the activities of the warfare of Islam. When you trace the root of assassin, they are assassins. They are not like the British and the French used to do, where they lined up in red coats and they lined up in blue coats and they start marching at one another killing people. They strike suddenly and unexpectedly. They are assassins on their Arabian horses.

But, here in this history of the Second Woe, you add what is added in Revelation 9, is that when Islam blew down the walls of Constantinople in the history of the Second Woe to bring to a conclusion Eastern Rome, for the first time in history they used explosives. The very first time explosives were used in warfare was in AD1453 when Islam built cannons to blow down the invincible walls of Constantinople, up to that point in time.

So, the mode of warfare of Islam is to strike suddenly and unexpectedly; but, in this history [of the Second Woe], you add explosives.

And with a triple application of prophecy, is it okay that the waymarks have a little bit of a difference?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Yes.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Sure.

This one here [Figure No. 133] is the easiest one to see.

Did Elijah die?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: No.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Did Ahab and Jezebel want Elijah to die? Yes, but he did not die.

Did John the Baptist die?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Yes.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Did Herod and Herodias want him to die? Well, Herodias did.

But, Elijah and John the Baptist, they are the same person. So, it is okay for these waymarks to have a little bit of extra piece of information when considered together.

So, the Islam of the Second Woe, it strikes suddenly and unexpectedly but also with explosives. And in both cases [of the First and Second Woes], they were at war with the armies of Rome.

So, in a triple application of prophecy, if the First Woe has these characteristics, and the Second Woe has these characteristics, what are the characteristics of the Third Woe going to be?

Well, it is going to be Islam. But this [the First Woe] was Islam in Arabia; this [the Second Woe] was Islam in Turkey; so, this [the Third Woe] is going to be worldwide Islam.

And what is Islam going to do when the Third Woe comes back into history? It is going to strike suddenly and unexpectedly with what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: With explosives.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: With explosives.

And who is it going to strike?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The armies of Rome.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The armies of Rome.

Who are the armies of Rome?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The United States.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Give me a text for that?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: In Daniel.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Daniel what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Daniel 11:40.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Daniel 11:40, the armies of Rome. The chariots and the horsemen are identifying the United States is the armies of Rome.

So, when the Third Woe comes into history, it will once again be Islam, worldwide Islam that will strike the armies of Rome suddenly and unexpectedly with explosives; and, the armies of Rome is the USA. Hmm, that is 9/11.

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: That is 9/11, Brothers and Sisters.

And in Revelation 13, the United States is going to force the world to receive the mark of the beast; and, if you do not have the mark of the beast, you cannot buy or sell. And if you do not have the mark of the beast, you are put to death. So, the two powers of the United States at the end of the world are economic and military powers.

So, what is the symbol of the economic power of the United States?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Inaudible response.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Twin Towers in New York City.

What is the symbol of the military might of the United States?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Pentagon.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Pentagon.

On 9/11 both the symbol of economic and the symbol of military (the chariots, ships, and horsemen) together were struck,

And, they struck the United States, which is the beast that comes up out what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Earth.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Earth.

And where did that fourth plane go? It went into the Earth.

9/11 is a triple application of prophecy come alive, identifying that the Third Woe has arrived in history, and that the Third Woe (9/11/2001) is the Trumpet power that begins to crumble the kingdom, paralleling Justinian, that Justinian as the civil authority is pointing forward when the civil authority down here [the United Nations] is going to agree to give their kingdom to the Papacy, because the Trumpet power is bringing the world to its knees.

And you may not quite understand how this has a connection with Daniel 11:40-45; but, if you do not see Daniel 11:40-45, you do not get to see any of this because those that reject the First Message cannot be benefited by the Second.

Shall we pray?

Benediction: Heavenly Father, it has been many years since 9/11 now, and we want not to become complacent to the fact that when that event took place the trees began to bud forth, and this is the sign that we must recognize if we are going to be among those that receive the Seal of God. Help us to remember that this is the final generation, and that this generation is one that is going to be lifted up as an ensign in the near future, but only if we accomplish the testing process of the Everlasting Gospel correctly, the testing process that is now being brought upon Adventism. Help us to understand that these truths that we are studying are gems and jewels that are being revealed by the Dirt Brush Man, the Lion of the Tribe of Judah, in order to prepare an ensign to glorify His name in the coming crisis. We set before you this day of service that we each are going to do and ask that you keep us safe and that you will help us to do what we do for your glory and honor. We ask for a continued blessing upon the LiveStreaming work and the DVDs in Jesus’s name. Amen.

Habakkuk’s Two Tables #65

PART SIX: 1989

Presented by Jeff Pippenger

Invocation by Brother Jeff Pippenger: Heavenly Father, as we come before you this morning to bring to a conclusion this section of Habakkuk’s Tables, we ask that you help us to bring these final thoughts into a conclusion. We need your Holy Spirit if we are going to understand your Word correctly. We ask that you grant us the presence of your Holy Spirit. We ask that you would overrule my humanity, that the presentation this morning would be a presentation that comes from the Throne Room on high and not from a human being. We ask that you would prepare the hearts and minds of those that hear this presentation to receive it as you have designed. We want your Latter Rain poured out upon us; so, we would ask that you would do that at this time. We thank you for all these things in Jesus’s name. Amen.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: We are bringing to a conclusion our argument that 1989 is the Time of the End for the Reform Movement of the 144,000, and that every Reform Movement begins with a Time of the End; and, the Time of the End in every Reform Movement is a fulfillment of a prophecy. And it just so happens that Daniel 11, verse 40, not only marks the Time of the End for the Reform Movement of the 144,000 but it marks the Time of the End for the Millerites; because, in 1798 the King of the South (atheistic France) began a war, pushed against the Papacy, delivering the deadly wound. But, at the conclusion of verse 40 we see the modern king of Atheism, the Soviet Union (the [new] King of the South] being swept away by the King of the North (the Papacy) and its ally, its end-time political ally the United States, as represented in the “chariots, ships, and horsemen.” We are saying that this is the point in prophecy where the Lion of the Tribe of Judah, the Dirt Brush Man of William Miller’s dream, begins to unseal the prophetic testing message that is the Everlasting Gospel for Seventh-day Adventists here at the end of the world.

And, we went through the verses that follow, Daniel 11:40-45; then, we have compared them with the sequence of events set forth in Revelation 17 and Revelation 13.

We have identified that the last six verses of Daniel 11 are emphasizing the movements of the Beast, the Dragon, and the False Prophet as they lead the world to Armageddon, Armageddon being marked as the point in verse 45 where the King of the North is located between the seas and the glorious and holy mountain when he comes to his end. This is Megiddo; this is Armageddon; and, the King of the North is the representative of modern Babylon (the Beast, the Dragon, and the False Prophet), which are all noted in verse 40, the King of the South being the Dragon; chariots, ships, and horsemen being the False Prophet; the King of the North being the Beast.

The last six verses of Daniel 11 is the story of how modern Babylon leads the world to Armageddon. The last six verses of Daniel 11 are the climax of the Biblical presentation of Michael, and Michael represents the Great Controversy. The name Michael means, Who (is) like God? And when Michael is set forth in the Scriptures, He is always in confrontation with Satan, whether it being in the Book of Jude, or in Revelation 12, or in Daniel 11.

And in Daniel 11, along with the argument about Michael (Who (is) like God?), we also see the subject of the King of the North, the King of the North in the passage being the Papacy; but, the true King of the North is Christ, who is seated in the sides of the North, in the City of the Great King, in Zion. So, the King of the North is also telling the story of Satan’s attempt to exalt himself into the Throne Room of God. And it is in Daniel 11 that this story (the Great Controversy) Michael and the counterfeit King of the North all comes to a conclusion.

So, we have been emphasizing the many deep, profound truths that are in these verses that you would expect to see if this truly was the Time of the End, the passage of prophecy that is unsealed to test God’s people in the Last Days.

Daniel 11:16-17; 11:31

And we want to show you what I call a literary technique. I do not know if that is the right way to illustrate it; but, if you will, go to Daniel 11, verses 16 and 17. We have dealt with these verses a few times already.

We know that Pagan Rome is first introduced into Daniel 11 in verse 14 as the “robbers of thy people” who exalt themselves to establish the vision; but, they fall.

But, in verse 16, the “robbers of thy people” of Pagan Rome begins to make his conquest of the world; and, we have pointed out that when Pagan Rome takes control of the world, it has to overcome geographical areas, and these are marked in verses 16 and 17 of Daniel 11; and, that is simply a second testimony to Daniel 8, verse 9.

And the literary technique that I am identifying—and there may be a better way to state it—is that when Daniel deals with Pagan Rome, first, first he tells us how Pagan Rome takes control of the world. Okay. That is verses 16 and 17.

And after he identifies how Pagan Rome takes control of the world, then in verse 20, it says, “Then shall stand up in his estate a raiser of taxes,” and this “raiser of taxes” is Rome calling for a taxation that brings Joseph and Mary to Bethlehem. The point being is, the literary technique is that when Daniel deals with Rome, he first tells us how Rome takes control of the world; and, thereafter, he tells us how Rome interacts with God’s people. Okay? Because, if you mark the dates in verses 16 and 17 that Rome is conquering the world—I think they took Syria in 65BC: I could be wrong on that, but it was in the Sixties; then, Israel in 63BC, somewhere in that neighborhood.

But, when was the league with the Jews?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: 162.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: 162BC—these are all BC dates.

So, in actuality, the league with the Jews is formed before this conquering begins; and, what I am saying is that when Daniel is telling us this history, the first thing that he tells us is how Pagan Rome takes control of the world, and then he takes up another subject: “This is how Pagan Rome interacts with God’s people during this history.”

If you go to Daniel 11:31—we have covered this verse more than once—“And arms shall stand on his part,” this is Clovis standing up for the Papacy in AD496, and Clovis and those arms are going to pollute the City of Rome, “the sanctuary of strength,” in the warfare that follows thereafter; and those Pagan kings are going to set aside their state religion of Paganism and change it to Papalism, as they take away the Daily in verse 31. And those Pagan kings are going to place the “abomination that maketh desolate”; they are going to place the Papacy on the throne of the Earth in AD538.

So, here, once the Papacy is on the throne of the Earth in AD538 in Daniel 11:31, it is going to rule the world supremely for 1260 years; and, this is where the Papacy becomes the subject. So, the first thing that Daniel does when it comes to Papal Rome is the same thing that he does with Pagan Rome. He first tells us how Papal Rome takes control of the world, and then in verses 32 and onward, we have the persecution of the 1260 years. So, first Daniel tells us how Papal Rome takes control of the world, and then he begins to tell us how Papal Rome deals with God’s people; and, he does this both with Pagan Rome and Papal Rome, and this is the same story in Daniel 11:40-45.

In Daniel 11, verses 40 to 43, we see the three obstacles that modern Rome needs to overcome, the three geographical obstacles: the King of the South in verse 40 (the Soviet Union); the glorious land being the United States in verse 41; and Egypt, the entire world, in verses 42 and 43. Once those three geographical areas are subdued, the deadly wound is healed.

So, first, Daniel tells us how modern Rome takes control of the world (verses 40 to 43); and, then in verses 44 and 45, he is going to tell us how Papal Rome is going to interact with God’s people; because, “tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth . . . to destroy, and utterly to make away many,” in verse 44,⁴ “yet he shall come to his end,” with none to help in verse 45.

Sunday Law Egypt

1798 Msg of East USA (World)

Day of East Wind

1989 9/11/2001

Message of North

DEBATE

Dan 11:40 v. 41 vs. 42-43 v. 44

Figure No. 136

So, in 1798 we have verse 40; and, verse 40 ends at The Sunday Law in the United States, which is verse 41; but this history is verse 40, and we have dealt with this history several times.

But, once Daniel finishes telling us the story over here of when Egypt is conquered, in verses 42 and 43, then he gives us the story of the message of the tidings of the East and the North. All right? And what we are saying here is that “the East and the North” represent a variety of things in God’s Word. If you remember, in Isaiah 41, when you see “East and North” together, it represents the righteousness of Christ; because, Christ is the righteous man from the East. He comes from the North and He comes from the rising of the sun in Isaiah 41. So, when you look at “East and North” together, it is the message of Christ’s righteousness.

But, the East is the sealing message because the Angel that descends in Revelation 7, He ascends from the East. But, the East is also the message of the Second Coming, “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be” (Matthew 24:27 KJV) And, there appears in the East a cloud, a small cloud, in the shape of a man’s hand.

So, the East and the North—and I am not touching on all of them—represent many things. But, whatever the East and the North is, it is the message that troubles the Papacy.

So, when we have looked at this history here, from AD1798 to The Sunday Law in the United States, when we have looked at the history of verse 40 we have identified it as also the history of Revelation 13:11; because, Sister White says when the Papacy was robbed of its strength—that is AD1798—John saw a new power rising from the Earth. So, the story of the Earth beast in Revelation 13 begins in AD1798, and it ends when the Earth beast of the United States speaks as a dragon; the same history.

And Isaiah 23, speaking of Tyre, Tyre being the power that commits fornication with all the kingdoms of the Earth, the story of Tyre in Isaiah 23 is the story of Tyre being forgotten for 70 years, which is “the days of one king,” and the one king that is symbolizing the 70 years is the history of the United States, which begins in AD1798, in terms of a kingdom in Bible prophecy, and ends at The Sunday Law in the United States.

So, when we look at this history closely, we find that verse 40 has some parallel histories in the Scriptures that take place in verse 40. One of those is the story of Josiah, which is probably the next presentation we are going to do when we return to the work of identifying these two Tables [referring to the 1843 and 1850 Charts] as typified in God’s Word. We are going to look at Josiah because there is an important element of the typifications of these two Charts in the story of Josiah.

But, Josiah here represents the leadership of the Adventist Church that rejects the warning message of the war between the King of the South and the King of the North, the long drawn-out war that initially the King of the South is victorious as it pushes against the King of the North; but, ultimately, the King of the North retaliates and sweeps away the King of the South. That is in the story of Josiah, and Josiah rejected that warning message, and where did he end up?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Indiscernible response.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: He ended up between the seas and the glorious holy mountain. He came to his end, with none to help, representing the leadership of the Seventh-day Adventist Church that rejects the warning message of Daniel 11:40-45.

But, we also looked at Revelation 9, verses 1 through 3, roughly in there, the history of a long, drawn-out war between Rome and Persia; and ultimately when that war ends, this long, drawn-out war being a parallel to the long, drawn-out war between the King of the South and the King of the North in verse 40—and when that war with Rome and Persia comes to an end, it is marking the rise of Islam.

And we are saying that that history that brings Islam into history in the time period of the Fifth Trumpet, the First Woe, because it is based upon a long, drawn-out war between Rome and a two-horn power (Persia is a two-horn power) and the King of the South (France) was a two-horn power, that once this war concludes then you see Islam come into history and we have marked this as 9/11 [September 11, 2001]. So, in the history of verse 40 we see the arrival of the Third Woe.

And, we are saying that this [9/11/2001] is the arrival of the Message of the East that troubles the King of the North. It trouble the King of the North because the East is the children of the East; it is Islam; it is the East wind that sinks the economic structure of Planet Earth, right when Planet Earth is trying to lift up a One World globalist economy, and other factors. They are trying to put in place a One World Monetary System, and right as they are starting this work—you know, you can probably trace it back at least to George Bush I, right after the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1989, right in here [see Figure No. 136]. George Bush I begins talking about a New World Order, and the long, drawn-out war between Persia and Rome comes to an end, and the smoke of Islam returns into history in the Third Woe and begins to sink the ships of Tarshish. And this is the message of the East that troubles the Papacy; because, right when he thinks he is getting to the place where he is going to build this tower into Heaven, it is all going to come tumbling down.

The Message of the North, it begins right in here, too; because, in 1989 the Lion of the Tribe of Judah unseals the message of the last six verses of Daniel 11, which is the Message of the King of the North.

But, the Message of the King of the North that is going to be proclaimed by God’s people is the message identifying the corruptions within the Catholic Church and how those corruptions have made their way into the Protestant churches and the political world. It is a denunciation of the Papacy that only escalates as time goes by.

So, what am I saying? I am saying that this [AD1798 to The Sunday Law] is Daniel 11, verse 40. This is the history of verse 40.

This [The Sunday Law] is verse 41.

This [Egypt] is verses 42 and 43. But, when you get to verses 42 and 43, Daniel has told you how modern Rome has taken control of the world. Now he is going to tell us how Rome interacts with God’s people during this same history; but, these Messages of the East and of the North here, verse 44, it actually begins back here in verse 40.

Particularly, the persecution is going to begin in earnest at The Sunday Law, but it escalates. It begins first with courtroom scenes and fines and persecution; but, by the time you get to him [the Papacy] conquering Egypt [the world], then it is going to escalate to a Death Decree.

So, the Messages of the East and of the North is the story of how the King of the North interacts with God’s people; and, if you are going to understand the Messages of the East and of the North, you need to trace it back to its beginnings, and its beginnings is right here in verse 40. Verse 40 is an unbelievable verse.

Now, let us close this out with an emphasis.

I am a little bit—from my perspective, I cannot know these things really; but, just my human perspective, when I see what is going on with this Message in Adventism today, the controversy, the discussion, the websites, they are about the 2520. Okay? The 2520 seems to be the issue. I disagree with that. I think it is a distraction. I think it is—I think some of the agitation about the 2520 is not just the resistance to the truth about the 2520—that is satanic—but, I believe there is even a role that Satan is doing in agitating the significance of the 2520 that is not really connected with whether he is for or against the truth of the 2520. It has to do with creating an environment, a distraction, for those people that are studying this Message; because,—now, here is my argument—I think the message of 9/11 is not the 2520. That is part of the message which needs to be taught, which needs to be taught clearly; but, the message of 9/11 is Islam.

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Okay. Islam is the subject that needs to be internalized by Seventh-day Adventists if they are going to understand the Third Angel’s Message. The role of Islam is what is bringing the world to its knees right now.

Isaiah 44:6-7; Genesis 16:12; Revelation 11:18; Luke 21:25

And yesterday—I believe yesterday—we discussed a little bit, briefly, Luke 21, where Sister White compares the sealing of God’s people in Revelation 7 and in Ezekiel 9, and says they are both the same sealing; but, she takes phrases out of verse 25 of Luke 21 and connects that with the sealing.

And the distress of nations in Luke 21, verse 25, was the activities of Islam in the 1840 time period that brought about the restraint that was placed upon them by the four great European powers. So, the distress of nations in Luke 21, verse 25, is prefiguring the angering of the nations in Revelation 11, verse 18, that is the subject of the Third Woe. So, when it comes to the sealing of God’s people, not only do you have Revelation 7 and Ezekiel 9, you have Luke 21; and, in Luke 21 Christ tells a parable to answer the question about what is the sign of the Second Coming, and Sister White comments on the parable. We read it yesterday in The Great Controversy. Christ pointed his followers to the budding trees of Spring, and we are required to see when the Latter Rain arrives in history. And what marks the arrival of the Latter Rain in history is not the 2520; it is Islam.

And, I hope that I am not offending those people that I am like-minded with on the subject of the 2520. I am just telling you that if I had opportunity to stand in front of a bunch of Seventh-day Adventists that were not understanding these things, and I had the choice of either giving them one presentation and it was either going to be on the 2520 or Islam, it would be on Islam every single time; because, Islam is what we need to see in order to understand that the Latter Rain has arrived.

Now, once we see that, we will have to prove it; and, if we are going to prove it, then we are going to have to return to the Pioneer logic that allowed them to identify that the Fifth Trumpet was Islam, and the Sixth Trumpet was Islam. So, the Lord will lead us back to the Old Paths thereafter to prove Islam in Bible prophecy, and a symbol of the Old Paths are definitely the 2520, but it comes thereafter. And if you do not see Islam first, and you just get wrapped up in the 2520, then I think it is a mistake.

And another way to explain this mistake is there are people that have come into this Message because they did see the 2520. I know of one brother in Tennessee, a good friend—I am not being negative about him—but, someone showed him the [1843] Chart and told him about the Chart, and before it was all said and done, once he had accepted the truth of the Chart, he has got a website up on the 2520. And it is a good website. I am not being negative about this brother, but it is a point to show something. He was into the Charts and he was into the 2520, he already had a website up on the 2520 before he had even considered the last six verses of Daniel 11. Okay? There is a progressive understanding in this Message that has to be followed; because, Sister White is clear: Those that do not receive the First Message in Miller’s time could not be benefited by the Second [Message]. In the time of Christ, if you did not receive the message of John the Baptist, you could not receive the message of Christ.

And the message of the [1843] Chart, this is the Second Message in our history. You can come to the foundational truths, but if you are wrong on the last six verses of Daniel 11, it means that you are trying to accept the message of Christ while you are rejecting the message of John the Baptist. It cannot be done!

So, what I am saying is, in Revelation 5 and onward, when Christ, the Lion of the Tribe of Judah, is removing the Seven Seals from the Book, he does it one at a time. And the same work is illustrated in Daniel 12 as the Book of Daniel being unsealed and there is an increase of knowledge. So, in both of those illustrations, one of the things that can be gleaned from that is that the prophetic testing message that is the Everlasting Gospel for this generation has to be accepted in the order that the Lord gives it. It is sequential: one Seal here, the next, Seal, the next Seal. And, you cannot skip some of the early Seals and expect to truly understand the final Seals.

Okay. So, because for me, my conviction is that the Messages of the East and of the North is the Third Angel’s Message, and it is the message that is being identified just before Michael stands up and probation closes in Daniel 11; and, Sister White tells us repeatedly the Books of Daniel and Revelation are the same book. So, the message in Revelation that is proclaimed just before probation closes is the Loud Cry of the Third Angel, whether you are going to deal with it in Revelation 14 or Revelation 18. If they are the same Book, then the Messages of the East and of the North (the tidings of the East and of the North that trouble the Papacy) has got to be the Third Angel’s Message swelling into a Loud Cry. And if we do not understand what the East and the North is and their relation to one another, and why they trouble the Papacy, then we do not understand very much about the Third Angel’s Message. Okay? We need to understand these things; because, these things is are what get proclaimed, because they are the tidings. And you know they get proclaimed because the tidings trouble the Papacy. So, you have to understand these things.

So, we are going to close off this consideration of 1989 with reviewing a few things that we have said about the Message of the East.

Go to Isaiah 44. And all of this is review, I think. Isaiah 44:6-7 says,

“⁶Thus saith the Lord the King of Israel, and his redeemer the Lord of hosts; I am the first, and I am the last; and beside me there is no God. ⁷And who, as I, shall call, and shall declare it, and set it in order for me, since I appointed the ancient people? and the things that are coming, and shall come, let them shew unto them.” Isaiah 44:6-7 (KJV).

Jesus appointed the ancient people. Jesus, the First and the Last, Jesus the God who illustrates the end from the beginning in order to accomplish that work of illustrating the end from the beginning, He appointed the ancient people, the people of the Old Testament to illustrate the people at the end of the world in the Book of Revelation. We have modern Babylon in Revelation 17. If you are going to understand modern Babylon, you have got to go to Ancient Babylon. We have spiritual Israel in Revelation 7. If you are going to understand who they are, you need to go back to Genesis 49 and look at the blessing that was placed upon Jacob’s 12 sons. So, the ancient people illustrate the end of the world. If you are going to understand Revelation 11:8, who Egypt and Sodom are, what power is Egypt and Sodom in Revelation 11:8, you are going to have to understand who Sodom of the Old Testament and Egypt of the Old Testament were.

Then in Genesis 16:12, one of the ancient people that was appointed is Islam. Verse 12, speaking of Ishmael, the father of Islam, unless you want to claim that Abraham is the father of Islam; but, Abraham is not the father of Islam. Islam is a religion, and Abraham’s religion was different than the religion of Islam. But, the Islamists will tell you that either Ishmael or Abraham is their father. And Ishmael in verse 12, it is said of him—and all the prophets are speaking about the end of the world, and Jesus appointed the ancient people to illustrate the end of the world—and it is said of him [Ishmael],

“¹²And he will be a wild man; his hand will be against every man, and every man’s hand against him; and he shall dwell in the presence of all his brethren.” Genesis 16:12 (KJV).

Islam, at the end of the world, is illustrated by this ancient wild man; and, the role of Islam at the end of the world is that their hand will be against every man, and every man will come together, every man will unite together against Islam to deal with radical Islam. And, of course, this is Revelation 17:17, when the Ten Kings agree to give their kingdom to the Papacy. This is Revelation 13:14-15, when the United States forces the world to accept the image of the beast, the One World Government.

But, the reason that they [the Ten Kings] do this is found in Revelation 13:2; because, in Revelation 13:2, the Dragon (Pagan Rome) gave its authority to the Papacy in the year AD533, and the Dragon (Clovis, Pagan Rome) is prefiguring the United States and the United Nations at the end of the world that turned the civil authority over to the Papacy in Revelation 17:17 for a short space for one hour. And, the reason that they do that is that in the time of Justinian in AD533, when the Dragon gave its civil authority to the Papacy, Justinian’s kingdom was being brought to its knees by a Trumpet power, and there was a religious crisis going on in the realm; thus telling us that at the end of the world, the Seventh Trumpet (the final Trumpet) will be bringing the kingdom of the World to its knees by an escalating crisis, and the crisis will be a religious crisis concerning radical Islam, and this same history will be repeated.

The role of Islam in Bible prophecy is to bring the One World Government together, and it does so by raising a guerilla warfare against the entire world. And the logic of the globalists is that we need to bring the world under a One World Government to deal with this escalating crisis.

In Revelation 11:18—and you will find a lot of messages in Adventism, but as we walk through this in conclusion here this morning, please note the breadth of the testimony concerning Islam in the Scriptures. Revelation 11, verse 18, and we have looked at this. It says,

“¹⁸And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants the prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear thy name, small and great; and shouldest destroy them which destroy the earth.” Revelation 11:18 (KJV).

And in Luke 21:25—we already referred to it—the nations were distressed. And in Luke 21:25, Uriah Smith tells us that in 1838 the distress of nations took place, as Egypt invades Turkey. So, the distress of nations in the Millerite history was accomplished by Islam; and, the Millerite History is going to be repeated to the very letter. So, the distress of nations or the angering of the nations here in verse 18 of Revelation 11, we are saying is accomplished by Islam once again; and, we are saying that this is in agreement with the role of Islam. He is a wild man, and his hand will be against every man. He angers the nations.

Okay. In speaking of the angering of the nations, in Early Writings, page 85, Sister White is commenting on something she said earlier in the book.

“This view was given in 1847 when there were but very few of the Advent brethren observing the Sabbath, and of these but few supposed that its observance was of sufficient importance to draw a line between the people of God and unbelievers. Now the fulfillment of that view is beginning to be seen.”—

I am jumping into the center of the paragraph.

— ‘The commencement of that time of trouble,’ here mentioned does not refer to the time when the plagues shall begin to be poured out, but to a short period just before they are poured out, while Christ is in the sanctuary. At that time, while the work of salvation is closing,”—

And in this worship series we have taken time to demonstrate that the closing work of salvation is where Christ is doing the work that we call the Judgment of the Living.

—“At that time, while the work of salvation is closing, trouble will be coming on the earth,”—

Ishmael’s hand will be against every man.

—“and the nations will be angry, yet held in check”—

And we are saying that the nations were made angry on September 11, 2001, and they were simultaneously held in check when George Bush immediately thereafter went to the United Nations and says, “We are now in a war with radical Islam. You are either for us or against us.”

And there was a restraint put upon them [Islam]. The bank accounts that they could easily access were shut down. They went into Afghanistan; they went into Iraq; and, they put a restraint upon Islam.

—“the nations will be angry, yet held in check so as not to prevent the work of the third angel. At that time”—

At the time when the nations are made angry and held in check,

—“the ‘latter rain,’ or refreshing from the presence of the Lord, will come, to give power to the loud voice of the third angel, and prepare the saints to stand in the period when the seven last plagues shall be poured out.” Early Writings, 85.

So, we are saying that the time is 9/11, that nations are made angry, paralleling the stress of nations in 1838; but, there is a restraint placed upon Islam, the entity that is making the nations angry, and at that time the first phase of the Latter Rain, which is the sprinkling, begins. The full outpouring comes at The Sunday Law, when the Church is purified through the separation process of delivering either the mark of the beast or the Seal of God to Seventh-day Adventists.

Revelation 7:1-3; Isaiah 27:8; Ezekiel 37:9

Revelation 7:1-3 talks about this restraint. At that time the nations will be angry, yet held in check; and, in Revelation 7:1-3, we see four angels that are commanded to hold the Four Winds until God’s people are sealed. We are saying that the angry nations that are held in check here are the Four Winds. We have shown that. But, this not only marks the arrival of the sprinkling part of the Latter Rain but it marks the beginning of the sealing process of the 144,000.

And we see this restraint also in Isaiah 27:8; because in 1 Corinthians 14:32-33 tells us “³². . . the spirits of the prophets are subject unto the prophets. ³³For God is not the author of confusion, but of peace, as in all churches of the saints.” So, all the prophets are telling us the same story.

And in Isaiah 27:8, it says, “In measure,” and we are suggesting that the measure here is based upon the promise of verse 6; because, in verse 6, it says that “. . . Israel shall blossom and bud, and fill the face of the world with fruit.” And what is it that causes the trees to blossom and bud?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Rain.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: It is the Latter Rain. It is the Rain.

So, in verse 8, it says, “In measure, . . . ,” when the Latter Rain is sprinkling, when it is being measured. At The Sunday Law it is a full outpouring.

“⁸In measure, when it shooteth forth,”—

Right at the beginning of the Latter Rain.

—“thou wilt debate with it:”—

Here is where the debate of Adventism begins.

And it says,

—“thou wilt debate with it: he stayeth his rough wind in the day of the east wind.” Isaiah 27:8 (KJV).

And all of the prophets agree with one another. So, if we see John telling us that four angels are holding the Four Winds of Strife, those Four Winds of Strife are the rough wind; and, here in verse 8 they are being restrained. They are being stayed. The prophets agree with one another.

So, verse 8 is marking the beginning of the sealing of the 144,000, because it agrees with John; but, it is also marking that the beginning of the Latter Rain begins when the rough wind is stayed, the measuring of the Latter Rain, and it gives us the name for this point in time [9/11/2001]. It is the day of the East Wind; thus begins the debate, thus begins the sealing of the 144,000, thus begins the sprinkling of the Latter Rain, and thus my argument that I made earlier rests upon this. The debate, if you are going to be on the right side of the issue of the controversy in Adventism, the shaking, then you need to be arguing about the right subject, and the right subject is the Day of the East Wind, when the rough wind is stayed. It is not about the 2520.

It is about the 2520. I know that is causing some people some nervousness; but, first and foremost it is about the Day of the East Wind.

In Ezekiel 37:9, still dealing with this East Wind, all the prophets agree with one another. There are two prophecies in Ezekiel 37. The first brings the bones and the flesh together; the second breathes the breath of life into the bodies.

The first message of Ezekiel 37 is the message of the last six verses of Daniel 11. It is the message of the King of the North. It is the tidings of the North. That comes first. It is the message that is delivered by Elijah. It is the message that is delivered by John the Baptist. It is the message that is delivered by William Miller. It is the message identifying the events connected with the close of probation.

But, the second message [of Ezekiel 37] is the message that is delivered by Elisha. It is the message delivered by Christ. It is the message that brings the body to life. It is the message that puts the Spirit in them, the outpouring of the Holy Spirit.

And in verse 9 it says,

“⁹Then said he unto me, Prophesy unto the wind, prophesy, son of man, and say to the wind,”—

Now, what did we just read about in Isaiah 27:8? The Day of the East Wind.

—“Prophesy unto the wind, prophesy, son of man, and say to the wind, Thus saith the Lord God; Come from the four winds,”—

This message of the wind that brings God’s people to life, it is a message that comes from the Four Winds; and, the message from the Four Winds is the message of Revelation 7:1-3. It is the message of Isaiah 27:8, the message of restraining the rough wind, “he stayeth his rough wind in the day of the east wind.”

—“Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe upon these slain, that they may live.” Ezekiel 37:9 (KJV).

This is the message that turns God’s people into a mighty army.

Verse 10 says,

“¹⁰So I prophesied as he commanded me, and the breath came into them, and they lived, and stood up upon their feet, an exceeding great army. ¹¹Then he said unto me, Son of man, these bones are the whole house of Israel: behold, they say, Our bones are dried, and our hope is lost: we are cut off for our parts.” Ezekiel 37:10‑11 (KJV).

Okay. This is the story of Aaron’s rod that budded. In the valley of the dead dried bones, all those rods are dead and dry and they are put into the Most Holy Place and the Latter Rain is poured out upon them; but, only one of those rods buds. Okay? And it becomes this mighty army.

But, there were other rods in there. Most of Adventism is going to reject. They are going to be on the wrong side of the debate. They are going to reject this message, and their rods will not bud.

Okay. So, Sister White comments on Ezekiel 37, verse 9. Manuscript Releases, volume 20, page 217, says,

“Angels are holding the four winds, represented as an angry horse seeking to break loose and rush over the face of the whole earth, bearing destruction and death in its path.

“Shall we sleep on the very verge of the eternal world? Shall we be dull and cold and dead? Oh, that we might have in our churches the Spirit and breath of God breathed into His people, that they might stand upon their feet and live. We need to see that the way is narrow, and the gate strait. But as we pass through the strait gate, its wideness is without limit.” Manuscript Releases, volume 20, 217.

She is quoting from Ezekiel 37:9, and she is telling us, if we will receive it (if we have not rejected the Spirit of Prophecy in practice), she is telling us that the Four Winds of Strife of Revelation 7:1-3, and of the rough wind of Isaiah 27:8, that these four winds are represented as the angry horse of Bible prophecy.

And, of course, Genesis 16:12 says, “And he will be a wild man,” and that word wild is the wild Arabian ass; and an ass is part of the horse family. So, from Genesis to Revelation, where in Revelation 9 Islam is represented as a horse. The symbol of Islam in Bible prophecy from the beginning (Genesis) to the end (Revelation) is the horse; and, Sister White says the angels are holding the Four Winds, represented as an “angry horse, seeking to break loose and bring death and destruction upon the earth.”

And the ancient people of Islam in Genesis 16:12 is a wild man whose hand is against every man! He is seeking to break loose and to bring death and destruction in his path.

And Islam has a king over them in Revelation 9:11, whose name in the Hebrew is Abaddon and in the Greek Apollyon. And Abaddon and Apollyon mean death and destruction. This angry horse that is representing the Four Winds here seeks to produce the very character of Islam as identified in Revelation 9:11, which is death and destruction, Apollyon and Abaddon. A name in prophecy represents character.

Revelation 9:7, 16-17

So, Revelation 9:7, 16 and 17, speaking of the history of the First and Second Woes, the Fifth and Sixth Trumpets, we see Islam represented as this horse, just as the word wild in Genesis 16:12 is the ass (the horse); the ass, the horse, the same family.

But, also, a secondary characteristic to Islam being the wild horse, the angry horse of Bible prophecy, as illustrated on these two Charts [the 1843 and 1850 Charts], in verse 2 of Revelation 9, it says,

“²And he opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit, as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit.”—

This is the introduction of Islam into history after the long, drawn-out war between Rome and Persia. This is Daniel 11, verse 40, typified in this history. And when Islam comes into history, it comes as a smoke blotting out the sun of the Gospel. It is a false religion, blocking the truth of God’s Word.

And it says,

—“³And there came out of the smoke”—what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Locusts.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: —“locusts upon the earth: and unto them was given power, as the scorpions of the earth have power.” Revelation 9:2-3 (KJV).

Another symbol of Islam in Bible prophecy is not simply the horse but they are the locusts.

Exodus 10:12-15; Genesis 41:6, 23, 27; Psalms 48:4-7; 83:1-5; Ezekiel 27:1-4, 25-26; Isaiah 23:1,⁵ 6-10, 13-14; Revelation 18:10, 16, 19; 8:13; James 5:1-8

Go to Exodus, chapter 10, verse 12.

You know, when we first started in this work, because you are teaching prophesy everywhere you go, you are going to draw out people that study prophecy and you are going to draw out to your meetings people that have a bunch of crazy ideas about prophecy. So, right from the beginning, we have bumped heads with all these foolish prophetic ideas in Adventism; and, one pops into my mind, just to make a point here.

Those people that reapply time prophecy at the end of the world on a day-for-a-day fashion, they say the 1290, and the 1260, and the 1335 they all take place at the end of the world, but not in a day for a year but in a day for a day because of all their foolish reasoning. They basically have two Spirit of Prophecy quotes that they build their premises on, perhaps three if you want to talk about their application of the Trumpets. And they are all misapplications.

You know, the one where it says, “We were in Dead River and a Brother Hewitt was there saying there was a false prophet, Jezebel, and that I am that false prophet. He was saying that about Ellen White. And she goes on to say, “We showed him some of his errors, and that the 1335 was past,” [paraphrasing the following quote of Ellen G. White, 6 Manuscript Releases, page 251.1]:

“Brother Hewit from Dead River was there. He came with a message to the effect that the destruction of the wicked and the sleep of the dead was an abomination with a shut door that a woman, Jezebel, a prophetess had brought in and he believed that I was that woman Jezebel. We told him of some of his errors in the past, that the 1335 days were ended and numerous errors of his. . .” {6MR 251.2}

They use that quote to say that this Brother Hewitt was teaching that the 1335 was fulfilled in the past and that was one of his errors; but, it is a wresting of the grammatical Word. That is one of the points that they build this teaching on.

And then there is another quote where they say there is a warning message in Daniel 12 that we all need to understand before the Time of the End. Okay? And the warning message in Daniel 12, when you look at the entire passage that they pull this little piece out of is that you and I need to have an understanding of the increase of knowledge that we might be among the wise, instead of the wicked. That is the warning message in Daniel 12. But, they insist that the warning message in Daniel 12 that we need to understand is the reapplication of these time prophecies. And basically, Brothers and Sisters, that is it! They build a whole prophetic model, a whole ministry, write books, teach on two misapplied passages in the Spirit of Prophecy.

So, for those of you who may be watching this on the DVD or on LiveStreaming, and you are thinking to yourself, “This is a bunch of heresy that these people are teaching, that 9/11 the Third Woe arrived, and the Latter Rain began, and the Judgment of the Living began, and the sealing of the 144,000 began,” you go ahead and believe that, that this is wrong, at your own peril! Go ahead and say that this is a bunch of fanaticism and delusion like men are saying; but, what I want to remind you of, as we are walking through this, we are not giving you one or two references. We are going throughout the entire Bible and showing that it fits together, and it is telling the same story. So, you are not arguing with human beings; you are arguing with the testimony of the Scriptures, and it is a thorough, deep, and complete testimony of the Scriptures. It is not based upon two quotes from the Spirit of Prophecy that are taken out of context.

So, in Exodus 10, verses 12 through 15, this is dealing with the plagues of Egypt. It says,

“¹²And the Lord said unto Moses, Stretch out thine hand over the land of Egypt for the locusts, that they may come up upon the land”—

And we are saying one of the things it represents is locusts in Bible prophecy, based upon Revelation 9:1-3.

—“that they may come up upon the land of Egypt, and eat every herb of the land, even all that the hail hath left.”—

Now, if they eat every herb of the land, what are they doing? They are destroying the financial structure. They are destroying a lot of things, but Islam is going to destroy the financial structure; but, if you do not have any green things to eat or sell or trade, the financial structure is getting finished off here. But, that is a minor point.

Verse 13,

—“¹³And Moses stretched forth his rod over the land of Egypt, and the Lord brought”—a what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: An East wind.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: —“an east wind.”

An east wind: “He stayeth his rough wind in the day of the east wind.”

—“brought an east wind upon the land all that day, and all that night; and when it was morning, the east wind brought the locusts.”—

So, associated with the East wind are the locusts of Bible prophecy.

—“¹⁴And the locusts went up over all the land of Egypt, and rested in all the coasts of Egypt:”—

Their hands, these locusts’ hands—do locusts have hands?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Yes.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: They do?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Indiscernible response.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Well, maybe they do have hands. I am not sure that in insect terminology they call them “hands.”

But, the locusts are Islam; and, Islam, according to Genesis 16:12, his hand is going to be against every man. These locusts are going to be everywhere in Egypt, not just in one place.

—“¹⁴And the locusts went up over all the land of Egypt, and rested in all the coasts of Egypt: very grievous were they; before them there were no such locusts as they, neither after them shall be such. ¹⁵For they covered the face of the whole earth, so that the land was darkened;”—

What happened when the locusts—when the smoke came out of the pit in Revelation 9, verses 1 through 3? The land was darkened.

What was it darkened with? Locusts.

—“and they did eat every herb of the land, and all the fruit of the trees which the hail had left: and there remained not any green thing in the trees, or in the herbs of the field, through all the land of Egypt.” Exodus 10:12-15 (KJV).

And carry this on in your own studies.

In verse 4 of Revelation 9, these locusts (Islam), what are they told? “Hurt not” these very things that are being hurt here. So, there is a connection there, even in the contrast.

So, what I am saying is, one of the symbols of Islam is that they are locusts; and, what brings the locusts is the East wind of Bible prophecy.

Go to Genesis 41.

Because, what we are saying, Brothers and Sisters, is that the role of Islam in Bible prophecy is that they are going to anger the nations. Their hand is going to be against every man. And at the time they begin to anger the nations on 9/11/2001, there is going to be a restraint placed upon them.

Why is the restraint placed upon them? So that the Lord can finish His work.

What is His work? He is selecting those from Adventism that He is going to lift up as an ensign: that is the First Temple Cleansing. And, then He is going to select the eleventh-hour workers in the ensuing history. That is the work that He is doing.

And in Genesis 41, verse 6, we have a story of an East wind.

“⁶And behold”—this is Pharaoh’s dream—“seven thin east and blasted with the east wind sprung up after them.” Genesis 41:6 (KJV).

Do you remember Pharaoh’s dream? Seven years of plenty, followed by seven years of nothing. And what produces the seven “blasted years” is an east wind.

Notice verse 23:

“²³And behold, seven ears, withered, thin, and blasted with the east wind, sprung up after them: . . .” Genesis 41:23 (KJV).

And verse 27 says,

“²⁷And the seven thin and ill favoured kine that came up after them are seven years; and the seven empty ears blasted with the east wind shall be seven years of famine.” Genesis 41:27 (KJV).

So, what we are saying is the locusts, the wild horse of Bible prophecy (the angry horse), that its role in Bible prophecy is to bring all mankind together against it [Islam], because it is seeking to bring death and destruction upon the whole Earth, death and destruction to anyone that will not accept the Prophet Mohammad’s teachings. This is the role of Islam.

And because of their activity, these circumstances are going to allow the United States to force the whole world to accept a One World Government.

And in this story here in Genesis (and Jesus illustrates the end from the beginning), what is happening to Egypt?

First off, as we are studying the last six verses of Daniel 11, in verses 42 and 43, what does Egypt represent?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The world.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The whole world.

So, here in Genesis 41, in Egypt we have an illustration of the whole world, and what is going on here? The whole world is being brought into slavery, into a One World Government.

And how is it, what is the justification for Pharaoh and Joseph for buying back the whole world and ultimately putting all the citizens into slavery? What is it that allows them to do this? The East wind that brings the locusts.

Okay. So, the illustration at the beginning of the Bible is speaking about the end of the world. What brings about the One World Government is the East wind; it is the angering of the nations; it is the locusts.

Psalm 48.

We have spent time talking about the Ten Kings of the United Nations (and all the prophets are speaking about the end of the world, and they all agree with one another); and, in verse 4 of Psalm 48, it says,

“⁴For, lo, the [ten] kings were assembled,”—

It does not say “ten kings”; it says “kings,” but all the prophets are speaking about the end of the world; so, the psalmist kings here at the end of the world has to be the Ten Kings of Revelation 17.

“⁴For, lo, the [ten] kings were assembled, they passed by together.”—

They saw Zion, in the first few verses that are identified.

—“⁵They saw it, and so they marvelled; they were troubled, and hasted away.”—

There is trouble that comes upon these globalists (the United Nations.)

—“⁶Fear took hold upon them there, and pain, as of a woman in travail.”—

It is not a singular pain. It is a pain that hits, and then it gets worse and worse, and closer and closer together as it proceeds through history.

—“⁶Fear took hold upon them there, and pain, as of a woman in travail. ⁷Thou breakest the ships of Tarshish with an east wind.” Psalm 48:4-7 (KJV).

Okay. An East wind is going to break the ships of Tarshish, and the ships of Tarshish we have already studied in Daniel 11, verse 40.

What do ships represent in Bible prophecy?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Economics.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Economics.

What is the premier ship for economics in Bible prophecy, the ships of Tarshish?

So, who is the premier economic producer in the world today?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The United States.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The United States of America is the ships of Tarshish, and an East wind is going to wreck the economy of the United States.

There [see Figure No. 136, at the 9/11/2001 waymark] is the Day of the East Wind.

And when it does so, the kings of the Earth, they are going to be afraid because they were right on the verge, they were right on the verge of building this tower, the wonderful One World Government, and their plans are being turned upside down by an East wind. They are angered. They are angered at Islam for getting in the way of their plans.

And in Psalm 83, these same kings—and remember, these kings in Revelation 17, verse 14, they are going to make war with the Lamb; and, we read a quote where Sister White tells us that warfare is going to be accomplished through the persecution they bring upon God’s people. And those same kings in Revelation 17, they are of one mind. And in verse 1 of Psalm 83, it says,

“¹Keep not thou silence, O God: hold not thy peace, and be not still O God. ²For, lo, thine enemies make a tumult: and they that hate thee have lifted up the head.”—

And the head they lift up is the Papacy. Sister White says “under one head, the Papacy power.” These Ten Kings lift her [the Papacy (the church, the Beast)] up upon the horse, so to speak, because she is going to reign over them. She is going to ride on them. They are going to lift her up to the position of leadership and control.

Verse 3,

—“³They have taken crafty counsel against thy people, and consulted against thy hidden ones.”—

Why are we the hidden ones? How are we the hidden ones? There are only two classes at the end of the world, and one class is under the shadow of Egypt, and the other class is under the shadow of the Most High and that is where they are hidden. We are hidden under the shadow of the Most High.

Verse 4,

—“⁴They [These kings] have said, Come, and let us cut them off from being a nation; that the name of Israel may be no more in remembrance.”—

That is verse 14 of Revelation 17. These Ten Kings are going to make war with the Lamb.

Verse 5,

—“⁵For they have consulted together with one consent:”—

“One heart” in the margin; this is one mind.

—“they are confederate against thee:” Psalm 83:1-5 (KJV).

And then they list the ten kingdoms.

So, these Ten Kings, they intend to kill God’s people. And as they are looking at God’s people, as they are looking over Zion, they are troubled because they see the ships of Tarshish, the economic structure, going down in the smoke of 9/11.

Ezekiel 27—we are almost finished here—Ezekiel 27:1-4; and, in your notes after that, it says, Isaiah 27. That is not Isaiah 27. I am pretty sure that is Isaiah 23. So, if you want to correct that.

But, we are in Ezekiel 27. Verses 1 through 4 says,

“¹The word of the Lord came again unto me, saying, ²Now, thou son of man, take up a lamentation for Tyrus;”—Tyrus is Tyre—“³And say unto Tyrus, O thou that art situate at the entry of the sea, which art a merchant of the people for many isles, Thus saith the Lord God; O Tyrus, thou hast said, I am of perfect beauty. ⁴Thy borders are in the midst of the seas, thy builders have perfected thy beauty.” Ezekiel 27:1-4 (KJV).

This is the Papacy.

And beginning in verse 25, it says,

“²⁵The ships of Tarshish did sing of thee in thy market: and thou wast replenished, and made very glorious in the midst of the seas.

“²⁶Thy rowers have brought thee into great waters: the east wind hath broken thee in the midst of the seas.” Ezekiel 27:25-26 (KJV).

Now, this is talking about the East wind once again sinking the economic structure; but, it is in terms of how it impacts the Papacy (Tyre). And it does impact the Papacy. Just when she was getting ready to take control of the world, Islam (the East wind) wrecks her plan.

That is why the tidings out of the East trouble the Papacy. And the tidings out of the North troubles her because there is a group of people that have been raised up identifying who she is and what her relationship is with the kings of the Earth, and who Islam is. There is a group of people that are explaining the Messages of the East and the North and it troubles her.

Now, Isaiah 23, verse 1:

“¹The burden of Tyre. Howl, ye ships of Tarshish;”—

The burden is a prophecy, the prophecy of the Papacy. We know this is the Papacy, because by the end of the chapter, it is Tyre that commits fornication with all the kings of the Earth.

“¹The burden of Tyre. Howl, ye ships of Tarshish;”—

They are sinking. The economic structure is going down.

Why is it going down? Because of an East wind.

—“for it is laid waste, so that there is no house, no entering in: from the land of Chittim it is revealed to them.” Isaiah 23:1 (KJV).

What did you learn by studying the last six verses of Daniel 11? Well, you learned that in Manuscript Releases, volume 13, page 395, I believe, Sister White compares verses 30 to 36 with the last six verses of Daniel 11. And in that passage, Pagan Rome in verses 29 and 30 and in that area, Pagan Rome has been grieved because the ships of Chittim come against them.

What are the ships of Chittim? It is the Vandals. It is the Second Trumpet.

The story in Isaiah 23 is revealed by understanding the message of the Trumpets. It is revealed to them from Chittim. Chittim is a symbol of the Trumpets, the Second Trumpet specifically, all the Trumpets in a general sense. The message of Isaiah 23 is understood when you understand it in the context of the Seventh Trumpet, the Third Woe.

And in verse 6, it says,

“⁶Pass ye over to Tarshish; howl, ye inhabitants of the isle. ⁷Is this your joyous city, whose antiquity is of ancient days? Her own feet shall carry her afar off to sojourn. ⁸Who hath taken counsel against Tyre, the crowning city, whose merchants are princes, whose traffickers are the honorable of the earth? ⁹The Lord of hosts hath purposed it, to stain the pride of all glory, and to bring into contempt all the honorable of the earth. ¹⁰Pass through thy land as a river, O daughter of Tarshish: there is no more strength.” Isaiah 23:6-10 (KJV).

The daughter of Tarshish is the remnant. A daughter in Bible prophecy is the offspring. The last manifestation of Tarshish has no strength. The East wind has sunk the ships of Tarshish.

And in verses 13 and 14 [of Isaiah 23] it says,

—“¹³Behold the land of the Chaldeans;”—that is Nimrod; that is Babylon—“¹³Behold the land of the Chaldeans; this people was not, till the Assyrian founded it for them that dwell in the wilderness: they set up the towers thereof,”—that is church—“they raised up the palaces thereof;”—that is state—“and he brought it to ruin. ¹⁴ Howl, ye ships of Tarshish: for your strength is laid waste.” Isaiah 23:13-14 (KJV).

What lays waste the ships of Tarshish is the East wind of Bible prophecy.

And you see in Revelation 18:10, 16 and 19, that these kings of the Earth are saying, “Alas, alas, what is like this great city Tyre,” whose financial aspect is brought down by the East wind, the ships of Tarshish. And when they are saying, “Alas, alas, alas,” three times in Revelation 18, it is the same word that is translated woe, in Revelation 8:13, “Woe, woe, woe” brings down the financial structure.

“¹⁰. . . Standing afar off for the fear of her torment, saying, Alas, alas that great city Babylon, that mighty city! for in one hour is thy judgment come.” Revelation 18:10 (KJV).

“¹⁶And saying, Alas, alas that great city, that was clothed in fine linen, and purple, and scarlet, and decked with gold, and precious stones, and pearls!” Revelation 18:16 (KJV).

“¹⁹And they cast dust on their heads, and cried, weeping and wailing, saying, Alas, alas that great city, wherein were made rich all that had ships in the sea by reason of her costliness! for in one hour is she made desolate.” Revelation 18:19 (KJV).

In James 5:1-8, talking about the rich men that are watching the ships of Tarshish go down, and weeping and howling because their riches are turned into nothing, they do so in the time of the Latter Rain.

“¹Go to now, ye rich men, weep and howl for your miseries that shall come upon you. ²Your riches are corrupted, and your garments are moth-eaten. ³Your gold and silver is cankered; and the rust of them shall be a witness against you, and shall eat your flesh as it were fire. Ye have heaped treasure together for the last days. ⁴Behold, the hire of the labourers who have reaped down your fields, which is of you kept back by fraud, crieth: and the cries of them which have reaped are entered into the ears of the Lord of sabaoth. ⁵Ye have lived in pleasure on the earth, and been wanton; ye have nourished your hearts, as in a day of slaughter. ⁶Ye have condemned and killed the just; and he doth not resist you. ⁷Be patient therefore, brethren, unto the coming of the Lord. Behold, the husbandman waiteth for the precious fruit of the earth, and hath long patience for it, until he receive the early and latter rain. ⁸Be ye also patient: stablish your hearts: for the coming of the Lord draweth nigh.” James 5:1-8 (KJV).

And, as we went through in one of our studies and we looked at the fact that the genealogies in Genesis, when you put them in order and by definition from Adam to Noah, tells the Gospel story in the definitions of the names.

And, when you take the 12 tribes in Revelation 7 and define their names and put them into a statement, they are describing perfectly the experience of the 144,000.

So, too, when you take the 12 names of the 12 princes of Ishmael, they describe the prophetic history of Islam to the very “T.”

And the twelfth of his sons was Kedemah.

12. KEDEMAH: H6929—From H6923; precedence; Kedemah, a son of Ishmael. H6923: A primitive root; to project (one self), that is, precede; hence to anticipate, hasten, meet (usually for help): - come (go, [flee]) before, + disappoint, meet, prevent. Toward the east. The children of the east. The Seventh-day Adventist Bible Dictionary, 620.

And KEDEMAH means the children of the East. Islam is the children of the East.

And the eleventh son, the eleventh prince of Ishmael, is Naphish,

11. NAPHISH: H5305—From H5314; refreshed; Naphish, a son of Ishmael, and his posterity. H5314: A primitive root; to breathe; passively, to be breathed upon, that is, (figuratively) refreshed (as if by a current of air): - (be) refresh selves (‑ed). Wealth. The Seventh-day Adventist Bible Dictionary, 753.

which means refreshed. And, of course, the refreshing is the Latter Rain. And it is a primary root to breathe. This refreshing is when the breath is breathed into the dry bones, and this message comes from the Four Winds, and those Four Winds are the angry horse of Bible prophecy.

And when the angry horse of Bible prophecy angers the nations on 9/11, and yet is held in check, the refreshing from the presence of the Lord begins.

Summary

So, Brothers and Sisters, first Daniel tells us how the King of the North conquers the world, and then in verse 44 and onward he tell us how he interacts with the people; and, his interaction with God’s people in this history is based upon the problem he has with the Message of the North identifying who he is. He is the counterfeit Christ, the antichrist of Bible prophecy. He doesn’t like that!

And the Message of the East he does not like either, because he realizes that the wealth that he was going to use to control the world is being swept away by a power that is out of his control.

And you cannot understand the Third Angel’s Message correctly if you do not understand that it is based upon identifying the Pope of Rome as the antichrist of Bible prophecy, and the role of Islam in that same history.

And all of this was opened up to God’s people’s understanding in 1989, with the collapse of the Soviet Union in fulfillment of Daniel 11, verse 40, at which point in time the scattering of William Miller’s dream concluded and the Dirt Brush Man came in and began to sweep away the counterfeit coins and rubbish that has been introduced in Adventism since the beginning of the 20^th Century.

Shall we pray?

Benediction: Heavenly Father, we thank you for bringing us this far in our consideration of Habakkuk’s Tables. We want to understand the First Message that we can be benefited by the Second. We want to understand the last six verses of Daniel 11, the events connected with the close of probation, in a way to convict us in our need of personal preparation for the soon close of probation, that we might receive the Seal of God and be lifted up as an ensign. We also want to understand the Second Message, the message that marks the arrival of the sealing of the 144,000 and the beginning of the Latter Rain, the Message of the East Wind and its purpose of bringing in the environment that allows the United States to force the world to accept the One World Government. We need to understand these things, because we want to be Daniel in chapter 5. We want to be able to go into Babylon when the whole world is falling down around Belshazzar’s head and understand the message of the hour, to be the ones that Daniel is typifying that can rightly divide the Word of Truth in this end-of-the-world crisis. And we understand that the message that Daniel took to Babylon as it was falling down around Belshazzar’s head is the message of chapter 4, the message of Nebuchadnezzar, the message of the seven times. Please help us to understand these things correctly and to be faithful in our presentation of these things. We want the oil that we might hand it on to other people. We want the oil that it might be used by the Holy Spirit to transform us into your image. And we would ask that you would accomplish these things for us. And as we take up another day of work, we once again ask for your protection during this day, and ask for the ability that what we can do we can do for your glory and honor in Jesus’s name. Amen.

Habakkuk’s Two Tables #66

PART SEVEN: JOSIAH

Presented by Jeff Pippenger

Invocation by Brother Jeff Pippenger: Heavenly Father, we thank you for a good night’s rest and another day of life that we might serve you. And as we begin our day of worship here, we ask that you would grant us the presence of your Holy Spirit, that you would fill our hearts and minds with the Divine Spirit that we might understand the message that you have for us this morning. I ask that you would overrule my humanity, hide me behind your cross, and use me as an instrument to convey a message that you want to share and not what I want to share; and, that you would also prepare the hearts and minds of those that hear these things, to receive it as you see fit. We want the Latter Rain poured out upon us. We ask that you do that by opening our understanding. We want to see how Josiah illustrates God’s people at the end of the world, and we ask that you would give us enlightenment on this understanding. In Jesus’s name, amen.

Aaron’s Foundational Rejection—Exodus 32

BROTHER PIPPENGER: This is Part Seven of Habakkuk’s Tables, entitling this “Josiah.” We will not get to Josiah for a while; and, we are going to start with Aaron, and then go into Jeroboam, to show the parallel between Aaron and Jeroboam and then note that when Jeroboam began to repeat Aaron’s sin that a disobedient prophet came out of Judah to confront Jeroboam and that the disobedient prophet sets forth the prophecy of Josiah. And, we are going to trace all that history, but we are going to begin in Exodus 32 with the story of Aaron, and I do not expect to get out of this story until tomorrow. We will just get half-way through it.

We are operating upon the premise that all the prophets are speaking about the end of the world and that they all agree with one another; and, that they are all illustrating Adventism at the end of the world, both the beginning and the ending of Adventism.

And what we are doing here in this particular part of the study is showing these two Tables [the 1843 and 1850 Charts] as typified in God’s Word.

We will begin now with Testimonies, volume 8, page 115.

“Upon us is shining the accumulated light of past ages. The record of Israel’s forgetfulness has been preserved for our enlightenment. In this age God has set His hand to gather unto Himself a people from every nation, kindred, and tongue. In the advent movement He has wrought for His heritage, even as He wrought for the Israelites in leading them from Egypt. In the great disappointment of 1844 the faith of His people was tested as was that of the Hebrews at the Red Sea.” Testimonies, volume 8, 115–116.

So, when we are going to consider here Aaron and the golden calf immediately after the crossing of the Red Sea, it is obvious that Ellen White sees this history as a parallel history to the Millerite time period.

And what was preserved for our enlightenment? It was the record of Israel’s forgetfulness.

What did they forget? I would suggest that they forgot the mighty manifestation of the power of God that was brought about for them to bring them out of Egypt. They were counseled over and over again to remember that history, over and over again and yet Aaron, who had just witnessed that mighty deliverance, within a couple of months is willing to forget all about the power of God and build a golden calf. So, forgetfulness of that sacred history is paralleling the forgetfulness of that sacred history that we as Adventists do when we no longer acknowledge or understand the Advent Movement of 1840 to 1844, and the various components of that history.

Exodus 32:1-4

So, we are going to go into Exodus 32:1-4 and spend some time there, to begin with.

Exodus 32, beginning at verse 1, says,

“¹And when the people saw that Moses delayed to come down out of the mount, the people gathered themselves together unto Aaron, and said unto him, Up, make us gods, which shall go before us; for as for this Moses, the man that brought us up out of the land of Egypt, we wot not what is become of him. ²And Aaron said unto them, Break off the golden earrings, which are in the ears of your wives, of your sons, and of your daughters, and bring them unto me. ³And all the people brake off the golden earrings which were in their ears, and brought them unto Aaron. ⁴And he received them at their hand, and fashioned it with a graving tool, after he had made it a molten calf: and they said, These be thy gods, O Israel, which brought thee up out of the land of Egypt.” Exodus 32:1-4 (KJV).

SELF-Preservation; an Image to the Beast and a False Altar

We are going to read from Patriarchs and Prophets, page 317, where Sister White is commenting on this; and, we are going to notice four points in here, primarily.

Aaron feared for his own safety; and instead of nobly standing up for the honor of God, he yielded to the demands of the multitude. His first act was to direct that the golden earrings be collected from all the people and brought to him, hoping that pride would lead them to refuse such a sacrifice. But they willingly yielded up their ornaments; and from these he made a molten calf, in imitation of the gods of Egypt. The people proclaimed, ‘These be thy gods, O Israel, which brought thee up out of the land of Egypt.’ And Aaron basely permitted this insult to Jehovah. He did more. Seeing with what satisfaction the golden god was received, he built an altar before it, and made proclamation, ‘Tomorrow is a feast to the Lord.’ The announcement was heralded by trumpeters from company to company throughout the camp. ‘And they rose up early on the morrow, and offered burnt offerings, and brought peace offerings; and the people sat down to eat and to drink and rose up to play.’ Under the pretense of holding ‘a feast to the Lord,’ they gave themselves up to gluttony and licentious reveling.” Patriarchs and Prophets, 317.

When she says, “Under the pretense of holding ‘a feast to the Lord,’” it is suggesting that this is a counterfeit. This was not a genuine feast to the Lord. They produced a counterfeit feast for the Lord.

But, he [Aaron] made an imitation of the gods of Egypt, and then in the Webster’s Dictionary of 1828, it says,

IMITATION: That which is made or produced as a copy, likeness; resemblance. Webster’s 1828 Dictionary.

So, this imitation of the gods of Egypt was a resemblance of the gods of Egypt. It was an image of the gods of Egypt, and it was a calf; it was a beast; it was the image of the beast.

Okay. The points that I want you to see in Patriarchs and Prophets there is that Aaron feared for his own safety. And a word for that is self-preservation; but, the primary part of the self-preservation is self. The first waymark in this short history of Aaron is self-preservation, self.

Then he builds an image of the beast, and then he builds an altar, and the altar is a false Christ.

A False Christ

Notice Selected Messages, book 3, page 300.

“Anciently it was a great sin for the people of God to give themselves away to the enemy, and open before them either their perplexity or their prosperity. Under the ancient economy it was a sin to offer sacrifice upon the wrong altar. It was a sin to offer incense kindled by the wrong fire.

“We are in danger of mingling the sacred and the common.”—

What is the mingling of the sacred and the common?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Mystery of Iniquity.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Mystery of Iniquity.

—“We are in danger of mingling the sacred and the common. The holy fire from God is to be used in our efforts. The true altar is”—what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Christ.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: So, when Aaron went further than just building the golden calf, he also built an altar, what was he setting up? A false Christ.

—“The true altar is Christ; the true fire is the Holy Spirit. This is our inspiration. It is only as the Holy Spirit leads and guides a man that he is a safe counselor. If we turn aside from God and from His chosen ones to inquire at strange altars we shall be answered according to our works.” Selected Messages, book 3, 300.

All right. So in this passage from Patriarchs and Prophets, Aaron (1) feared for his own safety. There you have self-preservation. Then he (2) built an image to the beast. Then he (3) introduced the false Christ. And then he said, (4) “Tomorrow morning we are going to have a worship service.”

Worshipping the Image

. . . eat and to drink, and rose up to play. Exodus 32:5-6

In verses 5 and 6 of Exodus 32, it says,

“⁵And when Aaron saw it, he built an altar before it; and Aaron made proclamation, and said, To morrow is a feast to the Lord. ⁶And they rose up early on the morrow, and offered burnt offerings, and brought peace offerings; and the people sat down to eat and to drink, and rose up to play.” Exodus 32:5-6 (KJV).

So, what I am hoping you will see here, and we have dealt with this sequence before, is that there is a three-step testing process that leads to false worship. Self-exaltation, in this case it was self-preservation; then, the image of the beast, the image of the beast is the combination of church and state, and the combination of church and state is the Mystery of Iniquity. It is a combination, a mingling of two entities that are not supposed to be mingled; and, the Mystery of Iniquity is Spiritualism. So, in this sequence, we have self-exaltation, represented by self-preservation; we have the image of the beast, which is the Mystery of Iniquity (which is Spiritualism); and, then we have the altar, representing a false Christ; and, then they are going to have a false worship service on the next morning.

Sunday Worship

In The Great Controversy, page 437, it says,

“‘The Sabbath therefore lies at the very foundation of divine worship,”—

So, if you are going to have a false worship, what are you doing?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Indiscernible response.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: You are rejecting the Foundations. Aaron and the Hebrews were rejecting the Foundations; but, you were counterfeiting the Sabbath.

And what is the counterfeit sabbath at the end of the world?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Sunday.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: All the histories are illustrating the end of the world; so, this false worship is a symbol of Sunday worship at the end of the world.

—“‘The Sabbath therefore lies at the very foundation of divine worship, for it teaches this great truth in the most impressive manner, and no other institution does this. The true ground of divine worship, not of that on the seventh day merely, but of all worship, is found in the distinction between the Creator and His creatures.” The Great Controversy, 437.

And, of course, Aaron and the Hebrews are worshipping the creation, the gods of gold and silver and wood there, not the Creator.

Self, Image of the Beast, a False Christ—then False Worship

Self-Exaltation, Spiritualism, a False Christ, and Sunday Worship

So, in this story we have this sequence: Self, this is a rejection of the First Angel’s Message, which says, “Fear God. Come to the foot of the cross.” Then we have the image of the beast, which is the second test, which is a symbol of the Mystery of Iniquity and Spiritualism that leads to a false Christ; and, it then leads to false worship, the Sunday worship. This sequence we have looked at before in other histories. We are just putting it into the record as a point of reference.

Back to verse 1 [of Exodus 32].

“And when the people saw that Moses delayed . . .” Exodus 32:1 (KJV)

We want to look at verse 1 a little bit closer. In verse 1 it says,

“¹And when the people saw that Moses delayed to come down.” Exodus 32:1 (KJV)

What would you call that?

He tarried. Okay? And this tarrying time by Moses allows the Hebrews to manifest their character.

Notice the Review and Herald, October 31, 1899.

“When the ten virgins went forth to meet the bridegroom, their lamps were trimmed and burning. Apparently there was no difference between the five who were wise and the five who were foolish.”—

Now, remember, the parable of the Ten Virgins was fulfilled to the very letter in the history of the Millerites, and it is fulfilled again to the very letter at the end of the world. So, we are seeing both the beginning and the end of Adventism. And, we are seeing that in the story of Aaron, it was the premise that Moses had delayed to come down that gives the motivation for the people to go force Aaron to make this golden calf.

—“Apparently there was no difference between the five who were wise and the five who were foolish.”—

What is the difference between the wise and foolish virgins anyway?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Indiscernible response.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The oil. Right?

—“To outward appearance all were prepared, robed in white, and carrying their lighted lamps. But only five of these virgins were wise.”—

Now Sister White is going to define why they were wise.

—“These anticipated delay, and filled their flagons with oil, ready for any emergency. Five of the number had not this foresight;”—

The foolish virgins did not anticipate delay.

—“Five of the number had not this foresight; they made no provision for disappointment or delay.” Review and Herald, October 31, 1899.

“¹. . . as for this Moses, the man that brought us up out of the land of Egypt, we wot not what is become of him.” Exodus 32:1 (KJV).

So, in Exodus 32, verse 1, when the people saw that Moses delayed, they rejected God.

Who are they? They were the foolish virgins. They were not prepared for delay. They had not the oil to carry them through the tarrying time.

Okay. In verse 1 of chapter 32, it says, “. . . as for this Moses, the man that brought us up out of the land of Egypt, we wot not what is become of him.” Exodus 32:1 (KJV) This here is identifying what I think may be the primary problem of the Hebrews’ here.

What is their primary problem in this part of the verse: “. . . as for this Moses, the man that brought us up out of the land of Egypt, we wot not what is become of him”?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: They were looking to Moses.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Yes. Moses did not bring them out of Egypt, did he?

They were seeing a literal man; but, they were not seeing who he was representing. Okay? They did not have the ability to make a distinction between the literal and the spiritual.

Literal and Spiritual

John 6:53-66

Okay. Go to John 6; because, this is repeated in the time period of Christ, this same problem that the Hebrews repeatedly have, and that problem being they do not understand prophecy; because, prophecy is based upon taking the things of the natural world and understanding their spiritual application. And the Jews looked at Moses and said, “This literal man brought us out of Egypt,” and they could not understand that this man was a tool in the hand of the Lord, and the Lord brought them out of Egypt.

And in John 6, beginning at verse 53, it says,

“⁵³Then Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink his blood, ye have no life in you.”—

Now, if you were an upstanding Hebrew and someone told you that, what would you think? You would think, “This man is rejecting the health laws of the Old Testament.”

Were you supposed to eat flesh and blood?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: No.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: No. If flesh had blood in it, you were not allowed to eat it. So right here, right off the bat, Jesus is challenging them in their understanding of the health laws.

Verse 54:

“⁵⁴Whoso eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood,”—

Now it is even a step further. It is not eating simply flesh with blood in it; He ‘is calling them to be a cannibal.’

—“⁵⁴Whoso eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. ⁵⁵For my flesh is meat indeed, and my blood is drink indeed. ⁵⁶He that eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, dwelleth in me, and I in him. ⁵⁷As the living Father hath sent me, and I live by the Father: so he that eateth me, even he shall live by me. ⁵⁸This is that bread which came down from heaven:”—

Now, Jesus did not leave it there. He is going to explain this spiritual and literal; but, they do not have the ability to see it, just like they did not have the ability to see that it was God that brought them out of Egypt. They thought it was Moses.

—“⁵⁸This is that bread which came down from heaven: not as your fathers did eat manna, and are dead: he that eateth of this bread shall live for ever. ⁵⁹These things said he in the synagogue, as he taught in Capernaum.”—

What is Capernaum?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: That is His own city.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: That is His own city. This is the main place where He hung out.

—“⁶⁰Many therefore of his disciples, when they had heard this, said, This is an hard saying; who can hear it? ⁶¹When Jesus knew in himself that his disciples murmured at it, he said unto them, Doth this offend you? ⁶²What and if ye shall see the Son of man ascend up where he was before? ⁶³It is the spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life. ⁶⁴But there are some of you that believe not. For Jesus knew from the beginning who they were that believed not, and who should betray him. ⁶⁵And he said, Therefore said I unto you, that no man can come unto me, except it were given unto him of my Father.

“⁶⁶From that time many of his disciples went back, and walked no more with him.” John 6:53-66 (KJV).

From what time? From the point where He gave them the test of understanding prophecy, understanding the principle of prophecy that the literal things illustrate the spiritual things, that His Spirit is life and that to eat of His Word is to eat His flesh.

They could not see it, and this was their problem all the way back in the deliverance of Egypt. They did not see God delivering them out of Egypt; they saw Moses. They probably saw both, but they chose (because of their preconceived ideas) to only accept the literal understanding.

So, the problem for the Jews at their beginning is the same problem that they have at the end.

So, when did they turn away and walk no more with Him? In John 6:66, this is pointing forward in this story to The Sunday Law. Okay?

So, what story is Aaron pointing forward to?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Sunday Law.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Sunday Law. These are parallel histories, and in both cases the problem is that God’s people did not understand the prophetic lesson conveyed in their particular history.

Do you follow my point?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Affirmations.

“¹. . . make us gods, which shall go before us. . . Exodus 32:1 (KJV).

So, in verse 1 of Exodus 32, it says, “. . . make us gods, which shall go before us. . .” Exodus 32:1. This is a rejection of the Midnight Cry. Okay?

I am sure that we have spoken about this in this worship series, but you may not have heard the particular presentation where we spoke about it; so, I am going to run it by you once again.

The evidence is, is that Ellen White’s first vision, it was for Adventism; it was for God’s people; it is for everyone. But, one of the primary reasons of that vision was for God’s man of the hour.

Who was God’s man of the hour in that history? William Miller.

After October 22, 1844, the Millerites were scattered by the Great Disappointment spiritually. There were very few that continued on into that experience; but, the leader of that movement, William Miller, began to lose his way. They had some conferences after 1844, and William Miller was in agreement with the group that determined that the experience of the Midnight Cry in the Summer of 1844 was not valid; and, William Miller had an understanding of what the Midnight Cry was long before the Midnight Cry arrived, based upon the parable of the Ten Virgins. And when Samuel Snow brought the message of the Midnight Cry at the Exeter Camp Meeting in August of 1844, the very last Millerite to accept Samuel Snow’s understanding of the Midnight Cry was William Miller. He had held to an understanding of what the Midnight Cry represented in the parable of the Ten Virgins that he would not let go of until the very, just like two weeks before October 22, 1844; and, then he wrote Joshua Himes—I believe, but he wrote one of the Pioneers—saying that he finally sees the Midnight Cry, “Glory to God!” And he was praising the Lord for it.

So, everybody now is onboard with the message that the Lord is going to return on October 22, 1844, the Midnight Cry Message; and, then you had the disappointment, and then you had the spiritual scattering, and then they have this conference and William Miller and his cohorts determined to go back to the original teaching of the Midnight Cry.

And in December of 1844, a couple of months later, Ellen White receives her first vision; and, in her first vision she talks about those who denied the Midnight Cry, the light that was set up behind them on the path. And what happens to them if they deny the Midnight Cry? They fall off the path to the wicked world below.

So, this is for all of Adventism; but, primarily, this was the Lord calling to William Miller, saying, “Don’t reject the Midnight Cry!”

Now, here, what does this have to do with Exodus 32:1? They say in 32:1, “Make us some gods, because we are going to go back to Egypt and we want these gods to go before us.” Okay?

And, God’s people are to have a God that goes before them. Who is that God? Jesus, the Holy One of Israel.

So, their determining to have this golden calf go before them is a rejection of the Midnight Cry.

Denied the Midnight Cry

Now, notice this from Early Writings, page 15. We have read this previously, more than once, probably.

“They had a bright light set up behind them at the beginning of the path, which an angel told me was the ‘midnight cry.’ This light shone all along the path, and gave light for their feet, so that they might not stumble.

“If they kept their eyes fixed on Jesus, who was just before them,”—

Who was just before them? Not the golden calf. You see, they wanted the golden calf to go before them.

But, on this path to Heaven for God’s people, Jesus is just before them.

—“If they kept their eyes fixed on Jesus, who was just before them, leading them to the city, they were safe. But soon some grew weary, and said the city was a great way off, and they expected to have entered it before. Then Jesus would encourage them by raising His glorious right arm, and from His arm came a light which waved over the advent band, and they shouted ‘Alleluia!’ Others rashly denied the light behind them, and said that it was not God that had led them out so far. The light behind them went out, leaving their feet in perfect darkness, and they stumbled and lost sight of the mark and of Jesus, and fell off the path down into the dark and wicked world below.” Early Writings, 15.

The Midnight Cry, we went over the reform lines. The Midnight Cry is a waymark that is marked in every Reform Movement. It is a manifestation of the power of God.

At the point in every Reform Movement where the Midnight Cry occurs, in the story of Noah, the Midnight Cry is the animals getting on the ark.

In the story of Elijah, the Midnight Cry is marked by the fire coming down out of Heaven and consuming Elijah’s offering.

In the story of Christ, the Midnight Cry is the Triumphal Entry of Christ into Jerusalem. Sister White uses that history to illustrate the Midnight Cry.

So, the Midnight Cry is marked at a specific point in every Reform Movement.

And the Midnight Cry, in the history of Aaron, was the plagues of Egypt. Aaron had seen, all of them had seen, the wonderful deliverance and the manifestation of God’s power in the plagues of Egypt; and, just a couple of months down the road, they are denying that power and saying, “Make us a golden calf so we can go back to Egypt.”

So, what I am saying is they are denying the Midnight Cry.

And what happens if they deny the Midnight Cry? They fall off the path to the wicked world below.

And, of course, this is what the Millerites did after 1844. Only 50 of them continued on. And this, the denial of the Midnight Cry, is why Adventists will not make it to Heaven. They are going to be put in a place where they are going to have to say, “Yes, I believe in the Midnight Cry,” or “No, I don’t,” even though it may not be expressed that way.

So, this history of Aaron is prefiguring both the Millerites and our history, and I am saying that the fact that they want to have the golden calf go before them on their journey is saying that they have rejected the path where Christ goes before them.

The Marked Manifestation of God’s Power

And the Midnight Cry is a marked manifestation of the power of God.

What do I mean by “marked”? You know, there are things in the Bible that are there; but, there are some things in the Bible that are emphasized, they are marked. The Midnight Cry is a marked manifestation of the power of God. It is marked in the sense that not only did the Midnight Cry take place in the Millerite History but Ellen White often refers to it. It is marked; it is emphasized.

In Testimonies, volume 5, pages 211 – 212, speaking of the sealing of the 144,000—and what three passages in the Scriptures have we identified that deal with the sealing of the 144,000? Revelation 7 (that is an easy one); Ezekiel 9; and, the more obscure one but the one that we are going to keep reminding ourselves of is Luke 21, Luke 21. Sister White ties Luke 21 in with Ezekiel 9 and Revelation 7; and, then she comments on Luke 21:25 in that passage saying that Christ pointed His followers to the budding leaves of Spring, identifying that the sealing of the 144,000 begins when the sprinkling of the Latter Rain begins, and the sprinkling of the Latter Rain begins when the Mighty Angel of Revelation 18 descends.

This here, this passage from Testimonies, volume 5, pages 211-212, is where Sister White is commenting on Ezekiel 9, which is the sealing of the 144,000. She says this:

“The class who do not feel grieved over their own spiritual declension,”—

Why are we reading about this with Aaron in Exodus 32? What I am saying is, in verse 1 of Exodus 32 you can derive from that passage, if you understand that all these prophecies in the Bible are pointing to the end of the world, you can derive that one of the problems for Aaron and the Hebrews in the golden calf story is that they rejected the Foundations; they rejected true worship, which is the Sabbath; but, they also denied the Midnight Cry. Okay?

And, the Midnight Cry was the manifestation of God’s power; and, if you reject the truth in regard to the manifestation of God’s power, you do not receive the Seal of God.

So,

—“The class who do not feel grieved over their own spiritual declension,

nor mourn over the sins of others, will be left without the seal of God. The Lord commissions His messengers, the men with slaughtering weapons in their hands: ‘Go ye after him through the city, and smite: let not your eye spare, neither have ye pity: slay utterly old and young, both maids, and little children, and women: but come not near any man upon whom is the mark; and begin at My sanctuary. Then they began at the ancient men which were before the house.’

“Here we see that the church—the Lord’s sanctuary”—

Now, what is she speaking about here? She is speaking about Ezekiel 9.

And what is Ezekiel 9 dealing with? It is dealing with Jerusalem. It is based upon the principle of repeat and enlarge, and in Ezekiel, chapter 8, Ezekiel is telling us who is going to receive the mark of the beast in Adventism at The Sunday Law, where Ezekiel 8 shows four escalating abominations forming worldwide. These abominations will permeate the World Adventist Church; they will escalate; and, they ultimately conclude in chapter 8 with the 25 members of the General Conference Committee bowing down to the sun.

Why in the world would you put 25 men on the General Conference Committee and not change that number somewhere through history? Have you not ever read Ezekiel 8, where 25 leaders bow down to the sun? Change your General Conference Committee to 26 or 24!

Then chapter 9 repeats that same history, when those abominations are going on in Jerusalem, which Sister White just told us is the Lord’s Church, and identifies those that are going to receive the Seal of God during this same time period when the abominations are reaching their full, when they are maturing. Okay?

—“Here we see the Church—the Lord’s sanctuary—“—this is Jerusalem in Ezekiel 9—“was the first to feel the stroke of the wrath of God.”—

Judgment begins with the House of God.

—“The ancient men, those to whom God had given great light and who had stood as guardians of the spiritual interests of the people, had betrayed their trust.”—

How had they betrayed their trust?

—“They had taken the position that we need not look for miracles and the marked manifestation of God’s power as in former days.”—

What was the marked manifestation of the Power in the Millerite History? The Midnight Cry.

They [the leaders of Adventism (the ancient men)] have determined that that history will not be repeated.

And what was the Midnight Cry a symbol of? It was a symbol of the Latter Rain.

They have rejected the Midnight Cry, and they fall off the path to the dark and wicked world below, just like Aaron and the Hebrews rejected the marked manifestation of the power of God in the plagues of Egypt.

—“[They] had betrayed their trust. They had taken the position that we need not look for miracles and the marked manifestation of God’s power as in former days. Times have changed.”—

“This is the 21^st Century, Brothers and Sisters!”

—“Times have changed. These words strengthen their unbelief, and they say: The Lord will not do good, neither will He do evil. He is too merciful to visit His people in judgment. Thus ‘Peace and safety’ is the cry from men”—

Now, notice who these men are.

—“men who will never again lift up their voice like a trumpet to show God’s people their transgressions and the house of Jacob their sins.”—

These are the men that were ordained to lift up their voices like trumpets, and they had done so in the past; but, when this testing time comes, they are going to reject the history of the Millerites, which is symbolized by the Midnight Cry. They are going to reject the principle that the Midnight Cry prefigures the Latter Rain. They are going to reject the Latter Rain. They are going to reject the idea that the Lord is going to manifest His power here at the end of the world, as He has done in former reform lines.

—“Thus ‘Peace and safety’ is the cry from men who will never again lift up their voice like a trumpet to show God’s people their transgressions and the house of Jacob their sins. These dumb dogs that would not bark are the ones who feel the just vengeance of an offended God. Men, maidens, and little children all perish together.

“The abominations for which the faithful ones were sighing and crying were”—now, notice this—“were all that could be discerned by finite eyes,”—

Okay. What can you discern in Adventism with finite eyes? Well,

• We have rejected the King James Bible. We insist on having these Catholic bibles, these modern bibles.

• We are ordaining women.

• We have given the Pope of Rome a medal, twice.

• We teach hypnosis—how to hypnotize our church families—since the 1980s.

• Now we have determined that if you are going to be an ordained pastor in the Seventh-day Adventist Church that you have to take a course on the Jesuit teaching of Spiritual Formations.

• We have come into an association with the dragon power of Bible prophecy. We have turned our social welfare work over to the control and direction of the United Nations with ADRA.

On, and on, and on; but, those things we can see.

• We have joined the World Council of Churches, and do not let them tell you otherwise. We are voting members of the World Council of Churches.

• We have joined the ecumenical movement.

• We share our pulpits with pastors from apostate Protestantism and Catholicism.

• Some of us teach that the seven days of Creation are actually seven periods of time.

But, these abominations in Adventism, we can see them. There are voices telling us about these things going on. Okay?

What does Sister White say?

—“The abominations for which the faithful ones were sighing and crying were all that could be discerned by finite eyes, but by far the worst sins, those which provoked the jealousy of the pure and holy God, were unrevealed.”—

Wow! What is going on up there at the top?

—“The great Searcher of hearts knoweth every sin committed in secret by the workers of iniquity. These persons come to feel secure in their deceptions and, because of His long-suffering, say that the Lord seeth not, and then act as though He had forsaken the earth. But He will detect their hypocrisy and will open before others those sins which they were so careful to hide.

“No superiority of rank, dignity, or worldly wisdom, no position in sacred office, will preserve men from sacrificing principle when left to their own deceitful hearts. Those who have been regarded as worthy and righteous prove to be ring-leaders in apostasy”—

So, Brothers and Sisters, if you are looking around and you are seeing leaders that you think are the real spiritual ones that really give you the idea that they are really Christ-like, it says,

—“Those who have been regarded as worthy and righteous prove to be ring-leaders in apostasy and examples in indifference and in the abuse of God’s mercies. Their wicked course He will tolerate no longer, and in His wrath He deals with them without mercy.”—

In Sabbath School yesterday or in the Worship Hour, I forget which, Brother Daniels shared where Sister White reminds us that Satan once moved around in the Heavenly Courts. So, Satan knows how to act like a holy being. But, just because you know how to act like a holy being does not necessarily mean that you are a holy being.

—“It is with reluctance that the Lord withdraws His presence from those who have been blessed with great light”—

And we went through this in this worship study. Who is it that has been blessed with great light and opportunities?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Seventh-day Adventists.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Seventh-day Adventists.

—“It is with reluctance that the Lord withdraws His presence from those who have been blessed with great light and who have felt the power of the word in ministering to others. They were once His faithful servants, favored with His presence and guidance; but they departed from Him and led others into error, and therefore are brought under the divine displeasure.” Testimonies, volume 5, 211–212.

And if you were going to read this passage a few times, if there was any indication about when and where and how they departed from the Lord, what is it? It is that “They had taken the position that we need not look for miracles and the marked manifestation of God’s power as in former days.”

That is what Aaron did. When he had the mob at his tent threatening to kill him, to make the golden calf, he could have by faith said, “You know, I just watched all the firstborn of Egypt get laid to rest by the Lord. I watched the water get turned into blood. I watched frogs come out of nowhere, flies from out of nowhere, hail that hit the ground and turned into fire. My God can deliver me!” He could have stood firm.

But, what did he do? He forgot the manifestation of the power of God. He rejected the Midnight Cry.

There is to be a Wonderful Manifestation of God’s Power

This is repeated at the end of the world. There will be, no matter what the leadership says, no matter what these men are saying—that “This is not the Judgment of the Living. We are not now in the sealing of the 144,000. This is not the Latter Rain time period.”—no matter what these men are saying, this manifestation of the power of God that is the Latter Rain, that all these other manifestations of the power of God typify and point forward to, it will take place!

This is Review and Herald, December 23, 1890.

“The True Witness declares, ‘I know thy works.’ ‘Repent, and do the first works.’ This is the true test, the evidence that the Spirit of God is working in the heart to imbue you with his love. ‘I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.’”—

What is the candlestick that gets removed out of its place?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Church.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: There you go. We went through this the other day.

The candlestick is the church. He is saying this church is going to get removed.

What church is that?

Well, all the prophets are speaking about the end of the world. It is the church at the end of the world.

—“The church is like the unproductive tree which, receiving the dew and rain and sunshine, should have produced an abundance of fruit, but on which the divine search discovers nothing but leaves.”—

When does the Divine Searcher discovers nothing but leaves?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Judgment.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Okay. He says Judgment, because He is the Divine Searcher? Because of the divine search, do you see the Judgment there?

But, when is it?

It is an unproductive tree. What is it receiving?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The dew,

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The dew, the rain, and the sunshine.

This Judgment is taking place when the rain is falling, in the Latter Rain; and, it is not producing any fruit.

—“Solemn thought for our churches! solemn, indeed, for every individual! Marvelous is the patience and forbearance of God; but ‘except thou repent,’ it will be exhausted; the churches, our institutions, will go from weakness to weakness, from cold formality to deadness, while they are saying, ‘I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing.’ The True Witness says, ‘And knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked.’ Will they ever see clearly their condition?”—

Now, I want to make sure you see this. In previous worship we purposely went through and identified that Sister White says the messages of Jones and Waggoner was the Loud Cry of the Third Angel. She says it was Justification by Faith. She says it was the Latter Rain Message. But, she also said that it was the Laodicean Message.

The Latter Rain Message is the Laodicean Message, and Sister White here is using the Message of the Laodiceans.

When does the Message of the Laodiceans become present truth? In the time of the Latter Rain. It is the Latter Rain Message. It is the last call for Israel.

Okay. She continues on. She says,

—“There is to be in the churches a wonderful manifestation of the power of God, but it will not move upon those who have not humbled themselves before the Lord, and opened the door of the heart by confession and repentance. In the manifestation of that power which lightens the earth with the glory of God,”—

What manifestation of the power of God is that? Revelation 18.

—“In the manifestation of that power which lightens the earth with the glory of God, they will see only something which in their blindness they think dangerous, something which will arouse their fears, and they will brace themselves to resist it. Because the Lord does not work according to their ideas and expectations, they will oppose the work. ‘Why,’ they say, ‘should not we know the Spirit of God, when we have been in the work so many years?’—Because they did not respond to the warnings, the entreaties of the messages of God, but persistently said, ‘I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing.’ Talent, long experience, will not make men channels of light, unless they place themselves under the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness, and are called, and chosen, and prepared by the endowment of the Holy Spirit. When men who handle sacred things will humble themselves under the mighty hand of God, the Lord will lift them up. He will make them men of discernment—men rich in the grace of his Spirit. Their strong, selfish traits of character, their stubbornness, will be seen in the light shining from the Light of the world. ‘I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.’ If you seek the Lord with all your heart, he will be found of you.” Review and Herald, December 23, 1890.

So, Aaron and the Hebrews, they denied the power of the Midnight Cry, of the deliverance from Egypt, prefiguring the Millerites after 1844 that denied the history and experience of the Midnight Cry and fell off the path, prefiguring God’s people at the end of the world that are going to deny that the Midnight Cry history will be repeated in the time period of the Latter Rain.

Before the Loud Cry

Before—and this is a real tricky one here—before the Latter Rain revival, the Loud Cry of the Third Angel’s Message, Satan produces a counterfeit.

Notice Early Writings, beginning at page 260; and, this is a tricky passage in the sense that you can read this passage and say, “Oh, she is speaking about the apostate Protestant churches; but, maybe she is speaking about the Adventist churches.” Notice what she says.

“I saw that God has honest children among the nominal Adventists and the fallen churches,”—

Hmm, the nominal Adventists and the fallen churches.

My Brother Austin, what does nominal mean?

Does anyone else like to help him? What does nominal mean?

BROTHER AUSTIN: In name only.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: In name. Okay. These are people that say they are Adventists, but they are not.

Now, of course, now, you could say Sister White is writing this in a period where she is talking about anyone that believed the Lord was coming is an Adventist; but, we are understanding it here as Seventh-day Adventists. You could make that argument.

—“I saw that God has honest children among the nominal Adventists and the fallen churches, and before the plagues shall be poured out, ministers and people will be called out from these churches and will gladly receive the truth. Satan knows this; and before the loud cry of the third angel is given, he raises an excitement in these religious bodies, that those who have rejected the truth may think that God is with them. He hopes to deceive the honest and lead them to think that God is still working for the churches. But the light will shine, and all who are honest will leave the fallen churches, and take their stand with the remnant.” Early Writings, 260–261.

Now, I believe that this is talking primarily about the eleventh-hour workers; but, I am making this emphasis that you can see this principle even within Adventism, if you look for it; because, I am setting you up to prove this to you.

But, the one that you want to see here is that before the Loud Cry of the Third Angel’s Message, there is a counterfeit that goes on in the churches that are going to be the target for the message of the Latter Rain. You see that, right?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

The Principles of God’s Dealing with Men

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Okay. But, we have been operating—in this study, one of our main principles is The Great Controversy, page 343, which says,

“The work of God in the earth presents, from age to age, a striking similarity in every great reformation or religious movement. The principles of God’s dealing with men are ever the same.”—

“The principles of God’s dealing with men are ever the same.” He is going to deal with Seventh-day Adventists the same way that He deals with apostate Protestantism; because, He deals with men the same way, no matter what.

—“The important movements of the present have their parallel in those of the past, and the experience of the church in former ages has lessons of great value for our own time.” The Great Controversy, 343.

So, all the Reform Movements parallel one another; but, what I am wanting you to see here is that God’s dealing with men is always the same.

Every Reform Movement

But, in these Reform Movements, Satan always responds to these Reform Movements the same way.

The Great Controversy, page 186, says it this way:

“But Satan was not idle. He now attempted what he has attempted in every other reformatory movement—to deceive and destroy the people by palming off upon them a counterfeit in place of the true work. As there were false Christ’s in the first century of the Christian church, so there arose false prophets in the sixteenth century.” The Great Controversy, 186.

Okay. There is always a counterfeit

Before the Manifestation of God’s Power

But, the counterfeit precedes the Truth. In The Great Controversy, page 464, Sister White says this:

“Notwithstanding the widespread declension of faith and piety, there are true followers of Christ in these churches. Before the final visitation of God’s judgments upon the earth there will be among the people of the Lord such a revival of primitive godliness as has not been witnessed since apostolic times. The Spirit and power of God will be poured out upon His children.”—

This is the Latter Rain. Right? And, the Latter Rain comes in two phases, the sprinkling and the full outpouring.

—“At that time many will separate themselves from those churches in which the love of this world has supplanted love for God and His word. Many, both of ministers and people, will gladly accept those great truths which God has caused to be proclaimed at this time to prepare a people for the Lord’s second coming. The enemy of souls desires to hinder this work; and before the time for such a movement shall come,”—

And what is the Latter Rain? Is it the Latter Rain Church?

It is the Latter Rain Movement.

—”before the time for such a movement shall come, he will endeavor to prevent it by introducing a counterfeit.”—

A counterfeit what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Movement.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: A counterfeit movement and the counterfeit comes before the genuine. Right?

We have seen it now in Early Writings and here, a second witness, that he [Satan] does this in the churches outside of Adventism. He produces a counterfeit revival as he sees the Latter Rain coming, so the churches will feel comfortable that they do not have to listen to this message about the Latter Rain coming from Adventism.

But, what I am suggesting is what he [Satan] has done in every other sacred history when the Lord raises up a Reform Movement, he [Satan] produces a counterfeit to oppose it.

In the history of the Millerites, that counterfeit that predated the Millerites was Protestantism. The Lord was testing Protestantism in the Millerite History. That was His people, the Protestants. He had just raised up the Protestants and he had brought them to the history of 1840 to 1844 in order to complete the Protestant Reformation. They had not come all the way out of Rome, from AD1500 onward. Adventism is the fully coming out of Rome part of the Protestant Reformation. So, the Lord was testing the Protestants in that history, and the Protestants predated the Millerites. But the Millerites, they were the true movement.

Okay. The true movement at the end of the world, the 144,000 in a generic sense; but, before the Lord begins the movement of raising up the 144,000, Satan does as he always does. He introduces a counterfeit.

—“before the time for such a movement shall come, he will endeavor to prevent it by introducing a counterfeit. In those churches which he can bring under his deceptive power he will make it appear that God’s special blessing is poured out; there will be manifest what is thought to be great religious interest. Multitudes will exult that God is working marvelously for them, when the work is that of another spirit. Under a religious guise, Satan will seek to extend his influence over the Christian world.” The Great Controversy, 464.

So, in both this, here in The Great Controversy and in the one in Early Writings, you can argue, “Oh, she is talking about the churches outside of Adventism,” but we know there is going to be a Reform Movement of the Latter Rain in Adventism, and we know that Satan always reacts to every Reform Movement the same way by introducing a counterfeit. So, if we can see if there is a counterfeit movement that is marked by Inspiration, we know that it is the one that precedes the true movement of the Latter Rain.

The Counterfeit

And in Selected Messages, book 1, pages 204 – 205, it says this:

“The enemy of souls has sought to bring in the supposition that a great reformation was to take place among Seventh-day Adventists, and that this reformation would consist in giving up the doctrines which stand as the pillars of our faith, and engaging in a process of reorganization. Were this reformation to take place, what would result? The principles of truth that God in His wisdom has given to the remnant church, would be discarded. Our religion would be changed. The fundamental principles that have sustained the work for the last fifty years would be accounted as error. A new organization would be established. Books of a new order would be written. A system of intellectual philosophy would be introduced.”—

What is “intellectual philosophy”? Human intellect, right? Human intellect, this is self, human intellect. And all it can be is philosophy. It cannot be truth because, if you are going to build a program based upon human intellect, then it is a program that is based upon policy; therefore, it has to be intellectual philosophy. So, it is not truth.

—“A system of intellectual philosophy would be introduced.”—

It is a system that places man’s word above God’s Word.

And what is it when you place man’s word above God’s Word?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Spiritualism.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Spiritualism.

—“The founders of this system would go into the cities, and do a wonderful work.”—

The city work that is here referenced, I mean you can go through and you can put dates on all these points, but what is it 2014?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: 2013.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: 2013 we are going to go into—650 cities around the world, is it?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmation.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: We are going to do “a wonderful work” in the cities. This counterfeit movement is underway.

—“The Sabbath of course, would be lightly regarded, as also the God who created it. Nothing would be allowed to stand in the way of the new movement.”—the new movement—“The leaders would teach that virtue is better than vice, but God being removed, they would place their dependence on human power, which, without God, is worthless. Their foundation would be built on the sand, and storm and tempest would sweep away the structure.”—

What is the storm of the Bible? Well, we just studied Daniel 11:40-45. Who is it that comes as a whirlwind, as an overflowing flood? The King of the North, and he comes at The Sunday Law.

At The Sunday Law the storm and tempest would sweep away the structure and the foundation of this movement. This foundation is built upon sand.

This Foundation here [pointing to the 1843 Chart] is the Rock of Ages.

“Who has authority to begin such a movement? We have our Bibles. We have our experience, attested to by the miraculous working of the Holy Spirit. We have a truth that admits of no compromise.”—

No compromise, no compromise!

—“Shall we not repudiate everything that is not in harmony with this truth?” Selected Messages, book 1, 204–205.

Yes, we should.

Summary

So, what we are saying here as we do our first part of “Aaron,” Aaron’s foundational rejection, is that when they came out of Egypt, Aaron and the Hebrews forgot the manifestation of God’s power in the Deliverance. They rejected the Foundation by accepting the false worship of the golden calf. They set up an image of the beast.

And in doing all these things—and we will have more to say about this tomorrow when we bring it to a conclusion—they are prefiguring both the Millerite History and our history.

And there is more to this story that we will deal with tomorrow.

And then, from this platform, after we put these points in place, we will move forward into the story of Jeroboam.

What had Aaron just done when he made the golden calf? Well, Aaron had just come out of Egypt.

What had Jeroboam done just before he built his two golden calves? He had just come out of Egypt.

Okay. We are going to draw those connections to show that the story here of the golden calf with Aaron is prefiguring the story of the golden calves with Jeroboam. And then once we have those points of reference in place, we are going to look at the disobedient prophet and consider his prophecy that he gives to Jeroboam, that the Lord is going to raise up someone named—what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Josiah.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Josiah. And what does JOSIAH mean? The foundation of God. It is all about the rejection of the foundations.

Shall we pray?

Benediction: Heavenly Father, we want to be among those that recognize the manifestation of the power of God that takes place here and now. We do not want to deny what is taking place here, and we do not want to deny the manifestation of the power of God that has taken place in past histories prefiguring this time. We want to be those that are lifted up as an ensign, but we know that we will be in the minority and, to be faithful in this time, we are going to have to be more courageous than was Aaron, as the Hebrews surrounded his tent. We want that courage, and we know that power, that strength comes from an understanding of your Word. We ask that you would give a hunger, a burning desire to understand your Word more fully, and then give us the will to begin to study it like never before. We thank you for bringing us together this morning. We know that we all have certain tasks to accomplish this day. We would ask that you would watch over us, protect us, keep us safe, and allow us to do what we do for your glory and honor. We ask that you would place your healing touch upon Paul’s knee and help it get well. And we thank you for all these things in Jesus’s name. Amen.

Habakkuk’s Two Tables #67

PART SEVEN: JOSIAH

Presented by Jeff Pippenger

Invocation by Brother Jeff Pippenger: Heavenly Father, we thank you for once again allowing us a good night’s sleep and allowing us to come together to consider your Word here first thing this morning. We ask that you would grant us the presence of your Holy Spirit, that you would allow this presentation to be part of an understanding to better prepare us to stand on your side of the question here in this end-time crisis. We want you to continue to open our understanding to Habakkuk’s Tables and the evidence of the truth which they are presenting to the world here at the end time. We thank you for the work that you have done so far as the Lion of the Tribe of Judah in unsealing these things. We ask for your continued efforts in this regard for each of us individually and for your people in general. We want the Latter Rain poured out upon us. We want to be vessels that are prepared to receive it. We ask that you make that happen for us now. In Jesus’s name, amen.

Aaron’s Foundational Rejection—Exodus 32, Part Two

BROTHER PIPPENGER: We are dealing with Exodus 32. We made it through the first six verses yesterday, dealing with Aaron’s foundational rejection. We want to bring that to a conclusion this morning and show the connection between this story and the story of Jeroboam.

Out of the Way

In Exodus 32, verses 7 and 8, it says,

“⁷And the Lord said unto Moses, Go, get thee down; for thy people, which thou broughtest out of the land of Egypt, have corrupted themselves: ⁸They have turned aside quickly out of the way which I commanded them: they have made them a molten calf, and have worshipped it, and have sacrificed thereunto, and said, These be thy gods, O Israel, which have brought thee up out of the land of Egypt.” Exodus 32:7-8 (KJV).

So, yesterday we looked at what was going on down in the camp, and now the Lord has filled Moses in on the situation.

Whoring

Judges 2:17

If you go to Judges, we want to understand what it means that “they have turned aside quickly out of the way.” In Judges, chapter 2, and in verse 17, it says,

“¹⁷And yet they would not hearken unto their judges, but they went a whoring after other gods, and bowed themselves unto them: they turned quickly out of the way which their fathers walked in, obeying the commandments of the Lord; but they did not so.” Judges 2:17 (KJV).

So, to “turn quickly out of the way” is to go out “a whoring.” And what is the act of whoring represent?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Fornication.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Fornication; it is the unlawful relationship between two entities; it is the mingling of two inappropriate seeds; it is—what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Mystery of Iniquity.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: —the Mystery of Iniquity. The Mystery of Iniquity is what produces, in both of these cases here in Judges and in Exodus, God’s people “turning out of the way.”

Drinking Strong Drink

Isaiah 28:5-7

Go to Isaiah 28, still dealing with what it means to “turn out of the way.” In Isaiah 28, verse 5, of course this is talking about the leadership of the Seventh-day Adventist Church; because, in verse 1 it says, “Woe to the crown of pride, to the drunkards of Ephraim, . . . ,” and the crown representing leadership.

And in verse 14 it says,

“¹⁴Wherefore hear the word of the Lord, ye scornful men, that rule this people which is in Jerusalem.” Isaiah 28:14 (KJV).

And we read here recently, and we have probably read this more than once in this worship service, but we read from Testimonies, volume 5, page 211, where Sister White says that Jerusalem is the Seventh-day Adventist Church at the end of the world. So, the “scornful men,”
“the crown of the pride” which rule Jerusalem are the subject of Isaiah 28. This is the leadership of the Seventh-day Adventist Church at the end of the world.

And Isaiah 28, verse 5 says,

“⁵In that day shall the Lord of hosts be for a crown of glory, and for a diadem of beauty, unto the residue of his people.”—

So, the Lord, at the end of the world in the Latter Rain time period, if you want to place it where it is supposed to be, it is going to be a crown of glory for the residue of His people (for the remnant).

Verse 6:

—“⁶And for a spirit of judgment to him that sitteth in judgment, and for strength to them that turn the battle to the gate. ⁷But they also have erred through wine, and through strong drink, are out of the way: the priest and the prophet have erred through strong drink, they are swallowed up of wine, they are out of the way, through strong drink; they err in vision, they stumble in judgment.” Isaiah 28:5 (KJV).

So, here, what takes them out of the way is not the fornication; it is the strong drink.

And what is the wine? We have looked at this when we went through Revelation 17. What is the alcohol that people drink that causes them to be spiritually drunk?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: False doctrine.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: False doctrine, the wine of Babylon.

So, the Mystery of Iniquity causes them to go out of the way, but also false doctrine causes them to go out of the way.

But, I want you to see here in this verse, verse 7, that this expression, “out of the way,” is twice repeated. We are going to deal with that here in a while. And when we see a phrase or a word twice repeated, “out of the way, out of the way,” it is a reference to the Second or Fourth Angel’s Message. So, it ties it in here with the Latter Rain time period.

In What Day?

Isaiah 28:9-13

But, let us be certain about what day it is. Go to verse 9 through 13 of Isaiah 28.

Beginning in verse 9, it says,

“⁹Whom shall he teach knowledge? And whom shall he make to understand doctrine? them that are weaned from the milk, and drawn from the breasts. ¹⁰For precept must be upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, and there a little: ¹¹For with stammering lips and another tongue will he speak to this people. ¹²To whom he said, This is the rest wherewith ye may cause the weary to rest; and this is the refreshing: yet they would not hear. ¹³But the word of the Lord was unto them precept upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, and there a little; that they might go, and fall backward, and be broken, and snared, and taken.” Isaiah 28:9-13 (KJV).

So, in what day are they going to be “out of the way” because of strong drink, and what day is it that the Lord is going to lift up the residue (the remnant) as a crown of glory, contrasting the crown of pride of Ephraim? It is in the day He is accomplishing the Everlasting Gospel among Adventism because they are being tested here in verses 9 through 13 with how they respond to the Word of the Lord: Verse 13 says, “But the word of the Lord was unto them.” How they respond to the testing of the Word of the Lord, and the Word of the Lord that tests them is William Miller’s Rules of Prophetic Interpretation, what we call proof-texting, the study of the Bible that takes a Concordance and take line upon line, here a little, there a little. And the reason they fail the test is because in the 1930s Adventism reached out to apostate Protestantism and accepted their Biblical approach to the study of God’s Word; and, of course, their Biblical approach to the study of God’s Word provided them with the philosophy that allowed them to reject the First Angel’s Message in the time of William Miller. So, it has already been proven to be a false theory. But, of course, this is what we use in Adventism today, whether it is the organized Conference work or the self-supporting work; they are using this fallen apostate Protestant approach to Biblical study.

But, it is very clear here that in the time of the Latter Rain, because verse 12 says, “the refreshing,” which in The Great Controversy, page 611, Sister White says is the Latter Rain; and, it is the Latter Rain Message because in verse 12 says, “this is the refreshing: yet they would not hear.” The refreshing here is something that you can hear; it is a message.

In the time of the Latter Rain, this group (the drunkards of Ephraim) are “out of the way” because they have accepted the doctrines of Rome that they accept, because they are using the Biblical approach to Bible study that comes from Rome, handed off to apostate Protestantism, and then received by Adventism in the 1930s.

So, the Mystery of Iniquity will take you “out of the way.” Fornication and false doctrine will take you “out of the way.”

And the day that this is applied here, the time period that Isaiah 28 is marking, is the time period of the Latter Rain testing process of the Everlasting Gospel.

And, of course, all the prophets are speaking about the end of the world; so, this story of Aaron in Exodus 32 is pointing forward to the Latter Rain time period here at the end of the world when God’s people get “out of the way.”

A Crown of Glory

Isaiah 62:1-3

What is the crown of glory that the Lord is going to lift the residue up as a crown of glory and as a diadem in His hand?

Isaiah 62, verses 1-3, says,

“¹For Zion’s sake will I not hold my peace, and for Jerusalem’s sake I will not rest, until the righteousness thereof go forth as brightness, and the salvation thereof as a lamp that burneth.”—

So, He is not going to rest until His righteousness and His salvation goes forth as a—what?—as a lamp that burneth. What does that mean?

Well, I mean, every lamp, if it is going to be a good lamp, is going to burn. Right? If it does not burn, it is darkness. But, what does it mean? His righteousness is going to be carried to the world by what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: A burning lamp.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: By a burning lamp.

What is a lamp?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: It is a light.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: It is the Church. This is the Church Triumphant. Christ is walking among the Seven Lamps—is He not?—the Seven Candlesticks.

Verse 2:

—“²And the Gentiles shall see thy righteousness,”—

So, when this lamp goeth forth, this Church goeth forth, the Church Triumphant goeth forth, what is He doing? What is another Biblical illustration that we often refer to in this series?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: He is lifting up an ensign.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: He is lifting up an ensign. That is when this lamp is going forward. All right?

—“²And the Gentiles shall see thy righteousness, and all kings thy glory: and thou shalt be called by a new name, which the mouth of the Lord shall name. ³Thou shalt also be a crown of glory in the hand of the Lord, and a royal diadem in the hand of thy God.” Isaiah 62:1-3 (KJV).

He is going to lift His people up as an ensign in the Latter Rain time period. They are going to change from Church Militant to Church Triumphant; therefore, they are going to go forth as a lamp that burneth and present the message of Righteousness by Faith, and the world is going to see it.

And in that time period, the other class in Adventism that is represented by the drunkards of Ephraim, they are going to be drunk with the wine of Babylon because they rejected William Miller’s Rules of Prophetic Interpretation, and they are “out of the way.”

Now, if you remember, from Early Writings, page 15, we looked at it a couple of times yesterday. One of the expressions there was,

“If they kept their eyes fixed on Jesus, who was just before them, leading them to the city, they were safe.” Early Writings, 15.

And we pointed out that they wanted to make this golden calf as a god that would go before them, back into Egypt; but, in Ellen White’s first vision, which we just read from, Jesus was the One that was to go before us. So, if you are going to make another god that is going to go before you, you are making a counterfeit Christ; you are off the path that takes you to Heaven. You have fallen off to the wicked world below. You are off the path that is enlightened by . . . ?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Midnight Cry.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: . . . the light behind it that sheds all along the way, the Midnight Cry.

The Holy One of Israel

Okay. We are going to show you a passage in the Scriptures, in Isaiah 30, verses 8 to 18,

where the Holy One of Israel—that is Christ. Right?—that He is before them on this path.

So, in verse 8 of Isaiah 30, it says,

“⁸Now go write it before them in a table, and note it in a book, that it may be for the time to come for ever and ever: ⁹That this is a rebellious people, lying children, children that will not hear the law of the Lord:”—

Now, there evidently is something written on a Table that is noted in a Book that demonstrates who the rebels are. So, what is the Table that is noted in the book that creates a test that produces obedient and rebellious people? Habakkuk’s Tables [indicating the 1843 and 1850 Charts].

These Tables are noted in what Book?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Habakkuk.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: In the Book of Habakkuk.

And in the Millerite History, if you accepted the message of this [1843] Chart, you ended up following Christ by faith into the Most Holy Place. But, if you rejected the message on this Chart, you ended up praying to the Holy Place and Satan answered your prayers. The Everlasting Gospel was accomplished by the message on this Chart. It produced two seeds: the seed of Satan—Satan was answering the prayers of those that would not follow Christ into the Most Holy Place—and it produced the seed of Christ, those that followed Him into the Most Holy Place.

So, the message on this Chart identifies, among other things, who are the rebels in the camp; and, that is what Isaiah 30 is saying: “⁸Now go write it before them in a table, and note it in a book, that it may be for the time to come for ever and ever: . . . “ Isaiah 30:8.

What is “the time to come for ever and ever” in the Bible? It is the Latter Rain. All the Bible is talking about the end of the world: the Latter Rain time period, the sealing of the 144,000, the gathering in of the eleventh-hour workers. This is “the time to come for ever and ever.”

And this Table, this Book identify who is the rebellious people, the lying children, children that will not hear the Law of the Lord.

The last time Darrio Taylor was here and we recorded his presentations—if you have looked at those—you may remember that he went through in part of his series and showed that in the Scriptures that the proof that you keep the Ten Commandments, the proof that you keep the Law of God is demonstrated by whether you walk in the way of the Lord. And he went through several places where he showed this.

So, they are “out of the way” in Exodus 32.

And these people here in Isaiah 30, they will not hear the Law of the Lord; but, the way it is demonstrated that they are not law keepers is they get “out of the way.”

—⁹That this is a rebellious people, lying children, children that will not hear the law of the Lord: ¹⁰Which say to the seers, See not; and to the prophets, Prophesy not unto us right things, speak unto us smooth things, prophesy deceits:”—

Now, notice here, these rebels, those that are rebelling against Habakkuk’s Tables [gesturing to the 1843 and 1850 Charts behind the podium], the messages on the Foundational Truths at the end of the world, are those that are rebelling against this [1843] Table in the time of the Millerites. What they are saying is, “We don’t want to hear about country living. We don’t want to hear the Health Message, and we don’t want to hear about dress reform.”

Is that what they are saying?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Uh-huh.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: No. They are saying, “We don’t want to hear the prophetic message. We don’t’ want to hear what the seers are saying, what the prophets are saying. In fact, if you are going to give us the prophetic message, we want a peace and safety message. We want smooth things, and we want to be deceived; because, we don’t want to hear the heard truths.”

So, “this rebellious people” is very germane to Adventism today. It is not about the message of church growth, how to take the cell techniques that originated in Korea and go out and hypnotize people two by two in order to produce church growth. They are not saying, “We don’t want to hear that.”

They are not saying any of these things. What they are saying is, “We do not want to hear the prophetic message. We don’t want to hear the prophetic message, unless it is a dishonest prophetic message. It is deceitful; because, it is teaching us that everything is all right.”

But, everything is not all right, is it?

Okay. These people which will not hear the Law of the Lord—this [the 1843 and the 1850 Charts] is the Law of the Lord, this is the Law of the Lord.

What did Sister White say—if you break one of the health laws, what does she equate that to?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Breaking the Ten Commandments.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Breaking the Ten Commandments. There is no difference. A “thus saith the Lord” is the Law of the Lord. This [the 1843 and the 1850 Charts) is the Law of the Lord.

And we have seen that typified already in this series. When the Lord entered into covenant with Ancient Israel in this time period (in Exodus 32), He gave them the two tables to mark the covenant; and, that was Ancient Israel. But, in modern Israel, when He entered into covenant with them, what did He give them? Two tables.

These Two Tables, of Habakkuk’s Tables, they have been typified by the two tables of the Ten Commandments.

—“^{9 continued}. . . children that will not hear the law of the Lord: ¹⁰Which say to the seers, See not; and to the prophets, Prophesy not unto us right things, speak unto us smooth things, prophesy deceits: ¹¹Get you out of the way,”—

Okay. What gets you “out of the way”? Well, what gets you “out of the way” in Judges is that you have entered into the Mystery of Iniquity. You are whoring. You have commingled two things that are not supposed to be mingled.

In Isaiah 28, what gets you “out of the way” is false doctrine.

Here in Isaiah 30,

—“¹¹Get you out of the way, turn aside out of the path, cause the Holy One of Israel to cease from before us.”—

Who is the Holy One of Israel?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Jesus.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Christ.

And what path is He on?

Do the prophets all agree with one another?

So, Ellen White’s first dream, when she sees Jesus on the path before us, what path is that? That is the path to eternal life, is it not? But, she describes a group of people that deny the Midnight Cry [gesturing towards the 1843 and 1850 Charts]. They deny the history that represents these two Charts, and they fall off the path.

And now Isaiah is telling us about these same people, because all the prophets agree with one another.

—“¹¹Get you out of the way,”—Get off that path!—“turn aside out of the path, cause the Holy One of Israel to cease from before us.”—

“Let us take a path where we do not have to be looking at Jesus all the time in front of us.” That is what they are saying, and they have done this because of the Mystery of Iniquity mingling the sacred and the divine, and because they have accepted the false rules of prophetic interpretation that came from apostate Protestantism and Catholicism: the historical grammatical method of Biblical interpretation, thus rejecting the proof-text method of William Miller.

Continuing on, it says,

—“¹²Wherefore thus saith the Holy One of Israel, Because ye despise this word,— (Isaiah 30:8-18 to be continued)

What word; what word is it that they despise?

Now, this is Isaiah 30, is it not? This is not in your notes: look at Isaiah 30, verse 1.

“¹Woe to the rebellious children, . . .” Isaiah 30:1, in part (KJV).

Now go back to Isaiah 29, verse 1.

“¹Woe to Ariel, to Ariel,”—

And what is Ariel? It is a term for Jerusalem.

—“¹Woe to Ariel [Jerusalem], to Ariel [Jerusalem], the city where David dwelt! . . .” Isaiah 29:1 (KJV margin)

Now go back to Isaiah 28, verse 1.

“¹Woe to the crown of pride, to the drunkards of Ephraim . . .” Isaiah 28:1, in part (KJV).

Isaiah 28, 29, and 30 are the same vision. Okay? This is a woe against God’s people at the end of the world.

So, in Isaiah 30 [verse 12], it says, “Because ye despise this word, . . .” What word has been despised in this vision?

Well, just go to Isaiah 28:13 and it tells you the word that has been despised. It says,

“¹³But the word of the Lord was unto them precept upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, and there a little, that they might go, and fall backward, and be broken, and snared, and taken.” Isaiah 28:13 (KJV).

What word is it that causes them to leave the path when they reject it? It is William Miller’s Rules of Prophetic Interpretation.

Back to your notes:

—“^{Isaiah 30:8-18 continued / verse 12}Wherefore thus saith the Holy One of Israel, Because ye despise this word, and trust in oppression and perverseness, and stay thereon: ¹³Therefore this iniquity shall be to you as a breach ready to fall, swelling out in a high wall, whose breaking cometh suddenly at an instant. ¹⁴And he shall break it as the breaking of the potters’ vessel that is broken in pieces; he shall not spare: so that there shall not be found in the bursting of it a sherd to take fire from the hearth, or to take water withal out of the pit.”—

It is going to break it like Josiah broke down the altars, and He is going to break it into such small pieces that there is not even a piece of pottery where you can get a little bit of water out of a pool of water, and you could not get a coal out of a fireplace to start another fire. That is how small the pieces are.

In other words, when this swelling in the wall—and what is this wall that is swelling, that is going to break?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The structure.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Is it the structure?

What does the wall typically represent in Bible prophecy?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Law of God.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Law of God. It is what protects us.

So, this wall that is going to break has to do with the breaking of the Law of God.

Does The Sunday Law come suddenly and unexpectedly, according to Sister White?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The breaking of this wall comes “suddenly and at an instant.”

And what wall is it that is broken here? I am saying it is the Law of God. I am saying this is a symbol of The Sunday Law. But, what wall is broken here?

It is a secondary question.

Brother David, you know this one. What wall is broken?

The wall of separation of church and state that is overturned at The Sunday Law in the United States. It is broken suddenly and at an instant. And at that point, Josiah comes into Adventism and he is breaking all the idols; he is turning them into powder. And at that point it is too late for the drunkards of Ephraim, for the foolish virgins of Adventism. Even if they could get a piece of that pot, they could not get any fire or water with it anyway. It is too late.

What is the fire and the water?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Holy Spirit.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Holy Spirit, in both cases.

Who is it that comes to The Sunday Law in Adventism in the parable of the Ten Virgins and finds they have no Holy Spirit?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The foolish virgins.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The foolish virgins, they have no oil.

And at The Sunday Law when probation is closed, there is no possible way for them to get the Holy Spirit. It is END OF STORY!

—“¹⁵For thus saith the Lord God, the Holy One of Israel: In returning and rest shall ye be saved; in quietness and in confidence shall be your strength: and ye would not.”—

What is the “returning and rest” that is marked in the Scriptures that people refuse to walk in? Jeremiah 6:16, the Old Paths, “. . . Stand ye in the ways, and see, and ask for the old paths, where is the good way, and walk therein, and ye shall find rest for your souls. But they said, We will not walk therein.”

So, what was the safety for this people? How were they going to be saved in this passage, if they were to be saved? By returning to the Old Paths and walking therein, and they would find rest for their souls.

But, what are the Old Paths?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Foundations.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Foundations?

Sister Heather, what are the Old Paths?

SISTER HEATHER: (Laughter.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: These [1843 and 1850] Charts are the Old Paths. Right? And you need to see this in the context, because this passage in Isaiah 30, it starts with, “. . . write it before them in a table, and note it in a book, . . .” And these Tables, that are in the Book of Habakkuk produced the rebels; and, ultimately the rebels, they get off the path into eternal death because they refuse to return to these foundational truths and receive the rest of the Latter Rain. They would not.

Continuing on here in Isaiah 30, it says,

—“¹⁶But ye said, No, for we will flee upon horses;”—

Those people that are on the wrong side of the issue, they are going to flee on horses.

—“therefore shall ye flee: and, We will ride upon the swift; therefore shall they that pursue you be swift. ¹⁷One thousand shall flee at the rebuke of one; at the rebuke of five shall ye flee: till ye be left as a beacon upon the top of a mountain, and as an ensign on an hill.”—

When is it that God’s people are lifted up as an ensign? At The Sunday Law.

The lifting up begins just before The Sunday Law, but they are lifted up as an ensign, as a lamp that burneth at The Sunday Law.

And, those people that are not lifted up flee from them at The Sunday Law time period, and what is the ratio that they flee from them at? Well, here in this passage it is 1,000:1; and, of course, that is the unofficial ratio of the Millerite History, from 50,000 down to 50 on October 22, 1844. It was as the parable of the Ten Virgins was being fulfilled, and those 1,000 that left the 1 there on October 22, 1844, in the terminology of the parable of the Ten Virgins, they left because the 5 wise virgins rebuked them and said, “We don’t have any oil for you.” At the rebuke of the 5 wise virgins shall the 5 foolish virgins flee, and the ratio will be 1,000 shall flee at the rebuke of 1.

I think it was in church, but it is a familiar quote. Here in the past couple of days, it has been expressed, and now it is escaping my mind, even when I am thinking about it—oh, it was in church. There is a quote where Sister White says, “A greater number than we now anticipate—” Those are her words, but the rest are my words—“leave Adventism at The Sunday Law.” Now, that is my words, but that is what she is talking about.

Brother Daniel was doing something about the separation that takes place between the wise and the foolish at The Sunday Law, and Sister White says, “A greater number than we now anticipate”:

“When the law of God is made void the church will be sifted by fiery trials, and a larger proportion than we now anticipate, will give heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. Instead of being strengthened when brought into strait places, many prove that they are not living branches of the True Vine; they bore no fruit, and the husbandman taketh them away.” {2SM 368.1}

And if you take the Millerite History and understand that the Millerite History is repeated to the very letter at the end of the world, then you make the assumption that the foolish virgins that left the Millerites on October 22, 1844, are giving us an example of the foolish virgins of Adventism that leave at The Sunday Law. So, we can think, “Well, the historians infer that it is 1,000:1 ratio; 50,000:50 overnight; but, it is going to be greater than that, a greater number than we now anticipate. It would be nice if it was only 1,000:1 here, but look around at the condition of Adventism. It is pretty clear that it is going to be greater than that.

—“¹⁷One thousand shall flee at the rebuke of one; at the rebuke of five shall ye flee: till ye be left as a beacon upon the top of a mountain, and as an ensign on an hill. ¹⁸And therefore will the Lord wait,”—

The Lord will wait. When will the Lord wait? He tarries; the Bridegroom tarries.

—“¹⁸And therefore will the Lord wait, that he may be gracious unto you, and therefore will he be exalted, that he may have mercy upon you: for the Lord is a God of judgment: blessed are all they that wait for him.” Isaiah 30:8-18 (KJV).

So, in the Millerite History, when did the Lord wait? On March 22, 1844, the first disappointment came: The Bridegroom tarried.

What happened thereafter? It is the climax of the Everlasting Gospel. From March 22 to October 22, during that seven months, in that history that is called The Seventh Month Movement; not from that logic, but it is called The Seventh Month Movement. He produces two classes of worshippers, the wise and the foolish of the Millerite History; and, those that are blessed are the ones that wait for him during that time period.

So, the Lord waits to mark the beginning of the climax of the Everlasting Gospel. And when He reaches the point that He is going to introduce the three-step prophetic testing message that develops and then demonstrates those two classes, when He reaches a point where he says, “Okay. Here we go. We are going to begin this separation in Adventism. We are going to begin to seal the 144,000,” when He reaches that point, He tarries. Okay? And He tarried on 9/11/2001. He is now going to bless those that wait for Him. He is going to lift them up as an ensign.

But, a far greater number in Adventism are “out of the way” because they have rejected the proof-text method of Biblical study introduced by William Miller, and because they have rejected these Tables that are noted in Habakkuk, and they are preparing to flee at the rebuke of the wise virgins.

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Jeff?

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Yes?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: In Ecclesiastes 7:27-28, it is 1000:1.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Ecclesiastes 7:27-28 says,

“²⁷Behold, this have I found, saith the preacher, counting one by one, to find out the account: ²⁸Which yet my soul seeketh, but I find not: one man among a thousand have I found, but a woman among all those have I not found.” Ecclesiastes 7:27-28 (KJV).

Okay. I have that marked, but I get your point.

So, let us go back quickly through Isaiah 30, verses 8 through 18.

Habakkuk 2:1-4; Jeremiah 6:16-17; Isaiah 31:1-3; Matthew 25:8-9; Daniel 12:12

Habakkuk 2:1-4, we do not have to go there. We are just referencing. It is the Table; it is the Table that is noted in a Book that identifies the rebels in the camp and the righteous in the camp.

Jeremiah 6:16-17 are the Old Paths that we need to return to if we are going to find rest for our souls.

And let us go to Jeremiah 6:16. We all know this, but to put it in the record. The counsel here in Isaiah 30 was, “In returning and rest shall ye be saved.” And in verse 16 of Jeremiah 6, it says,

“¹⁶Thus saith the Lord, Stand ye in the ways, and see, and ask for the old paths, where is the good way, and walk therein, and ye shall find rest for your souls. But they said, We will not walk therein. ¹⁷Also I set watchmen over you, saying, Hearken to the sound of the trumpet. But they said, We will not hearken.” Jeremiah 6:16-17 (KJV).

Okay. So, not only are they rejecting the Old Paths, they are rejecting a message that comes based upon the Old Paths that is the trumpet message; and, the Trumpet Message at the end of the world is the Seventh Trumpet.

[Referring to the lower right-hand corner of the 1843 Chart] And the Fifth Trumpet was a Woe (the First Woe), and the Sixth Trumpet was the Second Woe, and the Seventh Trumpet (the message they are rejecting, as they are rejecting the Old Paths and the Latter Rain) is the message of the Third Woe. And if the First Woe was Islam, and the Second Woe was Islam, the message they are rejecting is the Message of Islam.

Go to Isaiah 31:1-3. I do not rightly remember why I have that in there. Perhaps I can just speak to it—oh, they are going to flee on horses. Okay? Verse 1 of Isaiah 31.

And remember, we were reading this passage from Isaiah 30; so, verse 31, it is the same vision. It is commenting on itself. So, in verse 16 of Isaiah 30, it said, “But ye said, No; for we will flee upon horses; therefore shall ye flee: and, We will ride upon the swift; therefore shall they that pursue you be swift.” So, these foolish virgins in Adventism that are going to flee on horses, which is what the people in the story of Aaron wanted to do. They wanted to go back to Egypt.

In verse 1 of Isaiah 31, it says,

“¹Woe to them that go down to Egypt for help;”—

Is that not where Aaron’s crew wanted to go?

—“and stay on horses, and trust in chariots, because they are many; and in horsemen, because they are very strong; but they look not unto the Holy One of Israel, neither seek the Lord!”—

They do not want to look to the Holy One of Israel, “Cause Him to cease before us! We want to take another path.”

Verse 2:

—“²Yet he also is wise, and will bring evil, and will not call back his words: but will arise against the house of the evildoers, and against the help of them that work iniquity. ³Now the Egyptians are men, and not God;”—

Now, they want to go to Egypt. They want to trust in men, not God.

—“and their horses flesh, and not spirit. ³When the Lord shall stretch out his hand, both he that helpeth shall fall, and he that is holpen shall fall down, and they all shall fall together.” Isaiah 31:1-3 (KJV).

So, when they are going to flee on horses, what are they going to flee on? Their own human strength.

And they are fleeing from what? The Latter Rain, the outpouring of the Holy Spirit.

In Matthew 25:8-9, it says,

—“⁸And the foolish said unto the wise, Give us of your oil; for our lamps are gone out. ⁹But the wise answered, saying, Not so; lest there be not enough for us and you: but go ye rather to them that sell, and buy for yourselves.” Matthew 25:8-9 (KJV).

Okay. This is, in these verses, the breaking of the pot, where there is no shard to get fire or water: “. . . blessed are they that wait for him,” in Isaiah 30:18, of course, is referencing Daniel 12:12, “Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days.”

Two Tables

Exodus 32:9-16

The Two Table: We are back to Exodus now, back to the story of Aaron. What we have just done with the story of Exodus is explain what takes us “out of the way,” what took them “out of the way,” the Mystery of Iniquity, the whoring, the false doctrine (the wine); and, their refusal to accept the message that the Lord provides, that is represented upon Habakkuk’s Two Tables. They are “out of the way,” “they are out of the way.”

In verse 9 of Exodus 32, it says,

“⁹And the Lord said unto Moses, I have seen this people, and, behold, it is a stiffnecked people: ¹⁰Now therefore let me alone, that my wrath may wax hot against them, and that I may consume them: and I will make of thee a great nation. ¹¹And Moses besought the Lord his God, and said, Lord, why doth thy wrath wax hot against the people, which thou hast brought forth out of the land of Egypt with great power, and with a mighty hand? ¹²Wherefore should the Egyptians speak, and say, For mischief did he bring them out, to slay them in the mountains, and to consume them from the face of the earth? Turn from thy fierce wrath, and repent of this evil against thy people. ¹³Remember Abraham, Isaac, and Israel, thy servants, to whom thou swarest by thine own self, and saidst unto them, I will multiply your seed as the stars of heaven, and all this land that I have spoken of will I give unto your seed, and they shall inherit it for ever. ¹⁴And the Lord repented of the evil which he thought to do unto his people.

“¹⁵And Moses turned, and went down from the mount, and the two tables of the testimony were in his hand: the tables were written on both their sides; on the one side and on the other were they written. ¹⁶And the tables were the work of God, and the writing was the writing of God, graven upon the tables.” Exodus 32:9-16 (KJV).

Okay. So, what we are saying here is that those two tables prefigured these Two Tables [the 1843 and 1850 Charts], and that these are the work of God. And you can see the two quotes in your notes that we have referred to often.

“I have seen that the 1843 chart was directed by the hand of the Lord, and that it should not be altered; that the figures were as He wanted them; that His hand was over and hid a mistake in some of the figures, so that none could see it, until His hand was removed.” {Early Writings, 74.1}.

And then of this Chart (the 1850 Chart), it says,

“I saw that God was in the publishment of the chart by Brother Nichols. I saw that there was a prophecy of this chart in the Bible, and if this chart is designed for God’s people, if it [is] sufficient for one it is for another, and if one needed a new chart painted on a larger scale, all need it just as much.” {Manuscript Releases, volume 13, 359.1}

So, when it comes to the 1863 Chart that the drunkards of Ephraim want us to believe is the chart the point-in-reference for Adventism, you will find no, NONE, NADA endorsement from the Spirit of Prophecy that says the Lord directed the 1863 Chart, or that the 1863 Chart is the fulfillment in the prophecy in the Bible.

These two Charts [the 1843 and 1850 Charts]—and these are not the only references— Sister White says more than once that these two Charts, they are both the fulfillment of Habakkuk, and Habakkuk 2 talks about “Write the vision and make it plain upon tables” (in the plural). These two Tables are the subject of prophecy. These two Tables are the Tables that were given to spiritual Israel, modern Israel at the beginning of Adventism to mark the covenant between God and His people, the same way the two tables that Moses was bringing down was to mark the covenant between Ancient Israel [and God].

The spirit of antichrist that seeks to change times and law, according to the Book of Daniel, in seeking to change times and law by the antichrist is an attempt to change the two tables. So, anyone that wants to say these Two Tables [1843 and 1850 Charts] need to be changed, “We need to change them to what is on the 1863 Chart,” that is the spirit of antichrist.

Celebration Worship

Exodus 32:17-18; Isaiah 22:12-14

So, Moses is coming down from the Mount with the Tables, and in verse 17 [of Exodus 32] it says,

“¹⁷And when Joshua heard the noise of the people as they shouted, he said unto Moses, There is a noise of war in the camp. ¹⁸And he said, it is not the voice of them that shout for mastery, neither is it the voice of them that cry for being overcome: but the noise of them that sing do I hear.” Exodus 32:17-18 (KJV).

And their style of worship here is the style of worship that confronts many Adventist Churches today, Celebration Worship. Here in the Day of Atonement, when we are supposed to be fasting and praying and afflicting our souls, they are partying down. And celebration-style worship came out of the Vatican II documents. Celebration was invented by the Papacy, and the Papacy designed to introduce it into the Pentecostal Church and spread it through all the Christian churches; and, it is here in Adventism today, the same worship style that was going on with Aaron at the foot of the Mount.

And we read purposely a long time ago in this series—I think we read all the way through Isaiah 22; but, now I am uncertain. Let us go to Isaiah 22 to give a second witness to this celebration-style worship that is confronting Adventism today that is prefigured by the celebration-style worship that Aaron was accomplishing at the foot of the Mount.

In verse 12 of Isaiah 22—and I do not know if you remember Isaiah 22, but there are two classes of worshippers in Isaiah 22 that are represented by Eliakim—or is it Hilkiah? Let me make sure on that. (Pause in presentation)— . . . Eliakim, the son of Hilkiah, contrasted with Shebna (Shebna the foolish virgin that is going to be cast into a field, like a ball. He is going to be spewed out of the mouth of the Lord; he is the Laodicean); Eliakim being the Philadelphians (the 144,000). But, the time period that is being presented in Isaiah 22 is the time period of the Day of Atonement. And in verse 12, it says,

“¹²And in that day did the Lord God of hosts call to weeping, and to mourning, and to baldness, and to girding with sackcloth:”—

What day does He call us to that kind of experience?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Day of Atonement.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: That is the Day of Atonement.

Verse 13:

—“¹³And behold joy and gladness, slaying oxen, and killing sheep, eating flesh, and drinking wine: let us eat and drink; for to morrow we shall die.”—

This is the same kind of worship that was going on at the foot of the Mount with Aaron. They are partying down when they are supposed to be fasting and afflicting their souls.

And in verse 14, it says,

—“¹⁴And it was revealed in mine ears by the Lord of hosts, Surely this iniquity”—

This style of worship,

“—Surely this iniquity shall not be purged”—

And this Hebrew word purged is atoned for.

—“shall not be purged [atoned for] from you till ye die, saith the Lord God of hosts.” Isaiah 22:12-14 (KJV).

So, this style of worship that was being accomplished by Aaron and his cohorts at the foot of the Mount is prefiguring a style of worship that will be accomplished in Adventism at the end of time, just before The Sunday Law, when the wall suddenly breaks.

Habakkuk’s Two Tables #68

PART SEVEN: JOSIAH

(Having begun within the time allotted for Presentation #67)*

Aaron’s Foundational Rejection—Exodus 32, Part Three

(See Notes for Presentation #68)

Broken Covenant

Exodus 32:19-20; Revelation 14:9-11

Exodus 32:19-20

I have bit off more than I can chew here, once again.*

“¹⁹And it came to pass, as soon as he came nigh unto the camp, that he saw the calf, and the dancing: and Moses’ anger waxed hot,”—

You know that there is virtually—there is a lot of Seventh-day Adventist Churches in the City of London. And I do not have experience with lots of places in the world, but I used to go to London on a regular basis, not that I have been to every Adventist Church in London; I have been to very few; but, I have spoken to the Adventists in London, and those churches, many churches, there is just virtually none of them that do not have this style of worship. Some of the Adventist Churches in London, you can go in there and they will be dancing in the aisles.

So, if we are not out going into every single Seventh-day Adventist Church each Sabbath, we do not understand how accurate that God’s Word is to what is really taking place. So, okay, I have seen places on Planet Earth where this kind of foolishness is being accomplished on a regular basis, “and all the leadership answered not a word.”

“¹⁹And it came to pass, as soon as he came nigh unto the camp, that he saw the calf, and the dancing: and Moses’ anger waxed hot, and he cast the tables out of his hands, and brake them beneath the mount. ²⁰And he took the calf which they had made, and burnt it in the fire, and ground it to powder, and strawed it upon the water, and made the children of Israel drink of it.

What is he doing here?

We mentioned yesterday that the calf is both the image of the beast, and the worship of the beast and of the image is Sunday worship. This is The Sunday Law at the end of the world.

Revelation 14:9-11

And if you go to Revelation 14:9-11, you see the punishment for those that are going to accept the mark of the beast, that are going to accept Sunday sacredness. In verse 9, it says,

“⁹And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, If any man worship the beast and his image,”—

Were they worshipping the beast and his image there at the foot of the Mount?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: —“and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand, ¹⁰The same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out”—

Were they going to drink something as their punishment? We just read it.

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: —“which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his indignation, and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb: ¹¹And the smoke of their torment ascendeth up for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image, and whosoever receiveth the mark of his name.” Revelation 14:9-11 (KJV).

So, here in the story of Aaron is typified the punishment of those that receive the mark of the beast at the end of the world. Exodus 32 is illustrating the end of the world.

The People

And the end of the world is the end of Adventism; so, Exodus 32 is also illustrating the beginning of Adventism. And we have not taken time yet to look at Daniel 2, Daniel 8, and Revelation 17 in terms of the progressive there that is marked. But, in Daniel 2 you see a progression that is purposely identified in prophecy, a progression.

You see the progression in the metals in Daniel 2: [referring to kingdoms as represented in the figure of a man in the upper left-hand corner of the 1843 Chart] Gold, Silver, Brass, Iron, Iron and Clay. Gold is more valuable than Silver, which is more valuable than Brass, which is more valuable than Iron. Gold is softer than Silver, which is softer than Brass, which is softer than Iron. There is a purposeful progression.

And Sister White comments on this progression. She talks about the corruption of the religion of the world as history proceeds.

But, in Daniel 8, you get a second testimony to this progression in Daniel, chapter 8; because, the powers of Bible prophecy in Daniel 8, [beginning with the gold head of Babylon] they gâdal [self-exaltation] themselves.

And the Medes and the Persians [the Silver] gâdal themselves.

But, Alexander the Great [the Brass] even gâdal himself even more than the Medes and the Persians.

And the Romans [the Iron], they gâdal themselves more than even Alexander the Great.

And the Papacy, down here in the Iron and Clay, it gâdals itself even more than Pagan Rome.

But, disregarding the gâdal, there is a purposeful progression that is marked here.

And, of course, in Revelation 17 you see this progression, if you can see, is that it [referring back to the figure of the man] is a story about how the Mystery of Iniquity, of how the Papacy, of how Mystery Babylon moves from one head [from one kingdom] to the next kingdom down through history.

Okay. When she [Mystery Babylon] is taking off one head in 1798—right?—she is taking off the beast that carried her at that time, the European kings in 1798. And immediately what did she began to do? She began to get back upon the next beast.

Who is the beast in 1798?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The United States.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The United States.

Revelation 17 is talking about this progression of the Mystery Babylon Woman, of how she progresses through history riding different “heads” [beasts] to accomplish her work. And in the Millerite History what the apostate Protestants—at that time they were Protestants; they were then becoming apostate Protestants—what they did is they continued to carry Rome with them. They came to the point where the Protestant Reformation was going to reach its climax, and the next step was the Lord was going to return His people to Sabbathkeeping, and they continued to uphold Sunday. They continued to carry the doctrines of Rome in their hearts and their minds and they got separated from modern Israel, the beginning of Adventism. So, right there is an illustration of The Sunday Law in the history of the Millerites, if you will see it. And the punishment is that you drink this golden water that Moses has made, and the smoke of your torment rises forever and ever. And sure enough, the Protestants in the Millerite History began to pray to the Holy Place and Satan answered their prayers.

Let us stop it there and take it up tomorrow. The reason being is it does not look like we have very much left in our notes, but we do.

What we are doing here, so you understand the relation of all these things, is we are still in the part of this worship series where we are showing the typifications of these two Charts [the 1843 and the 1850 Charts] in God’s Word. Not only are these two Charts the Two Tables that mark the covenant with modern Israel, despite what Adventism will say about that, these are the Two Covenant Tables for Adventism; but, because of this, the Bible has typified the role, the purpose, the history of these two Charts throughout God’s Word, and we are in the process of looking at some of the places where this is typified.

And Jesus being the Beginning and the Ending, He illustrates the end of a thing from the beginning of a thing, and the thing that we are dealing with right now is the golden calf, among other things; and, the golden calf, its beginning is with Aaron, and the story of the golden calf, its end is with Jeroboam, who builds two golden calves and then says the very same thing, “These be thy gods that brought thee out of Egypt.”

So, we are going to look at Aaron’s story and Jeroboam’s story to see the beginning and the end and see how these two stories are both contributing to the end of the world, in order to set up the context for understanding who the disobedient prophet is. And the disobedient prophet comes with a prophetic message to Jeroboam at the very point in time where he is setting up these two golden calves, and that disobedient prophet then carries out a sequence of events that contribute to our understanding of Adventism; but, that disobedient prophet first gives a prophecy to Jeroboam, and it is the prophecy of Josiah. So, we want to build all the background so we can get to Josiah; because, Josiah represents, among other things, the people at the end of the world that discover in the Sanctuary the curse of Moses. And because they discover the curse of Moses, it produces a revival. And so we want to see this typified. That is why we are taking time with Aaron and Jeroboam.

Shall we pray?

Benediction: Heavenly Father, we thank you that you have allowed us to live another day, that we might serve you. And as we take up our service for you this day, we ask that you would watch over us and keep us safe and that what we do will be to your glory and honor. We want to understand how Aaron and Jeroboam are illustrating the days in which we live. We ask that you continue to open our understanding to these things. We want to understand that these Two Tables are most certainly the symbols of the covenant that you entered into at the beginning of Adventism with your people, and they are the symbols of your covenant that you are now entering into with those that you are about to lift up as an ensign. We thank you for the beautiful weather that you have given us here recently, and we thank you for the easy times that we have here to come together and worship. We know that in some parts of the world these types of easy times are not available, and that in the very near future the country in which we live is going to become the point of greatest darkness on Planet Earth, and easy times will be no more until your return. So, help us to take advantage of these times, that we can press together with one another and gather strength from the power that is contained in your Word. And we thank you for all these things in Jesus’s name. Amen.

Habakkuk’s Two Tables #68 (Continued)

PART SEVEN: JOSIAH

Presented by Jeff Pippenger

Invocation by Brother Jeff Pippenger: Heavenly Father, as we come to this study this morning, we ask that you would grant us your guidance, that you would give us your Holy Spirit to direct our thoughts, our understanding. We want the Latter Rain poured out upon us. We ask that you accomplish that by giving us a deeper understanding of the significance of the story of Aaron and the golden calf and its relationship to Jeroboam. We want to understand these things in a way that we can be benefited as individuals, to become more like you in thought, word, and deed, and also that we might have a message to share with those that we come in contact with. Please take control of my humanity, that I can be a tool in your hand and not have my human thoughts interjected into this study. We ask that you prepare the hearts and minds of those that hear it, to receive it as you see fit that it might accomplish what you intend for it to. In Jesus’s name, amen.

Aaron’s Foundational Rejection—Exodus 32, Part Three (Continued)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: This is our third consideration of Exodus 32, the golden calf and Aaron. We left off yesterday midway through Exodus 32. We are going to start with verses 21 through 24.

The People (Continued)

Exodus 32:21-24

We have just seen Moses come down and punish the people by turning the gold into dust and mixing it with water and making them drink their idol, prefiguring the drinking of God’s wrath by those that receive the mark of the beast in Revelation 14’s Third Angel’s Message.

Now we want to read verses 21 through 24.

“²¹And Moses said unto Aaron, What did this people unto thee, that thou hast brought so great a sin upon them? ²²And Aaron said, Let not the anger of my lord wax hot: thou knowest the people, that they are set on mischief. ²³For they said unto me, Make us gods, which shall go before us: for as for this Moses, the man that brought us up out of the land of Egypt, we wot not what is become of him. ²⁴And I said unto them, Whosoever hath any gold, let them break it off. So they gave it me: then I cast it into the fire, and there came out this calf.” Exodus 32:21‑24 (KJV).

So, Aaron is suffering under the guilt of what he has done.

Naked, Poor, Blind and Miserable

Exodus 32:25

Verse 25 says,

“²⁵And when Moses saw that the people were naked; (for Aaron had made them naked unto their shame among their enemies:)” Exodus 32:25 (KJV).

Who is it that is naked?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Multiple indiscernible responses.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: These are the Laodiceans: naked, poor, blind, and miserable.

We are suggesting this story is illustrating the end of the world in our day and age, but also the history of the Millerites, because the beginning illustrates the end. Those people in the Millerite History that end up naked are the ones that are praying to the Holy Place when Christ moves into the Most Holy Place.

The Levites

Exodus 32:26-29

Beginning in verse 26,

“²⁶Then Moses stood in the gate of the camp, and said, Who is on the Lord’s side? Let him come unto me. And all the sons of Levi gathered themselves together unto him. ²⁷And he said unto them, Thus saith the Lord God of Israel, Put every man his sword by his side, and go in and out from gate to gate throughout the camp, and slay every man his brother, and every man his companion, and every man his neighbor. ²⁸And the children of Levi did according to the word of Moses: and there fell of the people that day about three thousand men. ²⁹For Moses had said, Consecrate yourselves to day to the Lord, even every man upon his son, and upon his brother: that he may bestow upon you a blessing this day.” Exodus 32:26-29 (KJV).

And, of course, the Levites are going to be marked in the story of Jeroboam, and we are saying that the story of Aaron is the beginning of the story of the golden calf and Jeroboam is the end, and the Levites are the ones that are faithful in this history.

Let us go to Malachi. This history is prefiguring the end of the world, prefiguring the Millerites as well. And we have looked at Malachi 3 often in this study. And in verse 1 it says,

“¹Behold, I will send my messenger, and he shall prepare the way before me:”—

In the time of Christ, this was John the Baptist; and, this was William Miller in the Millerite History, preparing the way for Christ to change dispensations. With John the Baptist He was changing dispensations from the earthly sanctuary to the Heavenly Sanctuary; in the story of Miller, from the Holy Place to the Most Holy Place.

—“¹Behold, I will send my messenger, and he shall prepare the way before me: and the Lord, whom ye seek, shall suddenly come to his temple, even the messenger of the covenant, whom ye delight in: behold, he shall come, saith the Lord of hosts. ²But who may abide the day of his coming? And who shall stand when he appeareth? For he is like a refiner’s fire, and like fullers’ sope: ³And he shall sit as a refiner and purifier of silver: and he shall purify the sons of Levi, and purge them as gold and silver, that they may offer unto the Lord an offering in righteousness.” Malachi 3:1-3 (KJV).

In verse 1 of Malachi 3, when Christ comes to His temple, you see it referenced there in verse 1 two times; and, Sister White takes this verse, as we have demonstrated before, and applies it to the Two Temple Cleansings of Christ.

In verses 2 and 3 is a description of the process of cleansing the temple. The Lord is going to sit as a refiner and a fuller, and He produces a purification process that is the Everlasting Gospel. He did so in the history when He walked among men, the history of John the Baptist; and, He did so in the history of the Millerites, cleansing the temple twice, producing a group of people, the Levites, that moved into the Most Holy Place with Him. But, all of these histories are pointing forward to the end of the world in the development of the 144,000, which is 12 tribes, Levites of only one tribe. And when it comes to the Levites, it is emphasizing those people that come out of God’s Church that are going to stand faithful in The Sunday Law crisis.

So, the Levites back here in Exodus 32 are prefiguring Seventh-day Adventists that are lifted up as an ensign at the end of the world. They are marked for their willingness to make a distinction between God’s Law and the golden calf.

Back to your notes.

The Day of Atonement

Exodus 32:30

Exodus 32, verse 30, says,

“³⁰And it came to pass on the morrow, that Moses said unto the people, Ye have sinned a great sin: and now I will go up unto the Lord; peradventure I shall make an atonement for your sin.” Exodus 32:30 (KJV).

Thus referencing the Day of Atonement, pointing forward to the conclusion of the Millerite History, where those that are typified by the Levites move into the Most Holy Place with Christ at the beginning of the Day of Atonement, and prefiguring those of us here at the end of Adventism that are living in the atypical Day of Atonement and preparing, hopefully, for the Seal of God at The Sunday Law. So, this is clearly placed in the context of the Day of Atonement, when we understand that all the prophets are speaking about the end of the world.

The Blotting Out—the Latter Rain

Exodus 32:31-35

Then in verses 31 through 35 it gets even more specific about what is being referenced. Verse 31 says,

“³¹And Moses returned unto the Lord, and said, Oh, this people have sinned a great sin, and have made them gods of gold. ³²Yet now, if thou wilt forgive their sin—: and if not, blot me, I pray thee, out of thy book which thou hast written. ³³And the Lord said unto Moses, Whosoever hath sinned against me, him will I blot out of my book. ³⁴Therefore now go, lead the people unto the place of which I have spoken unto thee: behold, mind Angel shall go before thee: nevertheless in the day when I visit I will visit their sin upon them. ³⁵And the Lord plagued the people, because they made the calf, which Aaron made.” Exodus 32:31-35 (KJV).

So, not only is this referencing the Day of Atonement, it is referencing the very conclusion of the Day of Atonement when Christ is blotting out sins: the Judgment of the Living; the time of the Latter Rain.

So, what we are identifying here is that the story of Aaron is prefiguring the story of Jeroboam.

Jeroboam

A Prophecy

1 Kings 11:29-31

Let us go to 1 Kings 11. We are saying that the story of the golden calf with Aaron is prefiguring the story of the golden calves with Jeroboam, that they are the beginning and the end; and, therefore, the characteristics in the story of Aaron are going to hold true with the characteristics in the story of Jeroboam.

In 1 Kings 11, beginning in verse 29, it says,

“²⁹And it came to pass at that time when Jeroboam went out of Jerusalem, that the prophet Ahijah the Shilonite found him in the way; and he had clad himself with a new garment; and they two were alone in the field: ³⁰And Ahijah caught the new garment that was on him, and rent it in twelve pieces: ³¹And he said to Jeroboam, Take thee ten pieces: for thus saith the Lord, the God of Israel, Behold, I will rend the kingdom out of the hand of Solomon, and will give ten tribes to thee: . . .” 1 Kings 11:29-31 (KJV).

So, here is a prophecy of the division of Israel, and the Ten Northern Tribes and Two Southern Tribes, and Jeroboam is the focus of the prophecy. He is going to be the first king. And he could have had a righteous kingdom; but, when it all plays out, he is not going to walk in the way of righteousness.

A Promise

1 Kings 11:35-40

He is given a promise in verse 35 to this effect. It says,

“³⁵But I will take the kingdom”—

After He says he will not take it from Solomon; He is going to take it from Solomon’s son.

—“³⁵But I will take the kingdom out of his son’s hand and will give it unto thee, even ten tribes. ³⁶And unto his son will I give one tribe, that David my servant may have a light always before me in Jerusalem, the city which I have chosen me to put my name there. ³⁷And I will take thee, and thou shalt reign according to all that thy soul desireth, and shall be king over Israel. ³⁸And it shall be, if thou will hearken unto all that I command thee, and wilt walk in my ways, and do that is right in my sight, to keep my statutes and my commandments, as David my servant did; that I will be with thee, and build thee a sure house, as I built for David, and will give Israel unto thee.”—

So, the promise here—let me read two more verses.

—“³⁹And I will for this afflict the seed of David, but not for ever. ⁴⁰Solomon sought therefore to kill Jeroboam. And Jeroboam arose, and fled into Egypt, unto Shishak king of Egypt, and was in Egypt until the death of Solomon.” 1 Kings 11:35-40 (KJV).

So, we are seeing here Solomon’s jealousy drives Jeroboam into Egypt, and Jeroboam is being typified by Aaron, and the story of Aaron takes place right after Aaron comes out of Egypt. And, of course, the story of Jeroboam and his golden calves are going to take place after he comes out of Egypt.

But, to be noted here is that this is a prophecy that the kingdom was going to be divided. This is a prophecy that had to come to pass. This is a prophecy similar to the prophecy of the covering up of the truths on these [1843 and 1850] Charts. There was going to be a return to the Old Paths at the end of the world, and an argument where the majority of Adventism is going to refuse to walk in the Old Paths. And in order that these Old Paths to be rediscovered at the end of the world, they have to be covered up. This is a prophecy. The covering up has to take place in order for them to be rediscovered.

So also with Jeroboam: Something has to happen to divide the kingdom into two parts, and it was God’s Word that He was going to make it happen. How people related to the fulfillment of that prophecy is up to individuals, but it was going to happen now because it has become part of God’s Word. There was going to become a division in the kingdom.

The Third Day

1 Kings 12:12-19

Let us look at chapter 12, verses 12 through 19, of 1 Kings, beginning at verse 12.

“¹²So Jeroboam”—

And Jeroboam has come back from Egypt. He has come to the meeting with Rehoboam, where Rehoboam is going to inform them as to how he is going to govern, as compared to how Solomon governed.

Verse 12:

“¹²So Jeroboam and all the people came to Rehoboam the third day,”—

Rehoboam had said, “Give me three days to consider how I am going to govern,” and they came back at the end of three days. And three days, of course, is a prophetic symbol in the Scriptures. We will not deal with that right here, but Christ was in the tomb for three days. Christ compared those three days to the building of the temple; and, in John 2:20, the Jews say the temple took 46 years to build, so this three days could be understood as 46 years; it could be understood, therefore, as the Three Angels’ Messages that came into history from 1798 to 1844.

And here in this story, the kingdom is going to be divided at the end of three days; therefore, it is going to be divided—when?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Inaudible response.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: In 1844.

Okay. This has a lesson to the division of apostate Protestantism from Millerite Adventism. The First Angel’s Message was sent to the Protestant world. They were tested for 46 years. At the end of 46 years, they began to fulfill their role as the False Prophet of Bible prophecy. The Millerite Adventists have been identified as the True Prophet in that history, that this history is governed by the story of Elijah. And at the end of three days, in 1844, Protestantism is going to be divided into apostate Protestantism and Millerite Adventism.

Okay. 1 Kings 12:12:

“¹²So Jeroboam and all the people came to Rehoboam the third day,”—

They came in 1844.

—“as the king had appointed, saying, Come to me again the third day.”—

The kingdom is going to be divided at The Sunday Law once again, in Adventism, at the end of the third day.

—“¹³And the king answered the people roughly, and forsook the old men’s counsel that they gave him;”—

Rehoboam here is rejecting the Old Paths.

—“¹⁴And spake to them after the counsel of the young men, saying, My father made your yoke heavy, and I will add to your yoke: my father also chastised you with whips, but I will chastise you with scorpions. ¹⁵Wherefore the king hearkened not unto the people; for the cause was from the Lord, that he might perform his saying, which the Lord spake by Ahijah the Shilonite unto Jeroboam the son of Nebat.”—

This is important (verse 15) for me. Whatever Rehoboam did, even if he had taken a righteous response to this situation, the kingdom was going to be divided, one way or another, by the Lord. That could not be turned backwards.

—“¹⁶So when all Israel saw that the king hearkened not unto them, the people answered the king, saying, What portion have we in David? Neither have we inheritance in the son of Jesse: to your tents, O Israel: now see to thine own house, David. So Israel departed unto their tents. ¹⁷But as for the children of Israel which dwelt in the cities of Judah, Rehoboam reigned over them. ¹⁸Then king Rehoboam sent Adoram, who was over the tribute; and all Israel stoned him with stones, that he died. Therefore king Rehoboam made speed to get him up to his chariot, to flee to Jerusalem. ¹⁹So Israel rebelled against the house of David unto this day.” 1 Kings 12:12-19 (KJV).

So, what we are saying here, just to put this in place:

1AM 2AM 3AM

1798 1842 10/22/1844

MILLERITES JOSIAH

● (Disappointment)

46 years

(John 2:20: 46 years = 3 days)

ELIJAH 3½ years

Drought ● (Disappointment)

9/11/2001 The Sunday Law

144,000

● (Disappointment)

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Door Closes

Figure No. 137.

1798 to 1844 is 46 years; but, based upon John 2:20, this 46 years is 3 days.

The First Angel’s Message came here; the Second Angel’s Message arrives in 1842; the Third Angel’s Message arrives on October 22, 1844. These Three Angels’ Messages are the three days. At the end of the three days, the kingdom is divided.

This is the story of Elijah. This is the three and a half years of drought. And by the time you get to the punishment of the prophets of Baal, them being slain after the fire comes down out of Heaven proving that Elijah is the True Prophet, the False Prophets are slain right here; and, you are seeing two classes of worshippers that are demonstrated in this history [of Elijah] and in this history [of the Millerites], but you are seeing the seal of approval being put on Millerite Adventism, and you are seeing apostate Protestantism begin to fill its role as the False Prophet.

This also is repeated in our history. At 9/11, the testing process of Adventism begins. At The Sunday Law it ends. In this history from 9/11 to The Sunday Law, there are three primary tests that take place; the third is where the door closes. At The Sunday Law, two classes are demonstrated.

At the slaying of the prophets of Baal [in the line of Elijah], two classes are demonstrated.

In 1844 [in Millerite History], two classes are demonstrated.

These three days of Jeroboam is leading us to 1844. This we want you to see; because, at this point in time, Israel (the Ten Northern Tribes) becomes apostate Protestantism; and, the Two Southern Tribes of Judah become Millerite Adventism, if you can follow the logic of this.

The Prophetic Chain

3:1 Combinations

Legend: ● = Disappointment

Figure No. 138.

Now, this here, we have looked at this before. This is the prophetic chain.

William Miller, Ellen White says that William Miller was given the commencement to the Chain of Truth; and, of course, William Miller tells us the three commencements that he was given was 677BC, the commencement of the 2520; 457BC, the commencement of the 2300 Days; and, AD508, the commencement of the 1335 and the 1290.

Miller (the Millerites), at the beginning of Adventism, were given the commencement to the Chain of Truth; and, at the end of Adventism, we have been given the links to the Chain of Truth. And these [see Figure No. 138] are the links. What these are, are the 3:1 combinations.

And this little mark here is the Disappointment that always follows the third waymark.

Right here [referring to 1844 in the Millerite reform line in Figure No. 137] is the Great Disappointment that follows this third waymark.

Right here [referring to Elijah’s reform line of Figure No. 137] is Elijah praying seven times, not one time, for the rain to come. He was disappointed that his prayer was not answered the first time around.

And, of course, there is going to be a disappointment that follows The Sunday Law in the United States when those Seventh-day Adventists that receive the Seal of God realize how few of their brothers and sisters stand with them in this crisis.

So, after the third waymark in the reform lines, we always see a disappointment.

So, in this first link of the chain, where this story begins in Eden, we see Christ, Adam, and Eve; followed by the disappointment of them being driven out of the Garden; and, then we see the story of Cain and Abel. This is the first link in the chain.

And I am not saying that I am including all the links. I am just trying to make a point in terms of Jeroboam here.

The next link in the chain that we can see easily is the story of Noah. We have the three (Shem, Japheth, and Ham); followed by the disappointment, the world being destroyed by a flood; and Noah is the fourth in this history.

Then, if we jump forward to the story of Moses, we see Miriam, Aaron, and Moses; the disappointment by the Red Sea; and, then Joshua is going to be the new leader in this story. Joshua goes into the Promised Land. They place the tent sanctuary in Shiloh.

And in Shiloh we see three persons (Hophni, Phinehas, and Eli); the disappointment of the ark being captured and all these men [Hophni, Phinehas, and Eli] being killed; and, then Samuel, this is the fourth waymark (the Fourth Angel’s Message) and Samuel, the new leader. Here, this is the story of Shiloh,

But now the Lord is choosing Jerusalem. Shiloh is being set aside, and the temple is going to be built in Jerusalem. And we see the first three kings (Saul, David, and Solomon), and here we are in the story of Rehoboam; the first disappointment is the rending of the kingdom, the division that we are talking about into two kingdoms; Rehoboam is the fourth waymark. The Lord chose Jerusalem here, but Jerusalem is going to be destroyed because of Israel’s disobedience.

The destruction of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar takes place in this history of three kings (Jehoiakim, Jehoiachin, and Zedekiah); the disappointment is the destruction of Jerusalem and the carrying away into captivity; and, Nebuchadnezzar is the fourth waymark in that history.

When it is time to come out of Babylon and rebuild Jerusalem and the temple, we once again have three kings (Cyrus, Darius, Artaxerxes), with the three decrees; with the disappointment of Ezra of how few people came out of Babylon under the Third Decree; and, then Artaxerxes again makes a decree again for Nehemiah to come and finish the work of rebuilding the streets and walls in troublous times. This third waymark [of Artaxerxes] begins the 2300-year prophecy that comes into history in AD1798, 1842, and 1844 (the First, Second, and Third Angels’ Messages), which are followed by a disappointment.

And then we are living now in the time of the Fourth Angel.

So, in these histories, we are saying that the 3:1 combination of Bible prophecy is the links in the chain. And I have just given you a brief overview of these.

Now, if you go back into them, you will see the story of a link and a chain. If you have a chain, every link is the same. Okay? And these are all the same. They are the 3:1 combination; but, they go through a metamorphosis as they proceed down through history.

The similarity here is these are Christ, Adam, and Eve, the creators of mankind, at least in one sense. Christ created us, and it is through Adam and Eve that all of us have been created; and, they produce Abel, the symbol of the Everlasting Gospel first set forth.

These in the next link, we once again have three family members [Shem, Japheth, and Ham]—these [also] are three family members [speaking of Christ, Adam, and Eve in the first 3:1 combination]. Christ is the Son of God, Adam [and Eve; and, Abel], they are family members at that level—and the disappointment leading to Noah.

In this level you can see how these leaders are the same, but they are changing. Shem, Japheth, and Ham you can say are also the creators of mankind, as these [Christ, Adam, and Eve] were, in the sense that after the Flood all mankind come down through Noah and his family.

So, there is a connection between each preceding and following link as you go down, although they are changing a little bit.

These are all family members [referring to the first three links], and these are all family members, Miriam, Aaron, and Moses. But, Joshua is not a family member; but, these are three leaders, followed by a fourth leader.

These are all leaders; they are family members (Hophni, Phinehas, and Eli), but these are bad leaders. There is a little bit of a change there.

These [Miriam and Aaron] were so-so leaders. Moses was an excellent leader, one mistake. Aaron and Miriam, there were some issues.

But, Hophni, Phinehas, and Eli, bad leaders, producing a new leader [Samuel] that is not family; just like Joshua, not family.

Now these leaders are changing to kings: beginning kings [Saul, king; David, king; Solomon, king; and Rehoboam, king]; and, ending kings [Jehoiakim, Jehoiachin, and Zedekiah]. There is a connection from that level. But, now a foreign king, Nebuchadnezzar, becomes the fourth waymark here.

Foreign kings [Cyrus, Darius, Artaxerxes]; but, here they are not simply kings, they are making decrees, pronouncements.

And the decrees, the pronouncements, when you get to this level [the 8^th link in Figure No. 138], they are messages. So, there is a connection at that level.

But, these links also show us a change of dispensation.

Here [link 1], Adam and Eve in the Garden were worshipping Christ face-to-face until sin came in; and, then they were driven from the Garden. And here with Abel, they were not so much worshipping at an altar. Where are they worshipping? The gates of the Garden of Eden

And here [link 2], they are worshipping at the gates of the Garden of Eden, until the Flood; and, then Noah institutes altar worship.

And altar worship continues until Moses [link 3] institutes the tent sanctuary, which is still active here [link 4] until the ark is captured.

And here the tent sanctuary is now going to be set aside for the permanent sanctuary, which Solomon [link 5] leads out in construction.

But here with Zedekiah [link 6], the permanent sanctuary is destroyed.

And now here with these decrees [link 7], the permanent sanctuary is to be rebuilt, but it is going to be destroyed in AD70.

So, here [link 8] now, the spiritual temple is being built.

So, once again, they are the same; they are a link; they are a 3:1 combination. They have a connection with the previous link and the following link; but, each of these links is showing a change in dispensations:

• Link 1: the gates of the Garden of Eden;

• Link 2: altar;

• Link 3: tent sanctuary;

• Link 4: here, a change is taking place: between Shiloh where the tent sanctuary was and Jerusalem.

• Link 5: In this story here, the Lord was setting aside Shiloh and choosing Jerusalem.

So, in these lines we see a change in dispensation.

And at the third waymark, one of the things that we see typified is The Sunday Law. When Nebuchadnezzar comes and destroys Jerusalem (when the King of the North comes and conquers Jerusalem) in this history, this is typifying The Sunday Law at the end of the world.

Of course, we know that at the end of the world, the third waymark down here [Figure No. 137, the line of the 144,000] is The Sunday Law.

And I did not put in here Christ. Christ is a 3:1 combination to that history.

But, in any case, the third waymark, when you put that together, you see a Sunday Law. The fourth waymark, this is the Latter Rain time period. It is showing a change in dispensation.

So, when we get to the rending of the kingdom with Rehoboam and Jeroboam, we are getting to October 22, 1844, where there is a change in dispensation from the Holy Place to the Most Holy Place; but, we are also seeing that apostate Protestantism is being identified, and Judah is being chosen over Shiloh, right here [link 5]. Judah is being chosen, and Jerusalem is being chosen. Judah is being chosen as the tribe where God is going to interact with them.

They Shall Kill Me

1 Kings 12:26-33

So, let us go to 1 Kings 12:26-33.

“²⁶And Jeroboam said in his heart, Now shall the kingdom return to the house of David:”—

Okay. Jeroboam now has the ten tribes; they have separated from Judah and Rehoboam.

He says to himself,

—“²⁷If this people go up to do sacrifice in the house of the Lord at Jerusalem, then shall the heart of this people turn again unto their lord, even unto Rehoboam king of Judah, and they shall kill me, and go again to Rehoboam king of Judah.”—

What is Jeroboam afraid of? Self-preservation; he thinks the people are going to kill him.

Why did Aaron build the golden calf? They believed the people were going to kill him. Aaron had just come out of Egypt; Jeroboam had just come out of Egypt. They are going to do the same thing, and it is motivated on misguided fear.

—“²⁸Whereupon the king took counsel, and made two calves of gold, and said unto them, It is too much for you to go up to Jerusalem: behold thy gods, O Israel, which brought thee up out of the land of Egypt. ²⁹And he set the one in Bethel, and the other put he in Dan. ³⁰And this thing became a sin: for the people went to worship before the one, even unto Dan. ³¹And he made an house of high places, and made priests of the lowest of the people,”—

Why did he make priests of the lowest people? Because, the Levites refused to participate in this worship.

—“[he] made priests of the lowest of the people, which were not of the sons of Levi. ³²And Jeroboam ordained a feast in the eighth month, on the fifteenth day of the month, like unto the feast that is in Judah, and he offered upon the altar.”—

He is making a counterfeit worship, just as Aaron did. After he made the calf and the altar, then he identified a feast of the Lord the next day, where they all rose up to eat, and drink, and play.

—“on the fifteenth day of the month, like unto the feast that is in Judah, and he offered upon the altar. So did he in Bethel, sacrificing unto the calves that he had made: and he placed in Bethel the priests of the high places which he had made. ³³So he offered upon the altar which he had made in Bethel the fifteenth day of the eighth month, even in the month which he had devised of his own heart; and ordained a feast unto the children of Israel: and he offered upon the altar, and burnt incense.” 1 Kings 12:26‑33 (KJV).

When Aaron made the golden calf, that calf was an image of a beast; and, the only definition of the image of the beast is the combination of church and state with the church in control of the relationship. So, in Aaron’s golden calf, we see the combination of church and state at the prophetic level.

And here when Jeroboam is repeating this sin, at the end of the story of the golden calf, he outdoes Aaron in the sense that he makes two golden calves, and he places one in the city of Bethel, and one in the city of Dan.

BETHEL: the house of God.

DAN: judge

And BETHEL, BETH mean house, EL means God. BETHEL is the house of God. That is church.

And DAN means judge. This is where judgment takes place. Judgment takes place by a king. A king is a political power; this is state.

So, we see more specifically, but given a second witness to the fact, that his golden calf represents the image of the beast, the combination of church and state.

A Man of God Out of Judah

1 Kings 13:1

So, Jeroboam has ordained this counterfeit worship service.

And then in 1 Kings 13:1—and this is where we are leading to:

“¹And, behold, there came a man of God out of Judah by the word of the Lord unto Bethel: and Jeroboam stood by the altar to burn incense.” 1 Kings 13:1 (KJV).

So, this prophet from Judah, who is he?

Right here [link 5, third waymark], in this history here where the kingdom is divided, this 3:1 combination—Rehoboam would be the fourth in this history—right here at this disappointment, what is taking place? Two classes have been demonstrated. In this history you have the Ten Northern Tribes which becomes Israel, and the Two Southern Tribes which is Judah. That is this history here with Rehoboam.

So, who is Israel and Judah in the history of the Millerites, right here [see Figure No. 137]?

Judah is the Millerites. They have just been chosen.

Were they not chosen? Did the Lord not just enter into covenant with Millerite Adventism in 1844?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: So, who is Israel, the Ten Northern Tribes? That is the False Prophet in the terminology of Elijah, but it is apostate Protestantism [in the Millerite History].

So, this prophet from Judah, who is he? This is the Millerites, and they are taking a message to apostate Protestantism. Right?

Okay. Verses 2 through 10 [of 1 Kings 13] says,

“²And he cried against the altar”—

This altar that Jeroboam had set up for this worship service.

And what does the altar represent? Christ. So, he has created a false Christ here.

—“²And he cried against the altar in the word of the Lord, and said, O altar, altar,”—

We are going to deal with “altar, altar.”

—“thus saith the Lord; Behold, a child shall be born unto the house of David, Josiah by name;”—

So, right here in 1844, we see the prophecy of Josiah put into place. Right?

Do you follow the logic?

This prophecy comes right here in the story of Jeroboam and Rehoboam [link 5]. Right [after the fourth waymark] after the split [of the kingdom], the prophecy of Josiah is put in place.

—“Behold, a child shall be born unto the house of David,”—

What is the House of David? Judah (Millerite Adventism; Adventism).

—“Josiah by name, and upon thee shall he offer the priests of the high places that burn incense upon thee, and men’s bones shall be burnt upon thee. ³And he gave a sign the same day, saying, This is the sign which the Lord hath spoken; Behold, the altar shall be rent, and the ashes that are upon it shall be poured out.”—

Now, the sign is what is going to confirm that this prophet from Judah is a true prophet; but, the prophecy, the future prophecy, is about Josiah coming into history and tearing down these high places, and burning men’s bones upon them. So, he says, “This is the sign that proves that this prophecy is valid.”

“⁴And it came to pass, when king Jeroboam heard the saying of the man of God, which had cried against the altar in Bethel, that he put forth his hand from the altar, saying, Lay hold on him. And his hand, which he put forth against him, dried up, so that he could not pull it in again to him. ⁵The altar also was rent, and the ashes poured out from the altar, according to the sign which the man of God had given by the word of the Lord. ⁶And the king answered and said unto the man of God, Entreat now the face of the Lord thy God, and pray for me, that my hand may be restored me again. And the man of God besought the Lord, and the king’s hand was restored him again, and became as it was before.”—

So, did the Protestants right here in this [Millerite] history, did they actually understand the Millerites were right? Yeah, they did. They watched the Lord confirm that history.

Now, they are dead and buried and their children may not understand it, but the Lord confirmed that Millerite Adventism was His covenant people in that history.

And that is what He was doing here with Jeroboam.

And the prophet, Jeroboam had just built a false Christ, a false altar, and the first crisis he is confronted with when his arm is paralyzed, he says, “Pray to your God for me, please!” He knew which God to go to if he needed help. He knew his god was the false god.

“⁷And the king said unto the man of God, Come home with me, and refresh thyself, and I will give thee a reward. ⁸And the man of God said unto the king, If thou wilt give me half thine house, I will not go in with thee, neither will I eat bread nor drink water in this place: ⁹For so was it charged me by the word of the Lord, saying, Eat no bread, nor drink water, nor turn again by the same way that thou camest. ¹⁰So he went another way, and returned not by the way that he came to Bethel. 1 Kings 13:2–10 (KJV).

Altar, Altar

Isaiah 40:1–5; Zechariah 4:7; Revelation 14:8; 18:2; Zechariah 2:6; Isaiah 52:11; Isaiah 8:9; Isaiah 41:27; 65:1; 52:7; 51:9, 17; 57:14; 62:10

So, “Altar, Altar,” we have mentioned this in this worship series, but we have never taken time to make this prophetic point.

When you see a word or an expression repeated two times in the Scriptures, it is a prophetic symbol of the Second and the Fourth Angels’ Message. The Second and the Fourth Angels’ Message contain the expression, “Babylon is fallen, is fallen.” This twofold representation of “Babylon is fallen, is fallen,” of the Second and the Fourth Angels’ Message mark the history of the Second and the Fourth Angels’ Message with this repetition. And when you see the repetition of two words or two phrases in the Scriptures, you will find that it is specifically emphasizing those two histories, the history of the Second Angel’s Message in the Millerite time period and in the history of the Latter Rain.

Now, all the prophets are speaking about the history of the Latter Rain, so this is kind of a moot point. If you realize that all the prophets are speaking about the end of the world anyway, then they are all speaking about the Fourth Angel’s Message. But, when you see these repetitions two times, it is an extra emphasis on the particular passage that you are looking at.

Look at Isaiah 40.

How many times would I have to show this to you before it was established?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Two.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Two or three.

Isaiah 40, beginning in verse 1, says,

“¹Comfort ye, comfort ye”—

And in the time period of the Second and the Fourth Angels’ Message, you are seeing a manifestation of the power of God, and how is this manifestation of the power of God accomplished? How does Zechariah tell us that this work is accomplished?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: “. . . Not by might . . .”

BROTHER PIPPENGER: “. . . Not by might, nor by power, but by my spirit, saith the Lord of hosts.” Zechariah 4:6 (KJV).

This work of the Second and Fourth Angels’ Message is accomplished by the Holy Spirit.

And what is one of the titles of the Holy Spirit?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Comforter.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: He is the Comforter.

So, here you see,

“Comfort ye, comfort ye my people, saith your God.”—

And I am saying that because that is repeated twice, it is marking the Second and the Fourth Angels’ Message at a time that the Comforter is especially active.

Verse 2:

—“²Speak ye comfortably to Jerusalem, and cry unto her, that her warfare is accomplished, that her iniquity is pardoned:”—

When is her iniquity pardoned? In the blotting out of sin in the Judgment of the Living during the Latter Rain.

—“for she hath received of the Lord’s hand double for all her sins.

“³The voice of him that crieth in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make straight in the desert a highway for our God. ⁴Every valley shall be exalted, and every mountain and hill shall be made low: and the crooked shall be made straight, and the rough places plain: ⁵And the glory of the Lord shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see it together: for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it.” Isaiah 40:1-5 (KJV).

When does all flesh see the glory of the Lord revealed? Revelation 18:1, an Angel comes down out of Heaven and the Earth is lightened with His glory.

And in this history, the history of the Latter Rain, the history of the sealing of the 144,000, there is going to be a preparation that takes place that is accomplished through the work of God’s people that is typified by Elijah, and John the Baptist, and William Miller.

And in verse 2 here, “the voice of him that crieth in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make straight in the desert a highway for our God,” this is identifying the work of Elijah, John the Baptist, and William Miller, but more specifically the work of those in Adventism beginning on 9/11/2001.

“Comfort ye, comfort ye,” this double, this repetition is marking the Second and the Fourth Angels’ Message. We have shown that to you once. Go to Zechariah 4:7.

“⁷Who art thou, O great mountain? Before Zerubbabel thou shalt become a plain: and he shall bring forth the headstone thereof with shoutings, crying, Grace, grace unto it.” Zechariah 4:7 (KJV).

Of course, GRACE is an interchangeable term with the Holy Spirit. I know you might not be familiar with that, but it is a fact that grace is associated with the Holy Spirit.

And who is Zerubbabel? Zerubbabel was the governor when they were building Jerusalem, and he actually in reality did the foundation stone for the building; he laid the foundation stone for the building of the temple; and, he put the capstone on the temple.

But, what does ZERUBBABEL mean? We have dealt with this already. It means offspring of Babylon, out of Babylon. ZERUBBABEL is a symbol for the message, “Come out of Babylon,” which is the message of the Second and Fourth Angels’ Message. So, in the name ZERUBBABEL and the work that Zerubbabel accomplished, Zerubbabel laid the Foundations of Adventism, right up here on these two Charts [the 1843 and 1850 Charts].

So, Zerubbabel finishes the work of Adventism in this sealing of the 144,000; and, we know that this is the Second and the Fourth Angels’ Message that is being referenced also, because what is said is, “Grace, grace.”

Revelation 14:8 is the point of reference for identifying a repetition or a word of phrase twice as the Second and Fourth Angels’ Message. The Second Angel’s Message in verse 8 of Revelation 14 says,

“⁸And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen, . . .” Revelation 14:8 (KJV).

There is your repetition.

If you go to Revelation 18:2, which is the Fourth Angel’s Message time period in verse 2, it says,

“²And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, . . .” Revelation 18:2 (KJV).

When you see a word or a phrase is repeated twice, it is marking the Second and the Fourth Angels’ Message.

If you go back to Zechariah 2:6—now, you are correct if you are thinking that this little tangent that we are off on does not necessarily have anything directly related to Aaron and Jeroboam, this is true; but, we are putting this principle, this symbol in place here before we move forward.

Zechariah 2, verse 6, it says,

“⁶Ho, ho, come forth, and flee from the land of the north, saith the Lord: for I have spread you abroad as the four winds of the heaven, saith the Lord. ⁷Deliver thyself, O Zion, that dwellest with the daughter of Babylon.” Zechariah 2:6-7 (KJV).

What is Zechariah saying here? He is saying, “Come out of Babylon!” But, he takes the word ho, and he repeats it twice. When you see a word or a phrase repeated twice, it is marking the Second and the Fourth Angels’ Message.

Go to Isaiah 52:11. And we are no where even close going to study all the places where a word or a phrase is repeated twice. We are just letting you see enough that you can accept this as truth, if you wish.

Isaiah 52:11 says,

“¹¹Depart ye, depart ye, go ye out from thence, touch no unclean thing; go ye out of the midst of her; be ye clean, that bear the vessels of the Lord.” Isaiah 52:11 (KJV).

“Depart ye, depart ye! Come out of Babylon! Be clean,” the Second and the Fourth Angels’ Message.

Isaiah 8:9:

“⁹Associate yourselves, O ye people, and ye shall be broken in pieces; and give ear, all ye of far countries: gird yourselves, and ye shall be broken in pieces; gird yourselves, and ye shall be broken in pieces.” Isaiah 8:9 (KJV).

Of course, you have got to deal with the fact that in this verse, “ye shall be broken in pieces,” is mentioned three times. But, “gird yourselves, gird yourselves” is mentioned twice. And this passage deals with the evil confederacy of Bible prophecy that we have dealt with repeatedly in this study, the evil confederacy being the Beast, the Dragon, and the False Prophet, the confederacy at the end of the world that is made up of the world bankers, the globalists, the Free Masons, primarily the United Nations.

And if you drop down just so you can see where this takes place in history, if you drop down to verse 16, it says,

“¹⁶Bind up the testimony, seal the law among my disciples.” Isaiah 8:16 (KJV).

This “gird yourselves, gird yourselves,” this pronouncement against this evil confederacy, it takes place in the time when the 144,000 are being sealed. It takes place in the time of the Latter Rain.

This repetition of phrases and words two times represent the Second and the Fourth Angels’ Message.

Isaiah 41:27. Isaiah 41, verse 27 says,

“²⁷The first shall say to Zion, Behold, behold them: and I will give to Jerusalem one that bringeth good tidings.” Isaiah 41:27 (KJV).

In the time period of the Second and the Fourth Angels’ Message you are to “Behold, behold” those that are bringing the Message of the Hour: the Millerites, the 144,000. “Behold, behold.”

Isaiah 65:1. Isaiah 65, verse 1, says,

“¹I am sought of them that asked not for me; I am found of them that sought me not: I said, Behold me, behold me, unto a nation that was not called by my name.” Isaiah 65:1 (KJV).

In both the histories of the Millerites and of our history the revival is accomplished through the work of Christ. It is not human beings that lift themselves up out of a lost condition and flee from Babylon and come to the Lord on their own initiative. It is a work that is accomplished by the Lord, through beholding Him. This is why the message of Jones and Waggoner that was to present more clearly before the world an uplifted Savior that they might behold Him, and awaken and respond to the Latter Rain Message.

Okay. “Behold, behold,” the Latter Rain Message.

Isaiah 52:7:

“⁷How beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of him that bringeth good tidings, that publisheth peace; that bringeth good tidings of good, that publisheth salvation; that saith unto Zion, Thy God reigneth!” Isaiah 52:7 (KJV).

The people that behold Christ, that are brought into revival, they are going to bring good tidings, good tidings to the world in both the Millerite History of the Second Angel’s Message and in our history.

In Isaiah 51:9, it says,

“⁹Awake, awake, put on strength, O arm of the Lord; awake, as in the ancient days, in the generations of old. Art thou not it that hath cut Rahab, and wounded the dragon?” Isaiah 51:9 (KJV).

When is it that there is a wake-up call? At the Midnight Cry.

And the Midnight Cry was what? It was where the Second Angel’s Message was empowered. The Second Angel’s Message is, “Babylon is fallen, is fallen,” and it was empowered at the Midnight Cry when the virgins awoke, “Awake, awake!” The Millerite History is repeated to the very letter. The parable of the Ten Virgins is repeated to the very letter at the Midnight Cry at the end of the world. All the virgins are going to awake.

It is not in your notes, but go to the Book of Joel, chapter 1, verse 5. It says,

“⁵Awake, ye drunkards, and weep; and howl, all ye drinkers of wine, because of the new wine; for it is cut off from your mouth.” Joel 1:5 (KJV).

At the Midnight Cry in the Millerite History, at the Exeter Camp Meeting on August 12 - 17 of 1844, was there any new wine? Yes. Samuel Snow brought the new wine, identifying October 22, 1844; but, there was a class of people that would not receive that message. Who were they? They were the drunkards. The new wine had been cut off from their mouths.

When was the new wine that was cut off from their mouths? At the wake-up time.

So, at the wake-up time—and what is our wake-up time? Right now; from 9/11 onwards is our wake-up time.

What happens at the wake-up time? The message is cut off from the drunkards of Ephraim. It is cut off from their mouths, and the debate begins between those that are drinking the new wine and those that are drinking the wine of Babylon, and those that made a covenant with death and those that are making a covenant with life.

So, when we see back here in Isaiah 52, verse 7, “Awake, awake,” it is a reference to the Second and Fourth Angels’ Message.

Isaiah 51, verse 17:

“¹⁷Awake, awake, stand up, O Jerusalem, which hast drunk at the hand of the Lord the cup of his fury; thou hast drunken the dregs of the cup of trembling, and wrung them out.” Isaiah 51:17 (KJV).

We know pretty certain in our minds when the wake-up call came for the Millerites. When was it? I just said it. When was it? At the Midnight Cry.

When was it? August 12 – 17, 1844. The Midnight Cry arrives; awake time takes place.

We are a little bit less sure that 9/11/2001 was the wake-up time here at the end of the world, as we are with August 12 – 17, 1844. But, what did this last verse say? “Awake, awake, stand up, O Jerusalem, which hast drunk at the hand of the Lord the cup of his fury; thou hast drunken the dregs of the cup of trembling, and wrung them out.”

Here the wake-up time is marked for us pretty clearly.

What do you do when you wake up? You stand up.

And when does God’s people stand up? At the second message of Ezekiel 37, when the breath comes into the bones. And the breath that comes into the bones in Ezekiel 37, verse 9, it comes from where?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Four Winds.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Four Winds.

And what does Ellen White say those Four Winds are? They are an angry horse seeking to break loose and bring death and destruction on the whole world. The angels are holding these Four Winds. “Oh, that God’s people might have the spirit poured upon them that they might stand up on their feet and live.” That is Ellen White; that is Ezekiel 37:9.

So, here in verse 17, it says, “Awake, awake, stand up, O Jerusalem.” Wake-up time at the end of the world: 9/11/2001. This is where the two classes are beginning to be formed. They will be demonstrated at The Sunday Law.

Isaiah 57:14. Isaiah 57, verse 14, says,

“¹⁴And shall say, Cast ye up, cast ye up, prepare the way, take up the stumblingblock out of the way of my people.” Isaiah 57:14 (KJV).

This is more of the work of John the Baptist, and Elijah, and William Miller, preparing the way of the Lord, making straight His paths; and, it is more of the Triumphal Entry.

“Cast ye up, cast ye up, prepare the way.” Who is that prepared the way for Christ to suddenly come to His Temple? John the Baptist.

Who was a type of Elijah? William Miller.

So, this is just describing the work that takes place in the Second and the Fourth Angels’ Message; because, at the climax of the Second Angel’s Message, Christ moved into the Most Holy Place.

Isaiah 62:10:

“¹⁰Go through, go through the gates; prepare ye the way of the people; cast up, cast up the highway; gather out the stones; lift up a standard for the people.” Isaiah 62:10 (KJV).

This work of John the Baptist, Elijah, William Miller, preparing the way of the Lord, reaches its climax in the Second and the Fourth Angels’ Message.

So, when the prophet comes to Jeroboam and he says, “Oh, altar, altar,” he is marking that this history pointing forward to the Second Angel’s Message, right here [1844 (third waymark of Millerite History), Figure No. 137], the Midnight Cry. They wake up. They are preparing for Christ to suddenly come to His Temple. “Altar, altar” is tying this story into 1844; and, therefore, you have the responsibility as a student of prophecy of determining who these two classes are. And Jeroboam (Israel), that is apostate Protestantism in this history; and Judah and Benjamin, that is Millerite Adventism. So, Millerite Adventism brings a message to apostate Protestantism after 1844.

And, what is the message after 1844 that Millerite Adventism brings to apostate Protestantism? That your altar is an abomination!

And, what is your altar? It is a symbol of worshipping the sun. It is Sunday worship. Suddenly the issue from 1844 onward, the message of this disobedient prophet, is the message of the mark of the beast and the Seal of God. Right?

And you can place that in this history.

The prophet did not have to say, “O Altar, altar.” He could have just said, “O altar.” You may argue, “Well, he was talking about the altar in Bethel and the altar in Dan,” but God controls His Word. He put that in there for His purpose.

So, the prophecy is a prophecy of a king that would come and do a work of reformation, and his name was Josiah. What does JOSIAH mean?

JOSIAH: Strong’s Concordance H2977—From the same root as H803 and H3050; founded of Jah. H803—Feminine passive participle from an unused root meaning to found; foundation. H3050—Jah, the sacred name.

It is from H803 and H3050, and it is the feminine participle of an unused root, meaning to found; the foundation. And, of course, Jah, is the sacred name. So, JOSIAH means the foundation of God.

So, the prophecy that Millerite Adventism gives to apostate Protestantism here is a prophecy about the Foundations. The Foundations are being marked in this history.

This [the 1843 Chart] is the Foundations.

This [the 1850 Chart] is the Foundations and the Pillars.

So, we know as students of prophecy that the story of Josiah will have something to do with the Foundations.

Bread and Water

Isaiah 55:1-11; Deuteronomy 8:3; Matthew 4:4; John 6:49-51

And the king said—I do not know why the king said, just out of fear, I guess—Jeroboam says, “I’ll give you a reward. I’ll give you a reward for just destroying my brand new altar and paralyzing my arm. I’ll give you the reward because the Lord allowed my arm to be healed.”

And he [the prophet] says, “I won’t take your reward. I have been told not to eat your bread and water.”

Isaiah 55, verses 1 through 11. We are almost done here.

“¹Ho, every one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters, and he that hath no money; come ye, buy, and eat; yea, come, buy wine and milk without money and without price. ²Wherefore do ye spend money for that which is not bread? and your labour for that which satisfieth not? hearken diligently unto me, and eat ye that which is good, and let your soul delight itself in fatness. ³Incline your ear, and come unto me: hear, and your soul shall live; and I will make an everlasting covenant with you, even the sure mercies of David.”—

He does not want to eat Jeroboam’s bread and water, because he is going to eat God’s bread and water.

And why is he going to do that? Because, right here in 1844 [See Figure No. 137] they entered into covenant with God. You eat His bread and water; you enter into an everlasting covenant.

Verse 4:

—“⁴Behold, I have given him for a witness to the people, a leader and commander to the people. ⁵Behold, thou shalt call a nation that thou knowest not, and nations that knew not thee shall run unto thee because of the Lord thy God, and for the Holy One of Israel; for he hath glorified thee.”—

In this history, Elijah was glorified right here [See Figure No. 137, the fire coming down from Heaven before the third waymark].

He [the Lord] has glorified Millerite Adventism [See Figure No. 137, before the third waymark].

And He called a nation that knoweth not. This is a bigger subject than sometimes we realize; but, that is what is happening now, is it not? Adventism is watching while the Lord is selecting a group of people that are using “stammering lips and another tongue” (Isaiah 28:11, KJV) to present the message to His people.

He is choosing a nation that had not been known—to do a number of things, but we are not dealing with that.

^—“6Seek ye the Lord while he may be found, call ye upon him while he is near: ⁷Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts: and let him return unto the Lord, and he will have mercy upon him; and to our God, for he will abundantly pardon.

^“8For my thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways my ways, saith the Lord. ⁹For as the heavens are higher than the earth, so are my ways higher than your ways, and my thoughts than your thoughts. ¹⁰For as the rain cometh down, and the snow from heaven, and returneth not thither, but watereth the earth, and maketh it bring forth and bud, that it may give seed to the sower, and bread to the eater: ¹¹So shall my word be that goeth forth out of my mouth: it shall not return unto me void, but it shall accomplish that which I please, and it shall prosper in the thing whereto I sent it.” Isaiah 55:1-11 (KJV).

So, in any case, the bread and water is the message of the Lord. That is what this disobedient prophet was told to eat, not to eat the bread and water (the doctrines) of apostate Protestantism.

Deuteronomy 8:3.

I did not read [into the record] all that passage of Isaiah 55:1-11 [in your notes] because of time, if you are wondering.

Deuteronomy 8, verse 3:

“³And he humbled thee, and suffered thee to hunger, and fed thee with manna, which thou knewest not, neither did thy fathers know; that he might make thee know that man doth not live by bread only, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord doth man live.” Deuteronomy 8:3 (KJV).

So, the bread that he was going to eat (the disobedient prophet) was every Word that proceeded from the mouth of God. And what symbolizes that Word? The manna that comes down from Heaven, the manna that Jesus referred to when He told the Jews that they needed to drink His blood and eat His flesh, and they turned away from Him.

It is not simply His Word. What is it? What is it?—I did not do that on purpose. MANNA means what is it?

It is not simply His Word: What is it? [manna], it is His prophetic Word. The bread and water that the disobedient prophet was going to feed upon was God’s prophetic Word. Right?

Of course, I do not know any of His Words that are not prophetic. All of His Words contain the same creative power that He used to create the worlds; so, every Word that God speaks has that creative energy in it; and, Isaiah tells us that His Word will not return to Him void; it is going to accomplish the purpose that He set it forth for. So, every Word has a purpose; every purpose will be accomplished. When the creative power accomplishes the purpose for every Word in the Bible, it will be a fulfillment of prophecy. Every Word in the Bible is prophetic.

But, you can study the Bible incorrectly, where you isolate it out as the Greek isolates things out, and isolate the Psalms (the songs), the doctrines, the law; but, we are not of such mindset.

Matthew 4:4:

“⁴But he answered and said, It is written, Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God.” Matthew 4:4 (KJV).

John 6:49-51.

And John 6 we have just referenced with the manna, and Jesus telling them they must—let us go to John 6—eat His flesh and drink His blood. John 6:49-51 says,

“⁴⁹Your fathers did eat manna in the wilderness, and are dead. ⁵⁰This is the bread which cometh down from heaven, that a man may eat thereof, and not die. ⁵¹I am the living bread which came down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread, he shall live for ever: and the bread that I will give is my flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.” John 6:49-51 (KJV).

All right. We are at the end of this thought.

The Way Thou Camest

So, what are we saying? We are saying that at the beginning of the story of the golden calf is Aaron, and that that story prefigures the end of the story of the golden calves with Jeroboam.

And then in the history of Jeroboam and Rehoboam, when the kingdom is being divided, we are placed here in 1844 and at The Sunday Law, where God’s people are going to be divided into two classes. And when this happened in the story of Jeroboam, Millerite Adventism brings a message, a rebuke of apostate Protestantism, a rebuke for their rejection of the First Angel’s Message, their unwillingness to follow Christ by faith into the Most Holy Place and receive the advancing light of the Third Angel: the Sanctuary, the Sabbath.

And the golden calves of Jeroboam represents this rebellion, this counterfeit worship that Millerite Adventism stands opposed to, brings this message against.

And the prophet expresses that he has been specifically told by the Lord that he is not to drink the break and water (the doctrine, the teachings) of apostate Protestantism, nor is he to go back the way that he came.

How did Millerite Adventism get to here [See Figure No. 137, at the third waymark of 1844] to where it is entering into covenant with Christ, where it is Elijah, it is the True Prophet in contrast with the False Prophet, and in contrast with the prophets of Baal, in contrast with the Northern Kingdom of Israel? How did it get there?

It came through these three days, these three histories. You are not to go back through that history, not to go back that way. If you were to go back that way, here [1844] Millerite Adventism becomes God’s covenant people. Before here [tracing the reform line back to 1798] what were they? They were Protestants. They had come out of Protestantism, and they are not to go back to Protestantism; because, Protestantism has been exposed now as apostate Protestantism. They were not to go back that way.

Their way [the way of Millerite Adventism] was different. What was their way? Which way were they to go?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: To the Most Holy Place.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: To the Most Holy Place, that is true; but, they were to go on a path where Jesus was in front of them, and the Midnight Cry was behind them, and this path was high and lifted up. It is leaving the world. They were not to go back to apostate Protestantism.

So, tomorrow we will begin the story of the disobedient prophet and how that illustrates Adventism; and, from there we will go into the fulfillment of the prophecy of Josiah.

Shall we pray?

Benediction: Heavenly Father, we ask that you would forgive us as a people for so quickly returning to apostate Protestantism. We seek to employ their techniques of church evangelism, of church worship style. We use their techniques for studying your Word, even though the Bible has been very clear that that bread, that water is corrupted. It is polluted. Please forgive us for this. Place a burden upon God’s people to seek the Manna that comes from Heaven. We thank you for bringing us this far into this worship series. We ask for your continued blessing upon what we are studying and upon the work we are attempting with the LiveStreaming and the DVDs. And we set before you this day, each of us have our own individual tasks. We ask that you keep us safe and help us to do what we do for your glory and honor. And we thank you for all these things in Jesus’s name. Amen.

Habakkuk’s Two Tables #69

PART SEVEN: JOSIAH

Presented by Jeff Pippenger

Invocation by Brother Jeff Pippenger: Heavenly Father, we thank you for a good night’s rest. We ask now, as we take up our study of your Word this morning, that you would allow us the presence of your Holy Spirit to direct our thoughts and our understanding. We ask that you would continue to open our understanding to your Word by pouring your Latter Rain out upon us, and make us fit vessels to receive that Rain. We ask that you please overrule my humanity, that what is spoken here this morning would be edifying to your people and would glorify and honor you. We thank you for another day of life that we might serve you; and, we would ask that you speak to us here at the beginning of this day. In Jesus’s name, amen.

First Ten Verses

BROTHER PIPPENGER: We are dealing with Aaron and the golden calf, prefiguring Jeroboam and the two golden calves.

And in 1 Kings 13, where Jeroboam is initiating the worship of these two golden calves, a prophet comes out of Judah; and, we are now going to consider this disobedient prophet. We are going to just start in verse 1. It is in your notes of 1 King 13. We will go down through it and then discuss some of the symbolism in this chapter.

And we went through this yesterday, but I am going to read through it again just to put it in our memory.

Beginning at verse 1, it says

“¹And, behold, there came a man of God out of Judah by the word of the Lord unto Bethel:”—

Judah now is representing the Two Southern Tribes that is coming to Bethel, the city which means the House of God, which is representing the Ten Northern Tribes of Israel. But, in the context of Millerite History, this is Millerite Adventism (Judah). And apostate Protestantism [Israel] at this point, after 1844, the religious aspect of the United States, has already rejected the message; so, they have already begun to fulfill their role as the False Prophet.

—“¹And, behold, there came a man of God out of Judah by the word of the Lord unto Bethel: and Jeroboam stood by the altar to burn incense.”—

We have looked into the past as we were looking at 1863, at first leaders. We looked at Aaron, Jeroboam, Rehoboam, Saul, and Peter to see that first leaders are always tested in order to set up the understanding of how James White failed the test in 1863.

And what is Jeroboam doing here that one of the other first leaders does in this act? “Jeroboam stood by the altar to burn incense,” what is this? That is what Saul did, was it not? Saul determined he could not wait for the prophet Samuel to do the offering; so, as the state (as the political leader) he [Saul] took it upon himself to enter into the role of the Priests, a combination of church and state, an unholy combination.

—“²and Jeroboam stood by the altar to burn incense. And he cried against the altar in the word of the Lord, and said, O altar, altar,”—

Thus, marking this history in the Second and the Fourth Angels’ Message by the repetition of the word altar.

—“O altar, altar, thus saith the Lord; Behold, a child shall be born unto the house of David, Josiah by name; and upon thee shall he offer the priests of the high places that burn incense upon thee, and men’s bones shall be burnt upon thee.

“³And he gave a sign the same day, saying, This is the sign which the Lord hath spoken; Behold, the altar shall be rent, and the ashes that are upon it shall be poured out.”—

What does an altar represent?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Christ.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Christ, or a false Christ. And this sign is going to demonstrate the true Christ in opposition to the false Christ; because, this altar is going to come under the authority of the Word of God and it is going to be destroyed. This is a false Christ. It is a sign that is making the distinction between the true Christ and the false Christ.

And where do we see this distinction made in a parallel history? The primary one that we emphasize is the story of Elijah, that there was a distinction made between the True Prophet and the False Prophets (the True Prophet, Elijah; and, the False Prophets, the prophets of Baal).

And how was that accomplished? Through a sign: fire coming down out of Heaven.

So, this sign here is also going to make the distinction between the True and False Prophets.

—“³And he gave a sign the same day, saying, This is the sign which the Lord hath spoken; Behold, the altar shall be rent, and the ashes that are upon it shall be poured out.”

“⁴And it came to pass, when king Jeroboam heard the saying of the man of God, which had cried against the altar in Bethel, that he put forth his hand from the altar, saying, Lay hold on him. And his hand, which he put forth against him, dried up, so that he could not pull it in again to him.”—

And I looked up yesterday this word dried up; because, in my mind I have been visualizing his hand being paralyzed, but that is not what it means. To be dried up, it means he just loses all ability to control it.

—“⁵The altar also was rent, and the ashes poured out from the altar, according to the sign which the man of God had given by the word of the Lord.”—

Now we see which altar is the true altar.

—“⁶And the king answered and said unto the man of God, Entreat now the face of the Lord thy God, and pray for me, that my hand may be restored me again.”—

And king Jeroboam sees who the true God is, because he asked for the true God to restore his hand, just as Ahab, no doubt, understood who the true God was when he saw he fire come down out of Heaven.

—“And the man of God besought the Lord, and the king’s hand was restored him again, and became as it was before.

“⁷And the king said unto the man of God, Come home with me, and refresh thyself, and I will give thee a reward. ⁸And the man of God said unto the king, If thou wilt give me half thine house,”—

What would half his house be? It would be five kingdoms—right?—out of ten.

—“I will not go in with thee, neither will I eat bread nor drink water in this place: ⁹For so was it charged me by the word of the Lord, saying, Eat no bread, nor drink water, nor turn again by the same way that thou camest.”—

The bread and water is the message—right?—the Word of God, the doctrine.

—“¹⁰So he went another way, and returned not by the way that he came to Bethel.” 1 Kings 13:1-10 (KJV).

God’s prophet here from Judah, he came to this experience historically in the testing process that tested the Protestant world. 1798 to 1844 was the Everlasting Gospel that was being accomplished upon the Protestants. At the end of that process, the Millerites are chosen to enter into covenant with the Lord.

But, what brings this confrontation between the prophet from Judah and Bethel is the history of 1798 to 1844. This is the way the Millerites came. They came out of Protestantism; and, this pronouncement not to go by the way that he came to Bethel is saying, “Don’t go back to Protestantism.”

Okay. That is where we stopped yesterday.

Verses Eleven through Thirty-Four

Now we are going to take it up in verse 11 [of 1 Kings 13].

The prophet from Judah has given his prophecy of Josiah. He set forth a sign to prove that it is a legitimate prophecy, and he is going to go back home now.

“¹¹Now there dwelt an old prophet in Bethel;”—

Which means he is a prophet from the Ten Tribes, from Israel (an on old prophet from Protestantism).

—“and his sons came and told him all the works that the man of God had done that day in Bethel: the words which he had spoken unto the king, them they told also to their father. ¹²And their father said unto them, What way went he? For his sons had seen what way the man of God went, which came from Judah. ¹³And he said unto his sons, Saddle me the ass. So they saddled him the ass: and he rode thereon, ¹⁴And went after the man of God, and found him sitting under an oak: and he said unto him, Art thou the man of God that camest from Judah?”—

So, for whatever reason, the prophet from Judah, he does not go immediately home. He stops under an oak. If you are under an oak, what is covering you?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Leaves?

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The shade, the shade. Right? An oak tree is going to produce a shade.

Okay. He is sitting in the shade; maybe it was hot.

—“and he said unto him, Art thou the man of God that camest form Judah? And he said, I am. ¹⁵Then he said unto him, Come home with me, and eat bread. ¹⁶And he said, I may not return with thee, nor go in with thee: neither will I eat bread nor drink water with thee in this place: ¹⁷For it was said to me by the word of the Lord, Thou shalt eat no bread nor drink water there, nor turn again to go by the way that thou camest.”—

He is not supposed to eat any bread or water in Israel. The Millerites are not supposed to drink any bread or water in apostate Protestantism. They are not supposed to take their [apostate Protestantism’s] doctrines unto themselves.

And, we have read in this worship series from Early Writings, pages 259 – 260, when the Protestants fully rejected the testing process of 1798 to 1844, they continued to direct their prayers to the Holy Place; and, Satan, pleased with this deception, began to answer those prayers.

So, after 1844 who is leading apostate Protestantism in the United States?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Satan.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Satan.

What in the world would Adventism want to go back and take any kind of direction from a body of people that are being led by Satan?

Adventism was told this very thing, “Satan is answering their prayers. Don’t go back and eat their bread or drink their waters. Don’t walk in their ways.” Of course, we did; through the years we went back and ate their bread and drank their water.

—“¹⁸He”—[THE FALSE PROPHET]—“said unto him, I am a prophet also as thou art; and an angel spake unto me by the word of the Lord, saying, Bring him back with thee into thine house, that he may eat bread and drink water. But he lied unto him.”—

So, he is a prophet, but he is a lying prophet.

So, what is he? He is the False Prophet. Apostate Protestantism has begun to fulfill its role as the False Prophet.

This is the amazing part:

—“¹⁰So he went back with him, and did eat bread in his house, and drank water.

“²⁰And it came to pass, as they sat at the table, that the word of the Lord came unto the prophet that brought him back:”—[CAME TO THE FALSE PROPHET]—“²¹And he cried unto the man of God that came from Judah, saying, Thus saith the Lord, Forasmuch as thou hast disobeyed the mouth of the Lord, and hast not kept the commandment which the Lord thy God commanded thee, ²²But camest back, and hast eaten bread and drunk water in the place, of the which the Lord did say to thee, Eat no bread, and drink no water; thy carcase shall not come unto the sepulchre of thy fathers.

“²³And it came to pass, after he had eaten bread, and after he had drunk, that he saddled for him the ass, to wit, for the prophet whom he had brought back. ²⁴And when he was gone, a lion met him by the way, and slew him: and his carcase was cast in the way, and the ass stood by it, the lion also stood by the carcase. ²⁵And, behold, men passed by, and saw the carcase cast in the way, and the lion standing by the carcase: and they came and told it in the city where the old prophet dwelt.

“²⁶And when the prophet that brought him back from the way heard thereof, he said, It is the man of God, who was disobedient unto the word of the Lord: therefore the Lord hath delivered him unto the lion, which hath torn him, and slain him, according to the word of the Lord, which he spake unto him. ²⁷And he spake to his sons, saying, Saddle me the ass. And they saddled him. ²⁸And he went and found his carcase cast in the way, and the ass and the lion standing by the carcase: the lion had not eaten the carcase, nor torn the ass.”—

But, he was still there; so, this is supernatural.

You know, there are some lions that go crazy, or something goes wrong with them, where they become maneaters. They just go out and kill people to kill them; but, that is the exception to the rule. A lion is going to kill something that it is going to eat.

But, an ass is going to run away from a lion, and a lion is probably going to deal with the ass at the same time he is dealing with the man. So, this is totally supernatural; this is a judgment from the Lord.

—“²⁹And the prophet took up the carcase of the man of God, and laid it upon the ass, and brought it back: and the old prophet came to the city, to mourn and to bury him. ³⁰And he laid his carcase in his own grave; and they mourned over him, saying, Alas, my brother!”—

When they were mourning over him, what were they saying about him?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Woe.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Woe. Alas is woe, “[Woe], my brother!”

—“³¹And it came to pass, after he had buried him, that he spake to his sons, saying, When I am dead, then bury me in the sepulchre wherein the man of God is buried; lay my bones beside his bones: ³²For the saying which he cried by the word of the Lord against the altar in Bethel, and against all the houses of the high places which are in the cities of Samaria, shall surely come to pass.”—

“³³After this thing Jeroboam returned not from his evil way, but made again of the lowest of the people priests of the high places: whosoever would, he consecrated him, and he became one of the priests of the high places. ³⁴And this thing became sin unto the house of Jeroboam, even to cut it off, and to destroy it from off the face of the earth.” 1 Kings 13:11-34 (KJV).

Now, Jeroboam is the first king of the Northern Kingdom of Israel. How many of those following kings of Israel were good kings?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: None.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: None. They were all wicked. And when the Bible comments on their wickedness, it is always traced back to the sins of Jeroboam. It is the sins of Jeroboam that bring the curse upon the Northern Kingdom.

And in this passage, what is the sin of Jeroboam?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Inaudible response.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Pardon me?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: He made them Priests.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: He made Priests of the lowest of people.

And why did he have to do that?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Various simultaneous responses.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Because the Levites refused to enter into it, just like the Levites refused to enter into worship of Aaron’s golden calf. Okay? So, there is something about unsanctified ministers that brings about a curse.

The False Prophet from Bethel

Okay. The False Prophet; let us look at the False Prophet.

In verse 18 [of 1 Kings 13], it says,

“¹⁸He said unto him, I am a prophet also as thou art; and an angel spake unto me by the word of the Lord, saying, Bring him back with thee into thine house, that he may eat bread and drink water. But he lied unto him.” 1 Kings 13:18 (KJV).

Is a prophet going to lie?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: No.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: This one was, because he was a false prophet.

Galatians 1:8:

“⁸But though we, or an angel from heaven, preach any other gospel unto you than that which we have preached unto you, let him be accursed.” Galatians 1:8 (KJV).

What angel, if it was an angel (if he was not making that up; that was not part of the lie), what kind of angel was it that told him this?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Indiscernible response).

BROTHER PIPPENGER: It was a fallen angel.

Proverbs 14:5 says,

“⁵A faithful witness will not lie: but a false witness will utter lies.” Proverbs 14:5 (KJV).

So, this prophet is a false witness. He is the False Prophet of Bible prophecy (apostate Protestantism).

Be Ye Separate

And the True Prophet out of Judah was not to be connected with the False Prophet. He was not to go back the way that he came. He came out of Protestantism. He came through the history that brings the Protestant Reformation to its climax, and he was not to return to that experience.

2 Corinthians 6:17, and 18, says,

“¹⁷Wherefore come out from among them,”—

This is the Millerite story.

—“and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, ¹⁸And will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be my sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty.” 2 Corinthians 6:17-18 (KJV).

The prophet was to be separate from the worship of Jeroboam.

Revelation 14:8:

“⁸And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.” Revelation 14:8 (KJV).

When does the fall of Babylon begin? In June of 1842 the Protestant churches began to close their doors; and, by the Summer of 1844, the Millerites were proclaiming the message, “Come out of Babylon!” The Millerites knew that they were not to drink the wine of Babylon.

So, this story of Jeroboam and the disobedient prophet, it is a story of Millerite Adventism in contrast with the False Prophet of apostate Protestantism.

So, my contention here is that had the disobedient prophet determined he was going home and he was not going to stop till he got home, that he [the False Prophet] would not have caught up with him. He [the disobedient prophet] had a head start. The only reason the False Prophet caught up with him is because he stopped by the tree.

Shadow

Psalm 36:7; 91:1; Isaiah 4; 30:13

Okay. Psalm 36, verse 7, says,

“⁷How excellent is thy loving-kindness, O God! Therefore the children of men put their trust under the shadow of thy wings.” Psalm 36:7 (KJV).

Psalm 91:1:

“¹He that dwelleth in the secret place of the most High shall abide under the shadow of the Almighty.” Psalm 91:1 (KJV).

So, God’s people are going to be under the shadow of God’s wings, and the shadow of God’s wings, His wings are His secret place. Where is the secret place that God’s people dwell under God’s shadow at?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Most Holy Place.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Most Holy Place, the Heavenly Sanctuary.

Okay. So, Isaiah 4 deals with this. Isaiah 4, we can read verse 1, but it is kind of a different piece of information. So, let us start with verse 2 of Isaiah 4.

“²In that day shall the branch of the Lord be beautiful and glorious, and the fruit of the earth shall be excellent and comely for them that are escaped of Israel. ³And it shall come to pass, that he that is left in Zion, and he that remaineth in Jerusalem, shall be called holy, even every one that is written among the living in Jerusalem: ⁴When the Lord shall have washed away the filth of the daughters of Zion, and shall have purged the blood of Jerusalem from the midst thereof by the spirit of judgment, and by the spirit of burning.”—

“In that day,” verse 2, what day is that? It is the Judgment of the Living. Here is where He is purging the sins of God’s people. If you are still found written in the Book of Life, then you are those that have escaped of Israel and you are part of the beautiful and glorious branch of the Lord, and He will have washed away your filth and purged your blood with the spirit of judgment, and the spirit of burning.

What is the spirit of judgment and burning? That is Investigative Judgment. It is the Judgment of the Living, but it also connects with Malachi, chapter 3. He is sitting as the refiner and purifier of silver and gold.

For what purpose? To purify the sons of Levi, those that stand faithful during Aaron’s and Jeroboam’s golden calves Sunday Law test.

Verse 5:

—“⁵And the Lord will create upon every dwelling place of mount Zion, and upon her assemblies, a cloud and smoke by day, and the shining of a flaming fire by night: for upon all the glory shall be a defence. ⁶And there shall be a tabernacle”—

What is a tabernacle?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: A tent.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: A tent, and it is a sanctuary, a tent sanctuary.

—“⁶And there shall be a tabernacle for a shadow in the day time from the heat, and for a place of refuge, and for a covert from storm and from rain.” Isaiah 4: 2‑6 (KJV).

The Most Holy Place is where God’s people dwell under the shadow of the Most High, meaning they are under His influence.

But, there are two classes in the world. Go to Isaiah 30, verses 1 through 3.

“¹Woe to the rebellious children,”—

What rebellious children are we speaking about here?

Well, if you go back to chapter 28, verse 1, it says, “Woe to the crown of pride, to the drunkards of Ephraim, . . .” Isaiah 28:1 (KJV).

And then in verse 14 it says, “Wherefore hear the word of the Lord, ye scornful men, that rule this people which is in Jerusalem.” Isaiah 28:14 (KJV). So, there is a Woe pronounced upon the leadership of Jerusalem (in Testimonies, volume 5, page 211, Jerusalem is the Seventh-day Adventist Church). There is a Woe pronounced upon the leadership of the Seventh-day Adventist Church, because of why?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Because they have been drinking.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Because they have been overcome with wine.

What have they done? They have eaten the bread and drank the water of the False Prophet of Bethel.

So, “Woe to the crown of pride” in verse 1 of chapter 28.

The same vision in chapter 29: it says, “Woe to Ariel, to Ariel, the city where David dwelt!” This is a Woe upon Jerusalem, upon Jerusalem’s leadership.

So, when we get to chapter 30, verse 1, it is still the same vision. It says, “Woe.” So, this is about the Woe that is pronounced upon those people that go back to Bethel and eat that bread and water.

—“¹Woe to the rebellious children, saith the Lord, that take counsel, but not of me: and that cover with a covering, but not of my spirit, that they may add sin to sin: ²That walk to go down into Egypt,”—

That is where Jeroboam and Aaron came from, is Egypt. These people are returning to Egypt.

—“and have not asked at my mouth; to strength themselves in the strength of Pharaoh, and to trust in the shadow of Egypt! ³Therefore shall the strength of Pharaoh be your shame, and the trust in the shadow of Egypt your confusion.” Isaiah 30:1-3 (KJV).

So, the shadow is what you trust in. You can trust in Christ, the High Priest in the Most Holy Place and be under His shadow; or, you can trust in the dragon, in Egypt, and be under his influence. It is about influence, the shadow; His influence.

Notice your notes, Pamphlets, page 140:

“Shall the education given in our schools be after God’s order, or after the wisdom of this world,”—

How do we symbolize the world more often than not in God’s Word? Well, in verses 42 and 43 of Daniel 11, it is Egypt.

—“Shall the education given in our schools be after God’s order, or after the [the shadow of Egypt] the wisdom of this world, which the Lord pronounces foolishness? Shall the hearts of students become estranged from God by eating of the tree of knowledge,”—

Ah, the tree of knowledge is where you get the wisdom of the world. The tree of knowledge is where you come under the influence of Egypt.

—“become estranged from God by eating of the tree of knowledge, which hardens the heart into disobedience, and ministers to vanity and pride? Shall not the education given in our schools be of that character which will give a more decided knowledge of God’s Word, and which will bring the soul into a vital connection with God, keeping God before the mind’s eye, and arousing every better feeling in the soul? This is the kind of education which is as enduring as eternity.” Pamphlets, 140.

What I am suggesting is that when the disobedient prophet went home, he made a mistake and he sat down under this oak tree, under that shadow, under the influence of that oak tree, and that oak tree is a symbol of the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil.

And what is one of the things that the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil represents?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Mystery of Iniquity.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Mystery of Iniquity. It is the mingling of the sacred with the common.

But, in any case, a tree is understood to be knowledge and education.

Fundamentals of Christian Education, page 437, says,

“From God, the fountain of wisdom, proceeds all the knowledge that is of value to man, all that the intellect can grasp or retain. The fruit of the tree representing good and evil is not to be eagerly plucked, because it is recommended by one who was once a bright angel in glory. He has said that if men eat thereof, they shall know good and evil. But let it alone. The true knowledge comes not from infidels or wicked men. The word of God is light and truth. The true light shines from Jesus Christ, who ‘lighteth every man that cometh into the world.’ From the Holy Spirit proceeds divine knowledge. He knows what humanity needs to promote peace, happiness, and restfulness here in this world, and secure eternal rest in the kingdom of God.” Fundamentals of Christian Education, 437.

What I am suggesting here is that the disobedient prophet stopped on his way back to Judah and came under the influence of this tree, and this tree is a symbol of education. And a tree can have good fruit or bad fruit, but in this story it was a bad idea for this disobedient prophet to stop there. If he had kept going, he would have never got caught. So, for the disobedient prophet, this tree brought forth bad fruit. It is a bad tree. And what I am saying is in connection with the Mystery of Iniquity, the mingling of the common and the sacred, which the disobedient prophet did when he sat down to eat with the False Prophet of Bethel, that the influence of the education represented by that tree is what leads him to his death, ultimately.

Matthew 7:13-27. Go to Matthew 7, and we will begin with verse 13, say something about verse 13 and then read on.

“¹³Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat:”—

Now, when some people read this story of the disobedient prophet, the disobedient prophet is found in the way, his carcase is found in the way, they are thinking, “Well, this is the Old Path.” But, he is in the wrong place. He was not on the Old Paths. That is where he was supposed to be walking.

So, what I am saying is “the way” where he is found is the broad way which leadeth to destruction. Okay?

“Enter ye in at the strait gate,” what is a strait gate?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The narrow path.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The narrow path. It is being obedient to God’s Word.

Was the disobedient prophet obedient to God’s Word?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: No.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: [Shakes his head in agreement of “No.”]

So, he was taking the broad way home, and it led him to destruction.

Verse 14:

—“¹⁴Because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.

“¹⁵Beware of”—who?

Beware of that old prophet from Bethel.

—“¹⁵Beware of false prophets, which come to you in sheep’s clothing,”—

“I’m a prophet, too. An angel spoke to me.”

—“¹⁵Beware of false prophets, which come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are ravening wolves. ¹⁶Ye shall know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles?”—

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Amen!

BROTHER PIPPENGER: —“¹⁷Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit: but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit.”—

What happened because this disobedient prophet came under the influence of the oak tree when he sat underneath it was bad. This tree brought forth bad fruit. Okay?

Verse 18:

—“¹⁸A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. ¹⁹Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. ²⁰Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them.

“²¹Not every one that saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of my Father which is in heaven. ²²Many will say to me in that day, Lord, Lord,”—

In what day? In the time of the Latter Rain; in the judgment time; the Fourth Angel’s Message.

—“Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in thy name? and in thy name have cast out devils? And in thy name done many wonderful works? ²³And then will I profess unto them, I never knew you: depart from me, ye that work iniquity.

“²⁴Therefore whosoever heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them, I will liken him unto a wise man, which built his house upon a rock:”—

Did the disobedient prophet do the Lord’s saying? No.

He was not a wise man. What was he?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: He was foolish.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: He was a foolish virgin.

—“²⁵And the rain descended,”—

When are the foolish and the wise manifested?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: At The Sunday Law?

BROTHER PIPPENGER: No.

“And the rain descended.” When the Rain begins to descend, the wise and the foolish are manifested.

When does the Rain begin to descend? Eleven years ago yesterday, on September 11, 2001. Of course, Islam did some nasty work again last night to escalate the Third Woe, if you have not been on the internet yet. They attacked embassies in Egypt and Libya, and killed ambassadors for the United States in Libya, and moved up the tension that right now Barrack Obama is trying to throw some water on the gas; because, the Prime Minister of Israel said he has tried to contact Barrack Obama to talk to him about Iran, and Barrack Obama is giving him the cold shoulder. So, now Barrack Obama is saying, “This isn’t so. This isn’t the true story,” as of yesterday.

And, what is going on, for anyone that wishes to see, is Israel is frustrated that the United States is not willing to stand with them as they get ready to attack Iran.

So, for those of you that think that what we teach about the Third Woe beginning on 9/11/2001, Sister White says that prophecy—by the fulfillment of these prophecies, they will be confirmed. The Lord is now confirming, once again, with double measure, what we are teaching about the ass of Islam.

But, that is not what—where were we? Verse 25:

—“²⁵And the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell not: for it was founded upon a rock. ²⁶And every one that heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them not, shall be likened unto a foolish man, which built his house upon the sand. ²⁷And the rain descended, and the floods came,”—

”The rain descended.” When did the Rain begin to descend?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: 9/11.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: 9/11.

What is “the flood”? Based upon Daniel 11, verse 40, what is the flood; because, the King of the North comes as an overflowing flood? It is the Euphrates overflowing. It is the banks. It is this mighty sweeping away as it overflows and passes over in verse 40. What is that? What is “the floods”?

Pardon me?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The King of the North.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: What is the flood?

The King of the North brings the flood, but when does the flood arrive?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: At The Sunday Law.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: At The Sunday Law.

The Rains came at 9/11: the Sunday Law, the flood.

“And the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew,”—

What are the winds? The Four Winds of Islam are restrained on 9/11, but they are slipping through the Angels’ fingers.

All these things are in this verse: 9/11, The Sunday Law; and, of course, at The Sunday Law the United States has fully disconnected itself from righteousness, and the winds are only going to escalate and national apostasy is followed by national ruin.

—“And the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell: and great was the fall of it.” Matthew 7:13-27 (KJV).

So, what am I saying? I am saying you determine a tree by its fruit, and the fruit of this tree, this oak tree that the disobedient prophet sat under, was bad fruit. This was a bad tree.

And a tree symbolizes knowledge. And the tree of knowledge, when it represents worldly education, is a bad tree.

And the first tree that we know about connected with knowledge is the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil, this mingling of the sacred with the common, this Mystery of Iniquity.

It was at this tree where the Mystery of Iniquity was accomplished upon Adventism as Adventism was going home. And as they sat down under this tree in the 1930s and accepted the Catholic-Protestant technique of Biblical hermeneutics, they accepted apostate Protestantism’s theology that is called the grammatical historical method, what they were doing is agreeing to go back to Bethel and sit down and eat the bread and the water of apostate Protestantism; and, for this, Adventism would die.

Now, where did Adventism come to its demise? It came to its demise with two animals in the scenario: a lion and an ass.

MILLERITE REFORM MOVEMENT

1798 1844

1842

1AM 2AM 3AM

Elijah’s Message Elisha’s Message

John the Baptist Christ

Shaking and Noise Breath comes into Dead Dry Bones

King of the North Children of the East

LION ASS

Babylon Islam

Figure No. 139.

And in this worship series, we have purposely taken a great deal of time to say that all the Reform Movements parallel one another; but, the classic Reform Movement that teaches us the waymarks and what Reform Movements are is the Reform Movement of the Millerites from 1798 to 1844; and, this history is the history of the First and Second Angels’ Messages, the Second Angel’s Message arriving in 1842, though it is not proclaimed until the Summer of 1844. It was in June of 1842 that the Protestants (the old prophet of Bethel) began to close the doors of its churches against the Millerite message. And the Third Angel’s Message arrived on October 22, 1844. Therefore, this history is of the history of First and Second Angels’ Messages. It is not the history of the Third. The Third [Angel’s Message] arrives here [on October 22, 1844].

So, we have spent a great deal of time identifying that this First Message is the Elijah Message, that is followed by the Elisha Message: this is John the Baptist, followed by Christ. Right? We have studied this in this worship series.

This [Fist Angel’s Message (1AM in Figure No. 139)] is Ezekiel 37 that causes a shaking and a noise; but, not until this Second Message arrives [Second Angel’s Message (2AM)] does the breath come into the dead dry bones.

This [First Angel’s Message, (1AM)] is the message of the King of the North for us at the end of the world; and, this is the message [2AM] of the children of the East for us at the end of the world (this is Daniel 11, verse 44).

Or, in the story of the disobedient prophet, this is the story of the lion [1AM], and the ass [2AM].

The Lion

And we see in your notes, Daniel 7:3-4. It says,

“³And four great beasts came up from the sea, diverse one from another. ⁴The first was like a lion, and had eagle’s wings: I beheld till the wings thereof were plucked, and it was lifted up from the earth, and made stand upon the feet as a man, and a man’s heart was given to it.” Daniel 7:3-4 (KJV).

Who is the first kingdom there in Daniel 7 that is like a Lion?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Babylon.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Babylon, the King of the North.

The Ass

And in Genesis 16:11-12, speaking of Ishmael and Hagar, it says,

“¹¹And the angel of the Lord said unto her,”—[unto Hagar]— Behold, thou art with child, and shalt bear a son, and shalt call his name Ishmael; because the Lord hath heard thy affliction. ¹²And he will be a wild man;”—

And this word wild is, more often than not, translated as its meaning dictates as the wild Arabian ass.

ASS: H6501—(Jeremiah 2:24) from 6500; 1) wild ass. Strong’s Concordance.

“²⁴A wild ass used to the wilderness, that snuffeth up the wind at her pleasure; in her occasion who can turn her away? all they that seek her will not weary themselves; in her month they shall find her.” Jeremiah 2:24 (KJV).

—“his hand will be against every man, and every man’s hand against him; and he shall dwell in the presence of all his brethren. Genesis 16:11-12 (KJV).

Islam, at the end of the world, the descendants of Ishmael, is going to be against every man in the world, and he is going to dwell in the presence of all his brethren.

And, there is a quote where Sister White says “the spirit of Ishmael is the spirit of discord.” (That is a paraphrase.) But, if you removed everyone from Planet Earth except those followers of Mohammad (the Islamists, the Mahometans as the Pioneers called them), if everyone but them were on Planet Earth, they would continue to fight with one another until there was just one man standing because that is the spirit of Ishmael, and that spirit is said to be in the presence of all his brethren. So, this is just foolish political correctness that teaches that it is a minority of Islam that is radical and is going to push this agenda of the Koran. The Bible teaches that the spirit of Ishmael is in all its brethren.

But, if you were to read the Koran very carefully, the instruction from Mohammad is, is when you are in a society where you are in such a minority that you have no way to promote Mohammad and the Koran, is that you are just to pretend that you are a peace loving happy camper until you reach the [Islamic] population point to where you can become militant. And that is not political correctness; that is the Inspired Word of God commenting on the reality of the Koran.

So, what we are saying here is this “Ass” is Islam.

And, we are saying that when the disobedient prophet comes to his end, the disobedient prophet, who is he? Who is the disobedient prophet in this story?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Adventism.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: This is Adventism. They have a message of rebuke for apostate Protestantism, “Come out of Babylon. You are carrying the doctrines of Rome. You are keeping Sunday sacred when there is not a word in the Bible to support you in this position.” This was the message that was given to Adventism, not just for apostate Protestantism but for the whole world. Is this not the Third Angel’s Message?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: How can you tell people the Third Angel’s Message, about the mark of the beast, if you do not know what the mark is or who the beast is? You have a message to carry to them.

So, he comes back with this message and is told to never drink their doctrines, never accept their doctrines, drink their water, eat their bread; and, he heads home and he sits down under the tree of worldly education and accepts the technique of Biblical interpretation that is promoted in Catholicism and apostate Protestantism. And from that influence of that tree, he goes back and he begins to imbibe of these fallen doctrines of Babylon. And, as he heads home, he ends up being killed by a LION as he is riding on an ASS, and the Lion and the Ass just stand there in order to give a symbolic picture of Adventism to anyone that is willing to see.

And what does this symbolic picture say? It says the two messages [referring to the First and Second Angels’ Messages] that Seventh-day Adventists will be incapable of receiving because they sat down under the educational tree of apostate Protestantism is Daniel 11:40-45 [referring to the LION in Figure No. 139], and Islam of 9/11 [referring to the ASS in Figure No. 139]. That is why they die. They cannot understand these two messages.

And their death, those in Adventism that die, will die with the Lion and the Ass standing there with them, to give witness to the two messages that they rejected. And why did they reject them? Because, they sat down under the shadow of that tree of knowledge and returned back to Bethel to eat and drink with the False Prophet.

The Way

Matthew 7:13. Verse 13 of Matthew 7 says,

“¹³Emter ye in at the strait gate; for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat: . . .” Matthew 7:13 (KJV).

So, the disobedient prophet, it is fairly easy to see if you are using the proof-text method of Biblical study, that this is an illustration of Adventism and it is giving a message of where Adventism fails with the message of the last six verses of Daniel 11 [the Lion], and the message of the Third Woe [the Ass]. And, it tells us that what prepares us to reject those messages is the historical grammatical emphasis that is placed upon the interpretation of the Bible that comes out of Babylon, out of Catholicism and apostate Protestantism.

So, with understanding that the disobedient prophet is a symbol of Adventism, we are now prepared to move to the prophecy of the disobedient profit that he left with Jeroboam; that being, that the Lord was going to raise up Josiah by name; and, that is where we will go tomorrow.

A thing popped into my mind, and I did not know how to weave it into this. There is probably a way to weave it into this study, but I am going to say it anyway, even if it seems how of place.

Someone was sharing with me here recently about the ASI (Adventist-laymen’s Services and Industries) discussion over Spiritual Formations and that Ted Wilson was there and he was opposed to Spiritual Formations. And they talked about here recently on 3ABN, and Ted Wilson was—

Pardon me?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: They had a panel there.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Yes, and they had a panel and Ted Wilson was there, and he spoke about Spiritual Formations and was opposed to it. In the world, what they call that is lip service. If you are going to deal with Spiritual Formations, deal with it, deal with it. Say to anyone that continues to practice this technique and is under the appointment of the Seventh-day Adventist Church, “Here is your walking papers.” Deal with it!

As we have said here before, if you were truly going to do the work of a Josiah, you have many things to clean up in the camp.

And it is nice that the General Conference president is out there putting his word against the teachings of the Jesuits, Spiritual Formations. But, for me personally, and this is just a personal thing for me, if he wants to lead out in a revival and reformation, the first thing that he should do, in my opinion, is he needs to come out and reject publicly the stated position of his father when his father was the General Conference president. Under oath in a trial, his father said, “The teaching that the Pope of Rome is the antichrist of Bible prophecy has been assigned to the historical trash heap.”

But, Sister White says, “All those that become confused on the meaning of antichrist will ultimately end up on the side of antichrist.” Ted Wilson’s father has a legal statement where he said the Pope of Rome is not the antichrist. If Ted Wilson wants to begin the work of Josiah, he needs to come out and say, “My father was wrong. The Pope of Rome is the antichrist.” And we need to understand this because we cannot warn people about the mark of the beast unless we know for certain who the beast is, and the beast is the Pope of Rome, the antichrist of Bible prophecy.

And the first problem I think Ted Wilson should take down in Adventism is his father’s legal position that the Pope of Rome is not the antichrist. When he does that, then I think maybe we can see the beginnings of a Josiah. It is time to clean up the camp. The Sunday Law is approaching. The Third Woe is escalating. We need a Josiah now. We do not need a policy man.

Shall we pray?

Benediction: Heavenly Father, we know that all the prophecies, all the stories in the Old Testament and the New Testament are illustrating the end of the world, and that in the curse of Leviticus 26, the 2520-year curse that was pronounced upon Israel for breaking the statutes of chapter 25, and in that curse you said that if we recognize that we were in captivity and we would confess our sins and the sins of our fathers, among other things, that you would gather us. Father, our fathers, our spiritual fathers, have sat down under the tree of education and returned to apostate Protestantism. We confess this sin and ask forgiveness. We ask that your Holy Spirit would convict us of the seriousness of this, that we might be awakened and not be among that large class of Seventh-day Adventists that are going to die on the broad way leading to destruction, and the symbol of their death will be the rejection of the last six verses of Daniel 11 and the Third Woe, their rejection of the warning of the Lion and the Ass. We pray that you would accomplish a revival among your people as represented by Josiah, though we understand that you have told us that this apostasy will wax greater and greater until the Second Coming. We still know that you are about to lift up an ensign, and we want to be part of that number. We ask you to accomplish that for us. In Jesus’s name, amen.

Habakkuk’s Two Tables #70

PART SEVEN: JOSIAH

Presented by Jeff Pippenger

Invocation by Brother Jeff Pippenger: Heavenly Father, as we start our day with this morning manna, we ask that you grant us the presence of your Holy Spirit that we might understand it aright, that you would take control of my mental process that I can convey the message that you have for us and not a message corrupted with human thoughts and ideas. Please prepare our hearts and minds to hear your voice and understand it in this message. We want the Latter Rain poured out upon us. We ask that you would accomplish that for us now, in agreement with Zechariah 10, verse 1. And we thank you for another day of life, a good night’s rest, and ask for a continued blessing now as we partake of your Word. In Jesus’s name, amen.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: We are looking at many, many things; but, we are looking at the prophecy of Josiah as set forth to Jeroboam from the prophet from Judah that ultimately is killed by the Lion while riding upon the Ass.

And in this worship series, we have looked at several Biblical stories that illustrate the end of the world; and, we are going to throw another one into the story of Josiah to make one specific point concerning the end of the world being the Latter Rain. We want to understand that all of these prophecies are illustrating the end of the world, but more specifically they are illustrating the time period of the Latter Rain at the end of the world. And if we have that in place, then when we go into the story of Josiah and we understand that it is the Latter Rain, and we see the Book of Moses discovered, we will have more ability to identify which specific book of Moses, which curse of Moses is represented in the story of Josiah; because, it would have to be a curse of Moses that is also identified in other illustrations of the Latter Rain. As an example, Jeremiah 6:16, “Stand ye in the ways, and see, and ask for the old paths; . . . and walk therein, and ye shall find rest for your souls,” the rest being the Latter Rain; the walking in the old paths being the way to receive the Latter Rain.

So, when we identify the Old Paths as the Foundational Truths as represented on this [1843] Chart, we are narrowing down the options to choose from in terms of the curse of Moses. I mean, what curse of Moses is part of the testimony of the Old Paths and the Latter Rain time period? It has to be part of the curse that can be expressed in these truths [of the 1843 Chart]. That, of course, is the 2520.

Although we have proven it over and over, I want to put some additional evidence in that this is the Latter Rain time period.

In Selected Messages, book 3, beginning at page 338, certainly we have read this before in this worship series. It says,

“Each of the ancient prophets spoke less for their own time than for ours, so that their prophesying is in force for us. ‘Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.’ 1 Corinthians 10:11. ‘Not unto themselves, but unto us they did minister the things, which are now reported unto you by them that have preached the gospel unto you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels desire to look into.’ 1 Peter 1:12. . . .

“The Bible has accumulated and bound up together its treasures for this last generation.”—

What is the last generation?

—“All the great events and solemn transactions of Old Testament history have been, and are, repeating themselves in the church in these last days.”—

What are the great and solemn events that are the subject of prophecy? It is the events connected with the close of probation.

What is the last generation? Where is the last generation marked?

How do you know you are in the last generation? That is Luke 21, “Verily I say unto to, This generation shall not pass, till all be fulfilled. Heaven and earth shall pass away: but my words shall not pass away.” Luke 21:32-33 (KJV).

Luke 21 says the generation that sees the budding trees of Spring is the last generation.

—“The Bible has accumulated and bound up together its treasures for this last generation. All the great events and solemn transactions of Old Testament history have been,”—

All the great and solemn events of Old Testament history that are illustrating the events connected with the close of probation.

—“and are, repeating themselves in the church in these last days.” Selected Messages, book 3, 338-339.

The principle that we have dealt with before is upon the two or three a thing is established. Deuteronomy 17:6 says,

“⁶At the mouth of two witnesses, or three witnesses, shall he that is worthy of death be put to death; but at the mouth of one witness he shall not be put to death.” Deuteronomy 17:6 (KJV).

“¹One witness shall not rise up against a man for any iniquity, or for any sin, in any sin that he sinneth: at the mouth of two witnesses, or at the mouth of three witnesses, shall the matter be established.” Deuteronomy 19:15 (KJV).

2 Corinthians 13:1 says,

“¹This is the third time I am coming to you. In the mouth of two or three witnesses shall every word be established.” 2 Corinthians 13:1 (KJV).

1 Timothy 5:19:

“¹⁹Against an elder receive not an accusation, but before two or three witnesses.” 1 Timothy 5:19 (KJV).

So, all the prophets are speaking about the end of the world, and the truths that they are setting forth will be established when you can see those truths in two or three places.

In Revelation 10, beginning at verse 8, it says,

“⁸And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth.”—

And when commenting on this, Sister White says that Little Book is the Book of Daniel, and she says the Angel is no less than the personage than Jesus Christ.

John is here told to go take the Little Book out of the Angel’s hand, and we know that this Angel descended to the Earth on August 11, 1840, with the restraint that was placed upon the Ottoman Empire by the four great European powers. In that history the restraint of Islam brings the Angel down, thus empowering the First Angel’s Message by confirming the year-day principle.

In verse 8 John is told to go take that Little Book, and then in verse 9, it says,

—“⁹And I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book. And he said unto me, Take it, and eat it up, and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey. ¹⁰And I took the little book out of the angel’s hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter.” Revelation 10:8-10 (KJV).

We have spent a great deal of time studying what it means when a prophet eats the Word of God, whether it is from the testimony of Jeremiah or Ezekiel. It represents the prophet receiving a message that he is to carry to God’s people. And the prophet is forewarned in each instance that God’s people will not receive the message, and the promise is given that the Lord will give the prophet a forehead of flint, the forehead of a diamond, of an adamant; thus, the process of carrying a testing message to God’s people, the shaking that it causes, the resistance that it runs into requires a strengthening of your forehead. And, of course, this is in no doubt part of the process of the sealing, for the Seal of God goes upon your forehead.

When John eats the little book here, he is eating the manna that was sent down from Heaven. The manna that was sent down from Heaven in the Old Testament, or when Jesus is referring to it in John, chapter 6, is the Word of God. And, of course, Jesus has just come down out of Heaven on August 11, 1840. He is the True Manna, and John is told to go and take the Little Book out of His hand and eat the Book of Daniel, eat the Word of God, eat the Manna.

When you eat the manna, you are receiving the Message of the Hour, you are receiving the Latter Rain.

And in this passage, one of the principles about the prophets, when the prophets become part of the prophecy, they are illustrating God’s people at the end of the world; and, in this passage you can see this principle as well, for the Millerites did not understand the experience that they were going to go through from 1840 to 1844. Sister White specifically says that. They did not know what was going to happen to them.

So, although John does represent the Millerites here in Revelation 10, verses 8 through 10, for the Millerites they ate the Little Book and it was sweet in their mouth.

And when was the Little Book sweet in their mouth?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: In 1840.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: In August 11, 1840, when the year-day principle was confirmed, the year-day principle that was the primary point of reference for all these time prophecies [as illustrated on the 1843 Chart] was confirmed, then suddenly their message became very sweet; but, then at the Great Disappointment on October 22, 1844, it became bitter in their stomach.

And we understand that John here is representing the Millerites. Sister White represents this and their experience from 1840 to 1844.

But, John here primarily represents the 144,000; because, the 144,000 are required to understand this history, and John represents someone that is told in advance what is going to happen when he eats the Little Book.

So, John here is representing both Millerite Adventism and the 144,000. He is representing the beginning of Adventism and the end of Adventism; and, he is identifying the reception of the Latter Rain Message that you have to take the message, you have to take the Little Book out of the Angel’s hand and eat it.

And Sister White says “the eating of the Little Book represents the glad reception and the comprehension of the message.”

So, when we look at John illustrating God’s people at the end of the world, he is illustrating God’s people in the time of the Latter Rain, when the Angel of Revelation 18 descends and they are required then to eat the manna of the hour.

Go to Zechariah, chapter 4, for a second witness to the fact that when the prophets are illustrating God’s people at the end of the world, they are primarily illustrating the Latter Rain.

In chapter 4, verse 1, it says,

“¹And the angel that talked with me came again, and waked me, as a man that is wakened out of his sleep.”—

This is the angel Gabriel waking up Zechariah and, in so doing, he is illustrating the wake-up time for the Millerites at the Midnight Cry in the Summer of 1844, and he is representing the wake-up time for Seventh-day Adventists at the end of the world at 9/11.

“¹And the angel that talked with me came again, and waked me, as a man that is wakened out of his sleep. ²And said unto me, What seest thou? And I said, I have looked and behold a candlestick all of gold, with a bowl upon the top of it, and his seven lamps thereon, and seven pipes to the seven lamps, which are upon the top thereof: ³And two olive trees by it, one upon the right side of the bowl, and the other upon the left side thereof. ⁴So I answered and spake to the angel that talked with me, saying, What are these, my lord?”—

Of course, this is the seven-branch candlestick right here [indicating the lower left-hand corner of the 1850 Chart], but you cannot see it, of course from the pulpit. It is illustrated on the 1850 Chart.

There is no reason why Zechariah, the prophet of the Lord, would not understand what the seven-branch candlestick is. He is a prophet of the Lord during the time of the rebuilding of the temple in Jerusalem. Certainly a prophet that is in that history would understand what the furnishing of the sanctuary is. But, yet, when he is awakened, he does not understand what this seven-branch candlestick is; thus, illustrating that when the Millerites were awakened in the Summer of 1844, and in just two months they were going to suffer the Great Disappointment, they understood the Earth as the sanctuary. They did not understand the sanctuary. When they woke up they did not understand what the seven-branch candlestick was. Zechariah here is representing the Millerites that are awakened in the Summer of 1844, only to find that they have a misconception about the sanctuary.

And this is emphasized. Verse 4:

—“⁴So I answered and spake to the angel that talked with me, saying, What are these, my lord?”—

Zechariah is putting in the record that he does not know what it is, and then in verse 5 it says,

—“⁵Then the angel that talked with me answered and said unto me, Knowest thou not what these be?”—

He does not give him the answer. He repeats the question so that the student of prophecy can recognize that this is something that you need to come to grips with.

—“Knowest thou not what these be? And I said, No, my lord.”—

“I don’t know what this is. I, as a prophet, working in rebuilding the sanctuary, I do not know what the seven-branch candlestick is.”

Zechariah is not Zechariah here. He is the Millerites, and he is us at the end of the world.

There is something about the seven-branch candlestick that we do not know what it is at the end of the world.

And who is the angel speaking to him? Well, upon the testimony of two or three, a thing is established, and we are told that Gabriel is the angel that spoke to Daniel, and Gabriel is the angel that talked to John, and Gabriel talked to John the Baptist’s father.

Who is the angel that talks with the prophets?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Gabriel.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: It is Gabriel. Okay? So, Gabriel is talking to him here, and in verse 6, he says,

—“⁶Then he answered and spake unto me, saying,”—

What is Gabriel describing here now? He is describing the seven-branch candlestick. Zechariah does not know what they are, and the angel emphasizes it, and now the angel is going to tell him what it is.

—“This is the word of the Lord”—

He could stop right there, “This is the word of the Lord.”

—“This is the word of the Lord unto Zerubbabel, saying, Not by might, nor by power, but by my spirit, saith the Lord of hosts.”—(to be continued)

Now, the outpouring of the Spirit is accomplished through the unfolding of God’s Word. The Latter Rain is accomplished through a message from the Bible. The Latter Rain is a message.

In Isaiah 28, beginning in verse 9, says,

“⁹Whom shall he teach knowledge?”—

What knowledge needs to be taught at the end of the world? The increase of knowledge that comes when the Book of Daniel was unsealed, and it was unsealed in 1989 with the collapse of the Soviet Union, in fulfillment of verse 40 of Daniel 11.

—“⁹Whom shall he teach knowledge? And whom shall he make to understand doctrine? them that are weaned from the milk, and drawn from the breasts.”—

People that are not just handling truth, people that are seeking after present truth.

There are many wonderful truths in the Word of God, Sister White says. There is milk in the Word of God. There are many wonderful truths in the Word of God, but what the flock of God needs now is present truth. Those people that are studying with the intensity to find present truth are the ones that will understand the increase of knowledge.

—“¹⁰For precept must be upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, and there a little:”—

There is the proof-texting method of Biblical study that was discovered and put in place by William Miller.

Verse 11:

—“¹¹For with stammering lips and another tongue will he speak to this people.”—

There is a time period when He is going to speak to His people through men and women that were not the ordained speakers to His people. They speak with stammering lips and another tongue.

Verse 12:

—“¹²To whom he said, This is the rest wherewith ye may cause the weary to rest;”—

There is only one group of people that are promised the Latter Rain, and that is Seventh-day Adventists. I mean the Seventh-day Adventists and the eleven-hour workers are going to experience the Latter Rain; but, the church that has been promised to be the recipient of the Latter Rain is the Church of Laodicea (the Seventh-day Adventist Church at the end of time).

And in verse 11, he is talking about “this people.” “For with stammering lips and another tongue will he speak to this people.” Who is this people? He is going to describe it in verse 12, “To whom he said,” this people to whom He said, “This is the rest wherewith ye may cause the weary to rest.” This is Adventism. This is the people that has been promised the Latter Rain.

—“and this is the refreshing:”—

The Great Controversy, page 611, says the rest, the refreshing, is the Latter Rain.

—“¹²To whom he said, This is the rest wherewith ye may cause the weary to rest; and this is the refreshing: yet they would not hear.” Isaiah 28:9-12 (KJV).

The Latter Rain is a message. It is something that you hear.

Go back to Zechariah, chapter 4.

What is the candlestick? Gabriel says in verse 6,

—“^{Zechariah 4 continued, verse 6}Then he answered and spake unto me, saying, This is the word of the Lord unto Zerubbabel, saying, Not by my might, nor by power, but by my spirit, saith the Lord of hosts.”—

This seven-branch candlestick is His Spirit.

When the Millerites wake up at the Midnight Cry in the Summer of 1844, they have a misunderstanding about the furnishings of the sanctuary. But, when Adventism woke up at 9/11/2001, their misunderstanding is that the candlestick also represents the Latter Rain, the power of the Holy Spirit, “Not by my might, nor by power, but by my spirit, saith the Lord of hosts.”

And, of course, if you drop down to verse 11,

“¹¹Then answered I, and said unto him, What are these two olive trees upon the right side of the candlestick and upon the left side thereof?”—

For the Millerites, it was the Old and New Testaments; for Zechariah, it was the Law and the Prophets; for you and me here at the end of the world it is the Bible and the Spirit of Prophecy.

Verse 12,

“¹²And I answered again, and said unto him, What be these two olive branches, which through the two golden pipes empty the golden oil out of themselves? ¹³And he answered me and said, Knowest thou not what these be? And I said, No, my lord. ¹⁴Then said he, These are the two anointed ones, that stand by the Lord of the whole earth.” Zechariah 4:1-6, 11-14 (KJV).

The Law and the Prophets for Zechariah; the Old and New Testaments for the Millerites; and the Bible and the Spirit of Prophecy for you and me.

And this golden oil Sister White comments on is the oil that the wise virgins have and the oil that the foolish virgins do not have, and Sister White plainly says that this oil is the messages of God’s Spirit; and, she says, you dishonor God when you do not receive those messages. And the messages of God’s Spirit that is the golden oil is the Latter Rain.

So, in John’s story in Revelation 10, verses 8 through 10, it is about the Latter Rain at the end of the world.

In Zechariah, in chapter 4, with the candlestick and the golden oil that comes through the two pipes, it is about the Latter Rain, it is about the Latter Rain.

Okay. So, I want to give a third witness to this.

Gideon

Judges 6:1-10

Judges, chapter 6. And if you were expecting to study Josiah today, we probably will not study Josiah today, but we are putting a component into the story of Josiah that we want to deal with.

Judges, chapter 6, verses 1 through 10. And we are saying that all the prophets speak about the end of the world, more than the days in which they lived. So, this story is a story about the end of the world.

In fact, for me, Judges, [chapters] 6 through 8 is perhaps the most specific illustration of Adventism in God’s Word.

“¹And the children of Israel did evil in the sight of the Lord: and the Lord delivered them into the hand of Midian seven years.”—

So, this story takes place at the end of 2520 days.

The Millerite story takes place at the end of 2520 years that ended in 1798; and, our story here at the end of the world begins in 1989 at the end of the scattering, the seven scatterings of William Miller; and, Gideon’s story takes place at the end of seven times of captivity.

Verse 1,

—“¹And the children of Israel did evil in the sight of the Lord: and the Lord delivered them into the hand of Midian seven years.”—

You are going to have some references here as we go down through our notes. If you remember, in Daniel 11:41, the King of the North, there are those that escape the hand of the Papacy.

Of course, as Seventh-day Adventists, it is easy for us to understand what the “hand” represents in Bible prophecy, because we are experts on the fact that the mark of the beast goes on the forehead if you believe in Sunday sacredness, and in the hand if you are just forced into observance of it. So, we understand the “hand” represents subjection.

And some people escape the Papacy’s “hand” at The Sunday Law in the United States, modern Babylon (the eleventh-hour workers: Edom, Moab, and the chief children of Ammon); and, then he goes forth (the Papacy in verse 42) and he stretches his “hand” upon the countries, “and the land of Egypt shall not escape.”

So, the point is, is here in this story of Gideon, you will have a reference in your notes: HAND is referenced—I forget now. It is in your notes later on—16 times. So, this is one of the places where you can come and demonstrate very conclusively that the “hand” has to do with being brought into subjection.

Verse 2:

—“²And the hand of Midian prevailed against Israel: and because of the Midianites the children of Israel made them the dens which are in the mountains, and caves, and strong holds.”—

Why were they making dens in the mountains? To hide in, for fear of their enemy.

—“³And so it was, when Israel had sown, that the Midianites came up, and the Amalekites, and the children of the east, even they came up against them;”—

What is that?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: That is the threefold union.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: That is the threefold enemy that represents the Beast, the Dragon, and the False Prophet at the end of the world. When you see that threefold enemy, you will see two expressed in a singular fashion, and one in a plural fashion; and, sure enough, Midian (singular0, Amalekites (singular), and the children of the East is a plurality in God’s Word.

It is by recognizing this “singular, singular, plurality” that allows you as a student of prophecy to see three tribes and understand that these three tribes represent modern Babylon at the end of the world; because, all the prophets are speaking more about the end of the world than the days in which they lived. And the part of the end of the world that they are speaking about is the part that we call the Latter Rain time period.

Okay. Verse 4:

—“⁴And they encamped against them, and destroyed the increase of the earth, till thou come unto Gaza, and left no sustenance for Israel, neither sheep, nor ox, nor ass. ⁵For they came up with their cattle and their tents, and they came as grasshoppers for multitude;”—

And grasshoppers, of course, sometimes it is translated as the Hebrew word as locusts; and, I am not counting when it is translated as locusts. But, grasshoppers and the sands of the sea, when you see those, it represents the multitude of people at the end of the world. We will show you that in a moment.

—“for both they and their camels were without number: and they entered into the land to destroy it. ⁶And Israel was greatly impoverished because of the Midianites; and the children of Israel cried unto the Lord.

^“7And it came to pass, when the children of Israel cried unto the Lord because of the Midianites,”—

There is a principle there that is not understood that Sister White and the Bible emphasizes repeatedly. You find yourself in trouble, cry out unto the Lord. Do not just keep going in the same direction; the trouble is only going to get worse.

So, when they did cry out unto the Lord, verse 8,

—“⁸That the Lord sent a prophet unto the children of Israel, which said unto them, Thus saith the Lord God of Israel, I brought you up from Egypt, and brought you forth out of the house of bondage; ⁹And I delivered you out of the hand of the Egyptians, and out of the hand of all that oppressed you, and drave them out from before you, and gave you their land; ¹⁰And I said unto you, I am the Lord your God; fear not the gods of the Amorites, in whose land ye dwell: but ye have not obeyed my voice.” Judges 6:1-10 (KJV).

And we will stop there and talk about these things.

The prophet here that is sent, the emphasis of the prophetic ministry of this prophecy is to emphasize the principle of taking God’s people back to the histories of the past to find their point of reference for faith: “Go back to the Lord’s leading in your past history.”

If you find yourself as a Christian where you understand that you have lost the presence of the Lord, Sister White tells you there is a work that you are supposed to do if you find yourself lacking the presence of the Lord. What does Sister White say to do first? Go back to the last place where you can remember that you had a genuine experience with the Lord and start there. Okay?

So, this principle is noted in here, too.

But, let us go back and go through verses 1 through 10.

The Children of Israel did Evil

In the Signs of the Times, June 3, 1881,

“Alas, that in the history of God’s chosen people the sorrowful story of apostasy and its punishment must be so oft repeated! Forty years of peace elapsed after the destruction of Sisera and his host, and again ‘the children of Israel did evil in the sight of the Lord, and the Lord delivered them into the hand of Midian seven years.’ Heretofore the hand of the oppressor had fallen but lightly on the tribes dwelling east of the Jordan, but in the present calamities they were the chief sufferers. . . .

“Because of their sins, the protecting hand of God was withdrawn from Israel, and they were left to the mercies of their enemies.” Signs of the Times, June 23, 1881.

This is the context of Judges, chapter 6.

The Multitude

GRASSHOPPER: (sands of the sea) used 19 times in the Bible—meaning: multitude.

Judges 7:12; Rev. 17:15; Isaiah 40:22; 1 Samuel 13:5; Joshua 11:4–5

And in Judges 7:12, it says,

“¹²And the Midianites and the Amalekites and all the children of the east lay along in the valley like grasshoppers for multitude; and their camels were without number, as the sand by the sea side for multitude.” Judges 7:12 (KJV).

Revelation 17:15, we should probably know that; but, Revelation 17:15, what is “the multitudes”? But, this story of Gideon is the end of the world, during the Latter Rain time period, and verse 15 says,

“¹⁵And he saith unto me, The waters which thou sawest, where the whore sitteth, are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues.” Revelation 17:15 (KJV).

The grasshoppers are the people of the world.

Isaiah 40:22

“²²It is he that sitteth upon the circle of the earth, and the inhabitants there are as grasshoppers; that stretcheth out the heavens as a curtain, and spreadeth them out as a tent to dwell in.” Isaiah 40:22 (KJV).

And then you have a couple of other references there of grasshoppers and multitudes, 1 Samuel 13:5; Joshua 11:4-5; but, I want to read from Joel, about the multitude; because, we are saying this is the multitudes, the peoples, the seas at the end of the world during the time period of the Latter Rain. You can look up these other references on your own.

“⁵And the Philistines gathered themselves together to fight with Israel, thirty thousand chariots, and six thousand horsemen, and people as the sand which is on the sea shore in multitude: and they came up, and pitched in Michmash, eastward from Bethaven.” 1 Samuel 13:5 (KJV).

“⁴And they went out, they and all their hosts with them, much people, even as the sand that is upon the sea shore in multitude, with horses and chariots very many. ⁵And when all these kings were met together, they came and pitched together at the waters of Merom, to fight against Israel.” Joshua 11:4-5 (KJV).

And as we read through Joel, we have dealt with this particular little issue in this worship series, that when you see the expression (the two words), “bring again,” in the Old Testament—i.e., “I will bring again the captivity of Israel,” “I will bring again the captivity of Judah”—in our English, “bring again” makes us think it means, “I am going to bring them again into captivity,” but actually the Hebrew means reverse. When it says, “I am going to bring again the captivity,” it means, “I am going to reverse the captivity.” It means they are in captivity, and I am going to end it. Where in the English it sounds like, “I am going to take them into captivity.”

So, I am pointing this Hebrew word out here in your notes; because, in this passage of Joel, it is going to talk about “bring again,” and we want to understand this correctly.

You see the Concordance definition of bring again.

BRING AGAIN: Strong’s Concordance H7725 shûb A primitive root; to turn back (hence, away) transitively or intransitively, literally or figuratively (not necessarily with the idea of return to the starting point); generally to retreat.

Joel 2:28 – 3:17

And in Joel 2:28, we are looking at the multitudes, the grasshoppers, the enemies of Gideon at the end of the world, which is most likely an illustration of the Latter Rain.

Beginning at verse 28 of Joel, chapter 2,

“^{Chapter 2:28}And it shall come to pass afterward, that I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh;”—

So, what time period does this take place in? The Latter Rain, clearly.

—“and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, your old men shall dream dreams, your young men shall see visions: ²⁹And also upon the servants and upon the handmaids in those days will I pour out my spirit. ³⁰And I will shew wonders in the heavens and in the earth, blood, and fire, and pillars of smoke. ³¹The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before the great and the terrible day of the Lord come. ³²And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be delivered: for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem shall be deliverance, as the Lord hath said, and in the remnant whom the Lord shall call.”—

Who quotes this? Who quotes this? Joel writes it, but who quotes it?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Peter.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Peter, in Acts, chapter 2, chapter 3, identifying the outpouring at Pentecost; but, Sister White tells us that the outpouring at Pentecost is prefiguring the outpouring of the Latter Rain (verse 1 of chapter 3).

—“^{Chapter 3:1}For, behold, in those days,”—in the time of the Latter Rain—“and in that time, when I shall bring again the captivity of Judah and Jerusalem,”—

So, what does this mean? These words bring again means reverse: “When I will reverse the captivity of Judah and Jerusalem.”

So, in the Latter Rain time period—just before the Latter Rain time period, what condition is Judah and Jerusalem in? They are in captivity.

What captivity is that? It is Miller’s scattering, because a scattering is captivity, and it gets reversed.

Verse 2:

—“²I will also gather all nations, and will bring them down into the valley of Jehoshaphat, and will plead with them there for my people and for my heritage Israel, whom they have scattered among the nations, and parted my land. ³And they have cast lots for my people; and have given a boy for an harlot, and sold a girl for wine, that they might drink. ⁴Yea, and what have ye to do with me, O Tyre, and Zidon, and all the coasts of Palestine? Will ye render me a recompence? And if ye recompense me, swiftly and speedily will I return your recompence upon your own head;”—

Who is He talking to there?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Indiscernible response.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Who is he talking to there, in verse 4?

—“⁴Yea, and what have ye to do with me, O Tyre, and Zidon, and all the coasts of Palestine?—

Who is He talking to there? That is the Beast, the Dragon, and the False Prophet. That is the threefold enemy: Palestine, Tyre, and Zidon.

—“Will ye render me a recompence?”—

He is talking about dealing with the Beast, the Dragon, and the False Prophet.

Verse 5:

—“⁵Because ye have taken my silver and my gold, and have carried into your temples my goodly pleasant things:”—

Who do that?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Nebuchadnezzar.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Nebuchadnezzar. This is about persecution against God’s people.

Verse 6:

—“⁶The children also of Judah and the children of Jerusalem have ye sold into the Grecians, that ye might remove them far from their border. ⁷Behold, I will raise them out of the place whither ye have sold them, and will return your recompence upon your own head:”—

When does he reverse the captivity of Jerusalem and Judah? At the outpouring of the Latter Rain He is going to reverse the captivity. Right? Prior to that time, they have been captive.

And who have they been sold to, in verse 6? “The children also of Judah and the children of Jerusalem have ye sold into the Grecians, . . .”

Who sold them to the Grecians? The threefold enemy of Tyre, Zidon, and Palestine. Modern Babylon has sold God’s people to the Grecians.

What does that mean?

Why did the majority of the Hebrews reject Christ as the Messiah?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: False education.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: False education.

What was their false educational system? It was the Greek educational system.

What sells out God’s people? It is a false educational system. It is the technique for studying the Bible that comes from Babylon, from modern Babylon, from apostate Protestantism and Catholicism. It is the grammatical historical method of studying the Bible, which was introduced in the 1930s. And that is another story.

Verse 7:

—“⁷Behold, I will raise them out of the place whither ye have sold them, and will return your recompence upon your own head:”—

Okay. They have been sold. They are in captivity. The captivity is reversed at the Latter Rain. At 9/11 the captivity is being reversed. Right?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: And He is going to—what?—them?

What happens at 9/11? There are two messages, right?

Remember yesterday [referring to Figure No. 139]: First Message, Second Message; Elijah, Elisha; John, Christ; Shaking and Noise—what message is this?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The First.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: It is the First Message. Where do we find this message?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Ezekiel.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Ezekiel 37.

And what is the Second Message in Ezekiel 37? It is the breath, but what does it do? It causes them to stand on their feet. They stand up.

And when they stand on their feet, what happens to them?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: They are lifted up as an ensign.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: They are lifted up as an ensign. The lifting up begins at 9/11, but the world sees it at The Sunday Law.

Where was I? I was not going to go into this detail. It is not my point.

—“⁸And I will sell your sons and your daughters into the hand of the children of Judah, and they shall sell them to the Sabeans, to a people far off: for the Lord hath spoken it.

“⁹Proclaim ye this among the Gentiles; Prepare war, wake up the mighty men, let all the men of war draw near; let them come up. ¹⁰Beat your plowshares into swords, and your pruninghooks into spears: let the weak say, I am strong.”—

And Sister White says in the Last Days—and when Sister White says “in the Last Days,” because she is a prophet that agrees with all the other prophets, the “Last Days” that she is referring to is the time period of the Latter Rain. And Sister White says in the Last Days wars will rage.

Do you see any wars and rumors or wars going on in the world today?

Okay. We are still in verse 10:

—“let the weak say, I am strong.”

In connection with these wards in the Last Days, the weak are going to say they are strong. What does that mean? Well, that means that is the United States wanted to right now, it could take its nuclear arsenal and eliminate the Middle East. Okay? Islam could be gone; they could be vaporized.

Compared to the fire power of Russia, the multitudes in the army of China, or the fire power of the Europeans, or the fire power of the United States, Islam is weak. Okay? They are struggling in Iran to get together one nuclear bomb that they can send to Jerusalem, maybe two or three but that is it. They know when they fire those nuclear bombs, it is over. They are weak, and in this history the weak will say, “I am strong!” They are going to fight in any case. Okay?

—“¹¹Assemble yourselves, and come, all ye heathen, and gather yourselves together round about: thither cause thy mighty ones to come down, O Lord. ¹²Let the heathen be wakened, and come up to the valley of Jehoshaphat: for there will I sit to judge all the heathen round about. ¹³Put ye in the sickle, for the harvest is ripe: come,”—

When does the harvest time begin?

What is the harvest? The Summer time; it is at the end of the world. It begins at The Sunday Law in the United States, the Summer time does.

—“¹³Put ye in the sickle, for the harvest is ripe: come, get your down; for the press is full, the fats overflow; for their wickedness is great.”—

And here is where we are at now.

—“¹⁴Multitudes, multitudes”—

What does that tell you?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Second and Fourth Angels’ Message. This is a marker. This is the multitudes that are gathered. The grasshoppers in Gideon’s story are gathered in the Latter Rain time period when the Judgment of the Living is coming to a conclusion.

—“¹⁴Multiudes, multitudes in the valley of decision: for the day of the Lord is near in the valley of decision. ¹⁵The sun and the moon shall be darkened, and the stars shall withdraw their shining. ¹⁶The Lord also shall roar out of Zion, and utter his voice from Jerusalem; and the heavens and the earth shall shake: but the Lord will be the hope of his people, and the strength of the children of Israel. ¹⁷So shall ye know that I am the Lord your God dwelling in Zion, my holy mountain: then shall Jerusalem be holy, and there shall no strangers pass through her any more.” Joel 2:28 – 3:17 (KJV).

What is a stranger? A Gentile. Okay? A stranger is a Gentile.

And, at the end of the world, the glorious holy mountain in verse 45 of Daniel 11, it is pure. This is the Church Triumphant. There are no people in there that are wearing the wrong apparel. They all have the right apparel on, if you know what I mean.

So, back to your notes.

The multitudes in Gideon’s story are the multitudes here at the end of the world in the valley of decision, the time of the Judgment of the Living, the time of the Latter Rain when the world is being divided into two classes.

Where do you see the world divided into two classes just before probation is closed?

Seas Pope of Rome Glorious Holy Mountain

(People of the World) (Tabernacles of his Palace) (Zion)

The Multitudes Dan. 11:45 Church Triumphant

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

1798 1844

1842

1AM 2AM 3AM

Elijah’s Message Elisha’s Message

John the Baptist Christ

Shaking and Noise Breath comes into Dead Dry Bones

King of the North Children of the East

LION ASS

Babylon Islam

Figure No. 140.

If I was to put a mountain over here, and the seas over here, what would the seas be?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The multitudes.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: And if I was to put the Pope of Rome right in the middle, what verse would you have? Daniel 11, verse 45. He places the tabernacles of his palaces between the seas and the glorious holy mountain. The world has been divided into two classes, and Jerusalem (Zion) will not have any strangers any longer.

The Hand (16 times in Judges 6 – 8)

Judges 6:1; 9, 13, 14, 36, 37; 7:2,7,9,11,14,15: 8:6, 7, 15, 22*

To your notes, “The Hand,” in the first verse of chapter 6 of Judges, Gideon and his people were given into the hand of Midian for seven years. And these are all the verses* in this story, chapters 6 through 8 of Judges, where the hand is used to demonstrate subjection.

In Testimonies, volume 5, page 712,

“When our nation shall so abjure the principles of its government as to enact a Sunday law, Protestantism will in this act join hands with popery.” Testimonies, volume 5, 712.

They are going to be brought into subject into the Papacy,

And the next quote we have read before, and it says,

“The Protestants of the United States will be foremost in stretching their hands across the gulf to grasp the hand of Spiritualism;”—

That is the Dragon power.

—”they will reach over the abyss to clasp hands with the Roman power;”—

That is the Papacy.

—“and under the influence of this threefold union, this country will follow in the steps of Rome in trampling on the rights of conscience.” The Great Controversy, 588.

This threefold union is the Beast, the Dragon, and the False Prophet. It is in the story of Gideon, Midian, the Amalekites, and the children of the East; and, their joining hands is representing their agreement.

Three Enemies

Judges 6:3; 7:12

“³And so it was, when Israel had sown, that the Midianites came up, and the Amalekites, and the children of the east, even they came up against them: . . .” Judges 6:3 (KJV).

“¹²And the Midianites and the Amalekites and all the children of the east lay along in the valley like grasshoppers for multitude; and their camels were without number, as the sand by the sea side for multitude.” Judges 7:12 (KJV).

Midian: strife. Abraham and Keturah—Amal: trouble. Esau—The children of the east: (plural.)

Midian, Amal, and the children of the East, you have several references of these three enemies in your notes.

Numbers 22:4-5

“⁴And they journeyed from mount Hor by the way of the Red sea, to compass the land of Edom: and the soul of the people was much discouraged because of the way. ⁵And the people spake against God, and against Moses, Wherefore have ye brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? For there is no bread, neither is there any water; and our soul loatheth this light bread.” Numbers 22:4-5 (KJV).

Moab, Midian, Balaam of Pethro which is in the land of the children of his people: (plural.)

In Numbers 22:4-5, the three enemies are Moab, Midian, and Balaam.

And Sister White comments on Numbers 22. In Adventist Home, page 27, she says,

“Near the close of this earth’s history Satan will work with all his powers in the same manner and with the same temptations wherewith he tempted ancient Israel just before their entering the land of promise. He will lay snares for those who claim to keep the commandments of God, and who are almost on the borders of the heavenly Canaan.” Adventist Home, 327.

So, she is saying Numbers 22 is here at the end of the world.

So, who is Moab, Midian, and Balaam at the end of the world? It is this threefold union. Balaam is associated with the children of the East, a plurality.

Nehemiah 2:19

“¹⁹But when Sanballat the Horonite, and Tobiah the servant, the Ammonite, and Geshem the Arabian, heard it, they laughed us to scorn, and despised us, and said, What is this thing that ye do? Will ye rebel against the king? Nehemiah 2:19 (KJV).

Sanballat the Horonite: the moon god; sin has given life. Moab—Tobiah the Ammonite: Yaweh is good—Geshem the Arabian: born in the rainy season. (plural.) Ishmael.

In Nehemiah when they rebuilding the temple after they came out of Jerusalem, there were three enemies: Sanballat, Tobiah, and Geshem the Arabian; the Arabian, once again, a plurality.

And Sister White says in Christian Service, page 173,

“The experience of Nehemiah is repeated in the history of God’s people in this time. Those who labor in the cause of truth will find that they cannot do this without exciting the anger of its enemies. Though they have been called of God to the work in which they are engaged, and their course is approved of Him, they cannot escape reproach and derision.” Christian Service, 173–174.

Who is Sanballat, Tobiah, and Geshem the Arabian? The Beast, the Dragon, and the False Prophet.

John 19:19-20

“¹⁹And Pilate wrote a title, and put it on the cross. And the writing was, JESUS OF NAZARETH THE KING OF THE JEWS. ²⁰This title then read many of the Jews: for the place where Jesus was crucified as nigh to the city: and it was written in Hebrew, and Greek, and Latin.” John 19:19-20 (KJV).

Hebrew: from the other side. Shem—Latin: Roman: I have exalted. Spiritually Ham—Greek: sons of the Ionians. Japheth (plural.)

At the cross, the sign that was placed on the top of the cross was written in Hebrew, Latin, and Greek. There is your threefold division; and, HEBREW is from Shem; LATIN is from Ham; and, GREEK is from Japheth (GREEK is the plurality; Japheth is the plurality).

Selected Messages, book 1, page 406,

“The trials of the children of Israel, and their attitude just before the first coming of Christ, have been presented before me again and again to illustrate the position of the people of God in their experience before the second coming of Christ—how the enemy sought every occasion to take control of the minds of the Jews, and today he is seeking to blind the minds of God’s servants, that they may not be able to discern the precious truth.” Selected Messages, book 1, 406.

Threefold enemy in the time of Christ; threefold enemy at the end of the world.

Revelation 16:12-13

“¹²And the sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings of the east might be prepared. ¹³And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet.” Revelation 16:12-13 (KJV).

Beast: Catholicism—False prophet: Apostate Protestantism—Dragon: Spiritualism

And that threefold enemy is found in Revelation 16, to be the Beast, the False Prophet, and the Dragon.

Revelation 16:19; 16:13-16

“¹⁹And the great city was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of his wrath.” Revelation 16:19 (KJV).

“¹³And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet. ¹⁴For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty. ¹⁵Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame. ¹⁶And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon.” Revelation 16:13-16 (KJV).

Isaiah 11:14

“¹⁴But they shall fly upon the shoulders of the Philistines toward the west; they shall spoil them of the east together: they shall lay their hand upon Edom and Moab; and the children of Ammon shall obey them.” Isaiah 11:14 (KJV).

Edom, Moab, children of Ammon. (plural.)

And then in Isaiah 11:14, you see Edom, Moab, and the children of Ammon, paralleling Daniel 11, verse 41:

Daniel 11:41

“⁴¹He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries [people (SDAs)] shall be overthrown. But these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon.” Daniel 11:41 (KJV).

Edom: red. Esau—Moab: from father. Lot—The chief of the children of Ammon: paternal uncle. Lot. (plural.)

Edom, Moab, and the children of Ammon.

Prophet of History

So, under this bondage in the story of Gideon in chapter 6, the people finally cry out to the Lord; and, the Lord sends them a prophet. The prophet points them back to the deliverance of Egypt, the emphasis of the ministry.

You know, you have ministries in Adventism today that they go out and do literature evangelism, and then you have a ministry that does the Health Message, and you have ministries that emphasize what Jones and Waggoner taught in 1888; but, the ministry of this prophet in Judges, chapter 6, was to teach the people that their safety was understanding and remembering their past history. The prophet comes into this story and says, “Remember. Hey, the Lord delivered you out of Egypt.” Okay? He takes them back to their past history.

And, of course, the prophet at the end of the world that has this identical ministry is Ellen White. In Life Sketches, page 196, she says,

“We have nothing to fear for the future, except as we shall forget the way the Lord has led us, and His teaching in our past history.” Life Sketches, 196.

Now, in verse 8 of Judges 6, it says,

“⁷And it came to pass, when the children of Israel cried into the Lord because of the Midianites, ⁸that the Lord sent a prophet unto the children of Israel, which said unto them, Thus saith the Lord God of Israel, I brought you up from Egypt, and brought you forth out of the house of bondage; . . . ⁹And I delivered you out of the hand of the Egyptians, and out of the hand of all that oppressed you, and drave them out from before you, and gave you their land; . . .” Judges 6:7-9 (KJV).

The same ministry: ‘You have nothing to worry about, except as you forget the Lord’s teaching and our experience in our past history.’

The Upward Look, page 232m says

“The history of the children of Israel is written for our admonition and instruction upon whom the ends of the world are come. Those who would stand firm in the faith in these last days, and finally gain an entrance into the heavenly Canaan, must listen to the words of warning spoken by Jesus Christ to the Israelites. These lessons were given to the church in the wilderness to be studied and heeded by God’s people throughout their generations forever. The experience of the people of God in the wilderness will be the experience of His people in this age. Truth is a safeguard in all time to those who will hold fast the faith once delivered to the saints.” The Upward Look, 232.

What is the faith that was once delivered to Ancient Israel? It was the faith of the Red Sea deliverance. Their faith was premised upon their foundational experience.

What is the faith that was delivered to Adventism? It is the faith that is based upon this history here of these two Charts [the 1843 and the 1850 Charts] of Habakkuk; and, ‘We have nothing to fear for the future, except we shall forget that past history.’

So, what am I saying? I am saying the prophet is Ellen White is this passage, the writings of the Spirit of Prophecy.

Let us move quickly. We have seven minutes.

Judges 6:11-16

The Angel

Verses 11 through 16 [of Judges]

“¹¹And there came an angel of the Lord, and sat under an oak which was in Ophrah, that pertained unto Joash the Abiezrite: and his son Gideon threshed wheat by the winepress, to hide it from the Midianites. ¹²And the angel of the Lord appeared unto him, and said unto him, The Lord is with thee, thou mighty man of valour. ¹³And Gideon said unto him, Oh my Lord, if the Lord be with us, why then is all this befallen us?”—

And this is the reason here that I added the story of Gideon to the story of Josiah. This verse here is what I want to put in the record.

Verse 13 again,

—“¹³And Gideon said unto him, Oh, my Lord,”—

Why is he calling an angel “Lord”?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: He’s Christ.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Because this angel is Christ.

—“¹³And Gideon said unto him, Oh my Lord, if the Lord be with us, why then is all this befallen us? and where be all his miracles which our fathers told us of, saying, Did not the Lord bring us up from Egypt? but now the Lord hath forsaken us, and delivered us into the hands of the Midianites. ¹⁴And the Lord looked upon him, and said, Go in this thy might, and thou shalt save Israel from the hand of the Midianites: have not I sent thee? ¹⁵And he said unto him, Oh my Lord, wherewith shall I save Israel? behold, my family is poor in Manasseh, and I am the least in my father's house. ¹⁶And the Lord said unto him, Surely I will be with thee, and thou shalt smite the Midianites as one man.” Judges 6:11-16 (KJV).

In your notes, Signs of the Times, June 23, 1881,

“The angel had vailed the divine glory of his presence, but it was no other than Christ, the Son of God.” Signs of the Times, June 23, 1881.

And she is speaking Gideon in here.

So, this is Christ speaking with Gideon.

And I have another thought I will not throw in here.

The Harvest

What is Gideon doing? He is bringing in the harvest. Matthew 13:39:

“³⁹The enemy that sowed them is the devil; the harvest is the end of the world; and the reapers are the angels.” Matthew 13:39 (KJV).

So, here when Gideon is bringing in the harvest and working it at the wine press, he is representing the end of the world.

Wheat

And what is Gideon doing; what is Gideon doing with this wheat? He is threshing it, is he not?

Judges 6:11, he “threshed wheat by the winepress.” What does it mean, “to thresh wheat”? Beat it up where you can separate the parts of the wheat that you do not want to eat. Okay? He is going the work of separating. Right?

Fundamentals of Christian Education page 307:

“Allow no one to be brains for you, allow no one to do your thinking, your investigating, and your praying. This is the instruction we need to take to heart today. Many of you are convinced that the precious treasure of the kingdom of God and of Jesus Christ is in the Bible which you hold in your hand. You know that no earthly treasure is attainable without painstaking effort. Why should you expect to understand the treasures of the word of God without diligently searching the Scriptures?

“It is proper and right to read the Bible; but your duty does not end there; for you are to search its pages for yourselves. The knowledge of God is not to be gained without mental effort, without prayer for wisdom in order that you may separate from the pure grain of truth the chaff with which men and Satan have misrepresented the doctrines of truth. Satan and his confederacy of human agents have endeavored to mix the chaff of error with the wheat of truth. We should diligently seek for the hidden treasure, and seek wisdom from heaven in order to separate human inventions from the divine commands. The Holy Spirit will aid the seeker for great and precious truths which relate to the plan of redemption. I would impress upon all the fact that a casual reading of the Scriptures is not enough. We must search, and this means the doing of all the word implies. As the miner eagerly explores the earth to discover its veins of gold, so you are to explore the word of God for the hidden treasure that Satan has so long sought to hide from man. The Lord says, ‘If any man willeth to do His will, he shall know of the teaching.’ John 7:17.” Fundamentals of Christian Education, 307.

What was Gideon doing? He was studying the Word of God with an intensity that allowed him to separate the wheat from the chaff.

Is Gideon an illustration of the end of the world?

Is Gideon God’s people at the end of the world?

Is Gideon doing this work of separation right at a time when the Angel, who is no less than the personage of Jesus Christ, comes down out of Heaven?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Okay. So, Gideon represents those people that are receiving the Latter Rain, eating the Little Book that is in the Angel’s hand.

Least

Okay. He says he is the least. This connects with verse 11 of Isaiah 28, “For with stammering lips and another tongue will he speak to this people.” Gideon is not the greatest in Israel; he is the least of the least.

“The experience of Gideon and his army, was designed to teach a lesson of simplicity and faith. The leader whom God had chosen occupied no prominent position in Israel.”

What does Sister White say? Men from the common occupations and the plows will be called to finish the work.

Who are those men? They are Gideon. Gideon represents the least, the people that get called from the plow to finish the work.

—“The leader whom God had chosen occupied no prominent position in Israel. He was not a ruler, a Levite, or a priest. He thought himself the least in his father’s house. Human wisdom would not have selected him; but God saw in Gideon a man of integrity and moral courage. He was distrustful of self, and willing to listen to the teachings of God, and carry out his purposes. The Lord is not dependent upon men of high position, of great intellect, or extensive knowledge. Such men are frequently proud and self-sufficient. They feel themselves competent to devise and execute plans without counsel from God. They separate themselves from the true Vine, and hence become dry and fruitless, as withered branches.” Signs of the Times, June 30, 1881.

And in Isaiah 27:11, the women come and take those branches away and burn them.

“¹¹When the boughs thereof are withered, they shall be broken off: the women come, and set them on fire: for it is a people of no understanding: therefore he that made them will not have mercy on them, and he that formed them will shew them no favour.” Isaiah 27:11 (KJV).

Hidden

Gideon was hiding as he was doing this work, because he did not want the Midianites to see him; because, they would have come and killed him and took his food, perhaps.

So, who are the hidden ones?

What hides the hidden ones?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The shadow of the Most High.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The shadow of the Most High. Okay. But, who are they?

Testimonies, volume 5, pages 80 – 81:

“The days are fast approaching when there will be great perplexity and confusion. Satan, clothed in angel robes, will deceive, if possible, the very elect. There will be gods many and lords many. Every wind of doctrine will be blowing. Those who have rendered supreme homage to ‘science falsely so called’”—

“Science falsely so called” is the reception of the historical grammatical method of Biblical interpretation that came in, in the 1930s.

—“Those who have rendered supreme homage to ‘science falsely so called’ will not be the leaders then.”—

And when they accepted this historical grammatical method of Biblical study, they were rejecting William Miller’s method called proof-texting, line upon line.

—“Those who have trusted to intellect, genius, or talent will not then stand at the head of rank and file. They did not keep pace with the light.”—

They could not! They had the wrong Biblical—I do not even want to call them principles —the wrong Biblical approach, and it prevents them from recognizing the light.

—“Those who have proved themselves unfaithful will not then be entrusted with the flock.”—

Gideon is going to be entrusted with the flock. Men from the common occupations, according to Sister White; men, according to Isaiah, that have not been trained in speaking. They speak with stammering lips and another tongue.

—“In the last solemn work few great men will be engaged. They are self-sufficient, independent of God, and He cannot use them. The Lord has faithful servants, who in the shaking, testing time will be disclosed to view.”—

When is the shaking, testing time? It begins with this Message [the First Angel’s Message (see Figure No. 139)] in 1989; because, the First Message in Ezekiel 37, it makes a noise and it causes a shaking.

In this time, from 1989 onward, these men and women will be brought to view.

—“The Lord has faithful servants, who in the shaking, testing time will be disclosed to view. There are precious ones now”—what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Hidden.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: —“hidden who have not bowed the knee to Baal. They have not had the light which has been shining in a concentrated blaze upon you. But it may be under a rough and uninviting exterior the pure brightness of a genuine Christian character will be revealed. In the day time we look toward heaven but do not see the stars. They are there, fixed in the firmament, but the eye cannot distinguish them. In the night we behold their genuine luster.” Testimonies, volume 5, 80–81.

Midnight, the Midnight Cry!

Okay. So, Gideon’s question to Christ (the Angel), “Oh, my Lord,” verse 13 [of Judges 6], “if the Lord be with us, why then is all this befallen us?”

Prior to 9/11, why is this befallen us?

Why are we using apostate Protestant church growth techniques?

Why are we allowing men to teach in our universities that are either directly saying or insinuating that the seven days of Creation are seven periods of time?

Why are we ordaining women?

Why are we having celebration service?

Why are we letting Catholic priests come in and give week of prayers at our universities?

Why are we exchanging pulpits with these fallen denominations on the Sabbath and going to their churches on Sunday?

Why is all of this taking place?

“Why is this befalling us?” is what Gideon is asking. “Why then is this all befalling us, and where be all his miracles which our fathers told us of, saying,”—now, he is going to define the miracles here, and I want you to see this, if you will. He in the same sentence is saying, “Did not the Lord bring us up from Egypt?”

What were the miracles of Egypt?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The plagues.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Okay. But, where does this story of the deliverance of Egypt reach its climax? Is it not at Pentecost, when the Lord delivers the Law and enters into covenant with them?

And at the mount, Sister White says there has never been a greater manifestation of the power of God than at Sinai, and that includes the Flood. So, what went on at Sinai, there was the manifestation of the power of God that was the capstone to that history. And what was it? It was Pentecost.

So, when Gideon is saying, “Where are the miracles that you promised that are prefigured by Pentecost?” what is Gideon asking about? “Where is the Latter Rain?”

Does not Pentecost prefigure the Latter Rain?

Is there going to be miracles during the Latter Rain?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: So, who does Gideon represent here, Brothers and Sisters?

This is a key point, because we have spent time already here demonstrating that only those that recognize the Latter Rain receive it. And in order to recognize the Latter Rain, you have got to be looking for it.

Was Gideon looking for it [the Latter Rain]? He represents a class in Adventism that knows that the purpose of Adventism was to be the group of people that receive the Latter Rain and proclaim the Last and Final Warning Message. Gideon knew this, and he is saying, “Why hasn’t it happened?” He is of the class of Adventism that is looking for and can recognize the Latter Rain when it comes, because he knows the Latter Rain was prefigured in Egypt at Pentecost. He knows those old histories represent the Latter Rain.

But, that is only going to be a small minority of Adventism that has that mindset. Right?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: How do you know that? Because, who is Gideon? He is the least, he is the smallest, he is the weakest.

Miracles

Okay. What are the miracles?

Testimonies, volume 5, page 211—we are almost done. We are not going to read the next quote after that.

Page 211 says,

“Here we see that the church—the Lord’s sanctuary—was the first to feel the stroke of the wrath of God. The ancient men, those to whom God had given great light and who had stood as guardians of the spiritual interests of the people, had betrayed their trust. They had taken the position”—

This is talking about the sealing in Ezekiel 9. These men are not going to receive the Seal of God because,

—“They had taken the position that we need not look for miracles and the marked manifestation of God’s power as in former days.”—

And Gideon represents a group of people that are looking and longing for those miracles, longing for the Latter Rain.

—“Times have changed. These words strengthen their unbelief, and they say: The Lord will not do good, neither will He do evil. He is too merciful to visit His people in judgment. Thus ‘Peace and safety’ is the cry from men who will never again lift up their voice like a trumpet to show God’s people their transgressions and the house of Jacob their sins. These dumb dogs that would not bark are the ones who feel the just vengeance of an offended God. Men, maidens, and little children all perish together.” Testimonies, volume 5, 211.

What is my point? My point is that when John in Revelation 10 is illustrating the end of the world, the story tells us that it is illustration the Latter Rain.

When Zechariah in chapter 4 is illustrating the end of the world, his story is emphasizing the fact that God’s people at the end of the world, they do not know what the candlestick is; they do not know what the Latter Rain is.

And Gideon is placing God’s people at the end of the world and, once again, he is representing a group of people that are seeking for, expecting, believing in the Latter Rain. It is about the Latter Rain.

If you do not understand that one of the background contexts to these illustrations in the Bible at the end of the world is the Latter Rain, and the issues connected with the Latter Rain, then you will miss some of the important points of the story of Josiah in connection with the Latter Rain.

Okay. The next quote is The Great Controversy, beginning at page 611, where Sister White talks about the refreshing being the Latter Rain. We are familiar with that, have read it several times.

“The work will be similar to that of the day of Pentecost. As the ‘former rain’ was given, in the outpouring of the Holy Spirit at the opening of the gospel, to cause the upspringing of the precious seed, so the ‘latter rain’ will be given at its close, for the ripening of the harvest. ‘Then shall we know, if we follow on to know the Lord; his going forth is prepared as the morning; and he shall come unto us as the rain, as the latter and former rain unto the earth.’ (Hosea 6:3.) ‘Be glad then, ye children of Zion, and rejoice in the Lord your God; for he hath given you the former rain moderately, and he will cause to come down for you the rain, the former rain, and the latter rain.’ (Joel 2:23.) ‘In the last days, saith God, I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh.’ ‘And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved.’ (Acts 2:17, 21.) The great work of the gospel is not to close with less manifestation of the power of God than marked its opening. The prophecies which were fulfilled in the outpouring of the former rain at the opening of the gospel, are again to be fulfilled in the latter rain at its close. Here are ‘the times of refreshing’ to which the apostle Peter looked forward when he said, ‘Repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out [in the investigative Judgment], when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord; and he shall send Jesus.’ (Acts 3:19–20.)

“Servants of God, with their faces lighted up and shining with holy consecration, will hasten from place to place to proclaim the message from Heaven. By thousands of voices, all over the earth, the warning will be given. Miracles will be wrought, the sick will be healed, and signs and wonders will follow the believers. Satan also works with lying wonders, even bringing down fire from heaven in the sight of men. (Revelation 13:13.) Thus the inhabitants of the earth will be brought to take their stand.” The Great Controversy, 611–612.

The Winepress

Revelation 19:11-21; 14:14-20

And I just want to put in the record, in closing here, that Gideon was by the winepress; and, the winepress, you have Revelation 19, and Revelation 14. This is the end of the world.

“¹¹ And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse; and he that sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness he doth judge and make war. ¹² His eyes were as a flame of fire, and on his head were many crowns; and he had a name written, that no man knew, but he himself. ¹³ And he was clothed with a vesture dipped in blood: and his name is called The Word of God. ¹⁴ And the armies which were in heaven followed him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean. ¹⁵ And out of his mouth goeth a sharp sword, that with it he should smite the nations: and he shall rule them with a rod of iron: and he treadeth the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God. ¹⁶ And he hath on his vesture and on his thigh a name written, King Of Kings, And Lord Of Lords. ¹⁷ And I saw an angel standing in the sun; and he cried with a loud voice, saying to all the fowls that fly in the midst of heaven, Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of the great God; ¹⁸ That ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, and the flesh of all men, both free and bond, both small and great. ¹⁹ And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse, and against his army. ²⁰ And the beast was taken, and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him, with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone. ²¹ And the remnant were slain with the sword of him that sat upon the horse, which sword proceeded out of his mouth: and all the fowls were filled with their flesh.” Revelation 19:11‑21 (KJV).

“¹⁴And I looked, and behold a white cloud, and upon the cloud one sat like unto the Son of man, having on his head a golden crown, and in his hand a sharp sickle. ¹⁵And another angel came out of the temple, crying with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud, Thrust in thy sickle, and reap: for the time is come for thee to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe. ¹⁶And he that sat on the cloud thrust in his sickle on the earth; and the earth was reaped. ¹⁷And another angel came out of the temple which is in heaven, he also having a sharp sickle. ¹⁸And another angel came out from the altar, which had power over fire; and cried with a loud cry to him that had the sharp sickle, saying, Thrust in thy sharp sickle, and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth; for her grapes are fully ripe.

¹⁹And the angel thrust in his sickle into the earth, and gathered the vine of the earth, and cast it into the great winepress of the wrath of God. ²⁰And the winepress was trodden without the city, and blood came out of the winepress, even unto the horse bridles, by the space of a thousand and six hundred furlongs.” Revelation 14:14-20 (KJV).

This battle that Gideon is entering into is the battle that concludes between the seas and the glorious holy mountain, the battle that we call Armageddon. He is by the winepress. He is on the verge of Armageddon.

So, we want to put that point in place. We gave you three witnesses, John, Zechariah, and now Gideon, that the prophets illustrate the end of the world and, in so doing, they are illustrating the history of the Latter Rain; therefore, when we see the end of the world illustrated, we must place it in the history that is represented by the Latter Rain.

Shall we pray?

Benediction: Heavenly Father, we want the humility of Gideon. We want to understand who we are, and who we are is someone that is not qualified, not capable, not worthy of serving you; but, we know that you have the power that when combined with humanity can lift us up as you did Gideon and his 300 to finish this work. We want to maintain that humility, that understanding that we are the least of the least in our Father’s House; but, we also want to see from this testimony that you are willing to take these type of people and finish the work, because we want the work to be finished not only in our lives but here on Planet Earth. We ask that you accomplish that for us. We ask that you continue to bless this study that we might understand the significance of Habakkuk’s Two Sacred Tables. And we set before you this day of work and ask that you would keep us safe and let us do what we do for your glory and honor, and ask for a continued blessing upon the work that we are going here with the LiveStreaming and the DVDs. In Jesus’s name, amen.

Habakkuk’s Two Tables #71

PART SEVEN: JOSIAH

Presented by Jeff Pippenger

Invocation by Brother Jeff Pippenger: Heavenly Father, we thank you for a night’s rest and giving us another day of life. As we consider the story of Gideon in the context at the end of the world, we ask that you would granted us your Holy Spirit that we might understand what Gideon is teaching us about ourselves and about your people, about end-time events. We want the Latter Rain poured out upon us. We ask that you would accomplish that and that you would prepare our vessels to receive that Rain. We ask that you take control of the words and thoughts that I convey, that I be hidden behind your cross, and that you prepare the hearts and minds of those hearing this message, to receive it as you see fit. We see the troublous times in the world and know that probation is about to close, and we would ask that you would use this presentation to help finish your work in us as individuals and your church, and on Earth that you might come soon. In Jesus’s name, amen.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: We took up the consideration of Gideon in order to emphasize that these Biblical illustrations of the end of the world take place in the time of the Latter Rain. We see Gideon in our last presentation asking where the miracles are, that they had been told about; thus, emphasizing that God’s people understand, whether they consciously think about it or whether they have buried it in their Laodicean mindset. But, Adventism knows that it is the Church that is raised up to proclaim the Loud Cry of the Third Angel, and the Loud Cry of the Third Angel is the message that is carried during the Latter Rain time period, and they know that they are the people of the Latter Rain.

The Winepress—Judges 6:11

Revelation 19:11-21; Revelation 14:14-20; Isaiah 63:1-6

We ended yesterday—we did not look at it closely—but, we ended in Judges 6:11, identifying that Gideon, the story of Gideon, takes place by the winepress; thus, it is saying that the story of Gideon is set on the verge of the winepress of the Bible.

And in verse 11 of Judges 6 it says,

“¹¹And there came an angel of the Lord, and sat under an oak which was in Ophrah, that pertained unto Joash the Abiezrite: and his son Gideon threshed wheat by the winepress, to hide it from the Midianites.” Judges 6:11 (KJV).

Of course, we have looked at the fact that the Angel was Christ. He is going to give an offering here. This offering will impact him at the end of his story; because, he thinks because Christ received his offering, ultimately that that qualifies him to be a priest, and he uses this misconception in chapter 8 to take the golden earrings from the battle and make an ephod, which becomes a snare for Israel, the same way that Aaron took the golden earrings and made a golden calf.

But, he is threshing wheat. Gideon’s name means Feller or Thresher.

The thresher of Bible prophecy is an important symbol to understand, and he is behind the winepress.

And we have reference for the winepress in your notes: Revelation 19:11-21; Revelation 14:14-20; but, let us just look at Isaiah 63 to put that in context.

What we are saying is that this story is taking place on the verge of the time period when the Lamb of God tread’s the winepress alone, the end of the world, the Seven Last Plagues, the Second Coming of Christ.

In verse 1 of Isaiah 63, it says,

“¹Who is this that cometh from Edom, with dyed garments from Bozrah? This that is glorious in his apparel, travelling in the greatness of his strength? I that speak in righteousness, mighty to save. ²Wherefore art thou red in thine apparel, and they garments like him that treadeth in the winefat? ³I have trodden the winepress alone; and of the people there was none with me: for I will tread them in mine anger, and trample them in my fury; and their blood shall be sprinkled upon my garments, and I will stain all my raiment. ⁴For the day of vengeance is in mine heart, and the year of my redeemed is come. ⁵And I looked, and there was none to help; and I wondered that there was none to uphold: therefore mine own arm brought salvation unto me; and my fury, it upheld me. ⁶And I will tread down the people in mine anger, and make them drunk in my fury, and I will bring down their strength to the earth.” Isaiah 63:1-6 (KJV).

That is where Gideon was. He was by this history; that is where we are. We are on the verge of the winepress, when the Lord is going to return in His fury.

Notice verse 4, the day of vengeance is in His heart.

If you go backwards to chapter 61 of Isaiah, just so we understand the context of the Day of Vengeance. In Isaiah 61, this is the passage of the Scripture that Christ proclaimed when He stood and opened the Bible and read it.

Verse 1,

“⁶¹The Spirit of the Lord God is upon me; because the Lord hath anointed me to preach good tidings unto the meek; he hath sent me to bind up the broken-hearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound; ²To proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord,”—

And then Christ closed the Scroll and sat down.

But, it continues on.

“²To proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord, and the day of vengeance of our God, to comfort all that mourn; ³To appoint unto them that mourn in Zion, to give unto them beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for mourning, the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness; that they might be called trees of righteousness, the planting of the Lord, that he might be glorified.

“⁴And they shall build the old wastes, they shall raise up the former desolations, and they shall repair the waste cities, the desolations of many generations. ⁵And strangers shall stand and feed your flocks, and the sons of the alien shall be your plowmen and your vinedressers. ⁶But ye shall be named the Priests of the Lord: men shall call you the Ministers of our God: ye shall eat the riches of the Gentiles, and in their glory shall ye boast yourselves.” Isaiah 63: 1‑6 (KJV).

The Day of Vengeance is the day of the winepress.

Gideon: Feller, Thresher

Now, let us consider what it means that Gideon is the thresher.

Go to Micah, chapter 4. Beginning in verse 1, it says.

“¹But in the last days it shall come to pass, that the mountain of the house of the Lord shall be established”—

Does that sound familiar?

Have you ever looked how similar Micah, chapter 4, is to Isaiah, chapter 2?

“¹But in the last days it shall come to pass, that the mountain of the house of the Lord shall be established in the top of the mountains,”—[to be continued]

Just keep your finger there just so you can see this, if you have not seen it before, and go to Isaiah 2.

Do you remember what we just read, or has it already fled out of your mind?”

Okay. It is early in the morning.

Now, if you have got your Bible like this [holding the segments between his fingers], holding Isaiah 2 and Micah 4, it is very easy to see.

Verse 2 of Isaiah 2 says,

“²And it shall come to pass in the last days, that the mountain of the Lord’s house shall be established in the top of the mountains, and shall be exalted above the hills; and all nations shall flow into it.” Isaiah 2:2 (KJV).

If you go back to Micah 4, it says,

“¹But in the last days it shall come to pass, that the mountain of the house of the Lord shall be established in the top of the mountains, and it shall be exalted above the hills; and people shall flow into it. ²And many nations shall come, and say, Come, and let us to up to the mountain of the Lord, and to the house of the God of Jacob; and he will teach us of his ways, and we will walk in his paths: for the law shall go forth of Zion, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem.”

This is Isaiah 2.

Michael 4, verse 3:

“³And he shall judge among many people, and rebuke strong nations afar off; and they shall beat their swords into plowshares, and their spears into pruninghooks: nation shall not lift up a sword against nation, neither shall they learn war any more. ⁴But they shall sit every man under his vine and under his fig tree; and none shall make them afraid: for the mouth of the Lord of hosts hath spoken it. ⁵For all people will walk every one in the name of his god, and we will walk in the name of the Lord our God for ever and ever.

“⁶In that day, saith the Lord, will I assemble her that halteth,”—

What does it mean to halteth? Limps?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: To halt?

BROTHER PIPPENGER: No. To halteth. It is not a symbol of them that halt. Halteth; when you limp, you are halteth-ing.

—“will I assemble her that halteth,”—

Who halteth it? Who halteth it?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Israel.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Israel? Be more specific: Jacob.

Okay. When Jacob struggled with the Angel, the Angel touched him and, from that point on, he halteth.

And He changed his name from JACOB there, the supplanter, to ISRAEL, the overcomer.

So, He is going to assemble those that are represented by Israel, the overcomer.

Verse 6,

—“⁶In that day,—

And what day is that? The last days, when the Lord is establishing His Church, His glorious holy mountain.

—“⁶In that day, saith the Lord, will I assemble her that halteth,”—

He will assemble those that have struggled with the Angel and have overcome their sins.

—“and I will gather her that is driven out, and her that I have afflicted;”—

Who is “her” that was driven out? It is the church people that have been outcast from the Church.

—“⁷And I will make her that halted a remnant, and her that was cast far off a strong nation: and the Lord shall reign over them in mount Zion from henceforth, even for ever. ⁸And thou, O tower of the flock, the strong hold of the daughter of Zion, unto thee shall it come,”—

Who is the “tower of the flock”?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Christ.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: What does that tell you? That a tower represents a church. It is Christ’s Church.

“⁸And thou, O tower of the flock, the strong hold of the daughter of Zion, unto thee shall it come, even the first dominion; the kingdom shall come to the daughter of Jerusalem.”—

What is the “first dominion”? Eden. There is a promise of Eden restored here.

Verse 9:

“⁹Now why dost thou cry out aloud? is there no king in thee? is thy counsellor perished? For pangs have taken thee as a woman in travail. ¹⁰Be in pain, and labour to bring forth, O daughter of Zion,”—

What is the daughter?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The remnant.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: It is the remnant, the last Church.

—“O daughter of Zion, like a woman in travail: for now shalt thou go forth out of the city, and thou shalt dwell in the field, and thou shalt go even to Babylon: there shalt thou be delivered; there the Lord shall redeem thee from the hand of thine enemies.”—

The King of the North is now conquering in the time period when the call is, “Come out of Babylon!”

Verse 11:

“¹¹Now also many nations are gathered against thee, that say, Let her be defiled, and let our eye look upon Zion.”—[to be continued]

Keep your finger there.

Now, what does it say? “. . . many nations are gathered against thee . . .”

What would “many nations” be prophetically?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: United Nations.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: United Nations: it would be Egypt; it would be the Ten Kings.

And they said, “Let her be defiled,” that is Zion, the remnant of Zion, and they are going to look upon Zion.

Keep your finger there and go to Psalm 48, just so you can see that this is not a casual reference. This is a subject of prophecy.

In Psalm 48, verse 4, it says,

“⁴For, lo, the kings were assembled, they passed by together. ⁵They saw it,”—

What did they see?

If you back up to verse 2,

“²Beautiful for situation, the joy of the whole earth, is mount Zion, on the sides of the north, the city of the great King.” Psalm 48:2 (KJV).

So, this is the same reference as in Micah. It is about Zion.

Verse 4 (continued):

“⁴For, lo, the kings were assembled, they passed by together. ⁵they saw it, and so they marvelled; they were troubled, and hasted away.” Psalm 48:4 (KJV).

Okay. When the kings are looking at Zion—go to Psalm 83, because all the prophecies are the end of the world—and in verse 2 of 83, it says,

“²For, lo, thine enemies make a tumult: and they that hate thee have lifted up the head. ³They have taken crafty counsel against thy people, and consulted against thy hidden ones. ⁴They have said, Come, and let us cut them off from being a nation; that the name of Israel may be no more in remembrance. ⁵For they have consulted together with one consent: they are confederate against thee: . . .” Psalm 83:2-5 (KJV).

These are the Ten Kings that are of one mind. They look upon Zion, and they determine they are going to cut Zion off from being a people.

If you go back to Micah 6:11, it says,

—“^{11 continued} Now also many nations”—the Ten Kings—“are gathered against thee, that say, Let her be defiled, and let our eye look upon Zion. ¹²But they know not the thoughts of the Lord, neither understand they his counsel: for he shall gather them as the sheaves into the floor. ¹³Arise and thresh, O daughter of Zion:”—

And do what? What is the daughter of Zion going to do?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Thresh.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: It is going to thresh.

^‑—“13Arise and thresh,”—

When does the daughter of Zion arise?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Various responses.)

BROTHER PIPPENGER: When it is lifted up as an ensign. At The Sunday Law, she arises and threshes.

—“O daughter of Zion: for I will make thine horn iron, and I will make thy hoofs brass: and thou shalt beat in pieces”—

In pieces? Who beats in pieces?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Stone.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Stone in Daniel 2.

Who else beats in pieces?

What about Josiah? What did Josiah do to all the idols? He beat them into pieces, into fine powder.

And we are heading towards Josiah.

—“¹³Arise and thresh, O daughter of Zion, for I will make thine horn iron, and I will make thy hoofs brass: and thou shalt beat in pieces many people: and I will consecrate their gain unto the Lord, and their substance unto the Lord of the whole earth.” Micah 4:1-13 (KJV).

In your notes, from Thoughts from the Mount of Blessing, pages 62 – 63, it says,

“Not until he fell crippled and helpless upon the breast of the covenant angel did Jacob know the victory of conquering faith and receive the title of a prince with God. It was when he ‘halted upon his thigh’ (Genesis 32:31) that the armed bands of Esau were stilled before him, and the Pharaoh, proud heir of a kingly line, stooped to crave his blessing. So the Captain of our salvation was made ‘perfect through sufferings’ (Hebrews 2:10), and the children of faith ‘out of weakness were made strong,’ and ‘turned to flight the armies of the aliens’ (Hebrews 11:34). So do ‘the lame take the prey’ (Isaiah 33:23), and the weak become ‘as David,’ and ‘the house of David . . . as the angel of the Lord’ (Zechariah 12:8).” Thoughts from the Mount of Blessing, 62–63.

Okay. Habakkuk 3:12, you see in your notes. You do not have to look there. It says,

“¹²Thou didst march through the land in indignation,”—

This is the indignation against the wicked.

—“¹²Thou didst march through the land in indignation, thou didst”—what?—“thresh the heathen in anger.” Habakkuk 3:12 (KJV).

What does GIDEON mean?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Thresher.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Thresher. Gideon is a symbol of those that the Lord uses to thresh the heathen in anger.

But, in so doing, who is threshing the heathen? The Lord. It is the same type of parallel connection as the ensign that is lifted up. The ensign represents Christ at one level, but it represents those that perfectly reflect His character. Christ threshes the heathen, but He does so with His people.

A Word to the Little Flock, page 12:

“This, will not take place, until Jesus has finished his priestly office in the Heavenly Sanctuary, and lays off his priestly attire, and puts on his most kingly robes, and crown, to ride forth on the cloudy chariot, to ‘thresh the heathen in anger,’ and deliver his people.” A Word to the Little Flock, 12.

The winepress, the threshing, the Seven Last Plagues.

Isaiah 41:10-16

Go to Isaiah 41, verses 10 through 16. This is the history that Gideon is on the verge of entering into in his story. He is by the winepress; he is next to it.

Isaiah 41:10-16 says—

The first time I ever went up to present—a long time ago in California, the first time I ever went up front to present in front of God’s people, I was scared, scared, scared. And this dear old sister, Martha Mason, came up and she gave me Isaiah 41:10. And I do not know why. She did not know I was scared.

She said, “Here you go.”

So, this verse has been a favorite verse of mine, as it is probably for everyone for many years.

Her husband later on, who was a different sort of person, he came up one time and he gave me the Bible verse that says, “Study to be quiet.”

He gives me this Bible verse on this piece of paper, and he said, “Any time you ever think about speaking in church again, remember this verse.”

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Laughter).

BROTHER PIPPENGER: (Laughter). So, there was a blessing and a curse in that family, as far as my experience.

Verse 10:

“¹⁰Fear thou not; for I am with thee: be not dismayed; for I am thy God: I will strengthen thee; yea, I will help thee; yea, I will uphold thee with the right hand of my righteousness.”—

A nice promise, huh?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: (Affirmations.)

Verse 11:

—“¹¹Behold, all they that were incensed against thee shall be ashamed and confounded: they shall be as nothing; and they that strive with thee shall perish. ¹²Thou shalt seek them, and shalt not find them, even them that contended with thee: they that war against thee shall be as nothing, and as a thing of nought. ¹³For I the Lord thy God will hold thy right hand, saying unto thee, Fear not; I will help thee. ¹⁴Fear not, thou worm Jacob, and ye men of Israel; I will help thee, saith the Lord, and thy redeemer, the Holy One of Israel. ¹⁵ Behold, I will make thee a new sharp”—Gideon instrument.

GIDEON means thresher.

—“I will make thee a new sharp threshing instrument having teeth: thou shalt thresh the mountains, and beat them small, and shalt make the hills as chaff.”—

What gets beaten small and made into chaff? Daniel 2.

Verse 16:

—“¹⁶Thou shalt fan them,”—

What happens to the chaff in Daniel 2? It gets blown away in the wind.

—“¹⁶Thou shalt fan them, and the wind shall carry them away, and the whirlwind shall scatter them: and thou shalt rejoice in the Lord, and shalt glory in the Holy One of Israel.” Isaiah 41:10-16 (KJV).

Now, so, what I am saying is: Gideon represents those people that thresh the heathen in anger.

And this next passage I have it printed out in your notes because it is from Jeremiah 51, and I jump. We are going to read for the record, for those that are watching this on DVD or on LiveStreaming. We are going to read verses 1 and 2, then 5 through 10, and then 13 and 14, and then 9 through 26, and then verse 33, and then verses 35 through 37, and then verses 44 to 49. It is all in your notes. It is at the end of this passage.

So, here we go. Jeremiah 51, we are trying to understand what Gideon represents in his name, the thresher, and we are seeing that it represents God dealing with the heathen at the end of the world, the Seven Last Plagues time period. It is a parallel understanding to Daniel 2, when the Rock strikes the feet of the image.

“¹Thus saith the Lord; Behold, I will raise up against Babylon, and against them that dwell in the midst of them that rise up against me, a destroying wind; ²And will send unto Babylon fanners, that shall fan her, and shall empty her land: for in the day of trouble they shall be against her round about. . . .

“⁵For Israel hath not been forsaken, nor Judah of his God, of the Lord of hosts; though their land was filled with sin against the Holy One of Israel.”—

What does that mean? That means at the end of the world the Seventh-day Adventist Church is filled with sin.

Is that what it means to you?

“³For Israel”—

Are we not modern Israel?

—“³For Israel hath not been forsaken,”—

Because the Lord is going to take a remnant out of Israel.

—“nor Judah of his God, of the Lord of hosts; though their land was filled with sin against the Holy One of Israel. ⁶Flee out of the midst of Babylon, and deliver every man his soul: be not cut off in her iniquity; for this is the time of the Lord’s vengeance;”—

What is the time of the Lord’s vengeance? That is Isaiah 61.

—“he will render unto her a recompense. ⁷Babylon hath been a golden cup in the Lord’s hand, that made all the earth drunken: the nations have drunken of her wine; therefore the nations are mad. ⁸Babylon is suddenly fallen and destroyed: howl for her; take balm for her pain, if so be she may be healed. ⁹We would have healed Babylon, but she is not healed: forsake her, and let us go every one into his own country: for her judgment reacheth unto heaven,”—

When does her judgment reach unto heaven? At The Sunday Law (in Revelation 18, verse 5-6, her sins have reached unto heaven; therefore, double unto her double: “For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities. Reward her even as she rewarded you, and double unto her double according to her works; in the cup which she hath filled fill to her double.”).

—“for her judgment reacheth unto heaven, and is lifted up even to the skies. ¹⁰The Lord hath brought forth our righteousness: come, and let us declare in Zion the work of the Lord our God. . . .

“¹³O thou that dwellest upon many waters,”—

Who “dwellest upon many waters”? This is modern Babylon, Revelation 17.

—“abundant in treasures, thine end is come, and the measure of thy covetousness. ¹⁴The Lord of hosts hath sworn by himself, saying, Surely I will fill thee with men, as with caterpillars; and they shall lift up a shout against thee. . . .”—

What is the shout that they lift up?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Loud Cry.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Loud Cry, the Third Angel.

—“¹⁹The portion of Jacob is not like them; for he is the former of all things: and Israel is the rod of his inheritance: the Lord of hosts is his name. ²⁰Thou art my”—what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Battle ax.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: —“battle ax and weapons of war: for with thee will I break in pieces the nations, and with thee will I destroy kingdoms;”—

What is this making you think of? Daniel 2, the threshing.

—“²¹And with thee will I break in pieces the horse and his rider; ²²and with thee will I break in pieces the chariot and his rider; With thee also will I break in pieces man and woman; and with thee will I break in pieces old and young; and with thee will I break in pieces the young man and the maid; ²³I will also break in pieces with thee the shepherd and his flock; and with thee will I break in pieces the husbandman and his yoke of oxen; and with thee will I break in pieces captains and rulers. ²⁴And I will render unto Babylon and to all the inhabitants of Chaldea all their evil that they have done in Zion in your sight, saith the Lord. ²⁵Behold, I am against thee, O destroying mountain, saith the Lord, which destroyest all the earth: and I will stretch out mine hand upon thee, and roll thee down from the rocks, and will make thee a burnt mountain. ²⁶And they shall not take of thee a stone for a corner, nor a stone for foundations; but thou shalt be desolate forever, saith the Lord. . . .

³³For thus saith the Lord of hosts, the God of Israel; The daughter of Babylon”—

What is the daughter?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Remnant.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Remnant.

—“The daughter of Babylon is like a threshingfloor, it is time to thresh her: yet a little while, and the time of her harvest shall come. . . .”—

Gideon represents those that beat in pieces Babylon: Daniel, chapter 2.

—“³⁵The violence done to me and to my flesh be upon Babylon,”—

What is the violence done to Christ and His flesh? Well, it is the cross; but, what is it in a secondary sense? It is the persecution of His people. Revelation 17:14, the Ten Kings are going to make war with the Lamb; and, Sister White informs us they do this by persecuting His people.

—“³⁵The violence done to me and to my flesh be upon Babylon, shall the inhabitant of Zion say; and my blood upon the inhabitants of Chaldea, shall Jerusalem say. ³⁶Therefore thus saith the Lord; Behold, I will plead thy cause, and take vengeance for thee; and I will dry up her sea, and make her springs dry.”—

What is that? That is the drying up of the Euphrates.

Who did that?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Cyrus.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Cyrus.

—“³⁷And Babylon shall become heaps, a dwellingplace for dragons, an astonishment, and an hissing, without an inhabitant. . . .

“³⁴And I will punish Bel in Babylon, and I will bring forth out of his mouth that which he hath swallowed up: and the nations shall not flow together any more unto him: yea, the wall of Babylon shall fall. ⁴⁵My people, go ye out of the midst of her,”—

What is that? That is the Loud Cry of the Fourth Angel, “Come out of Babylon!”

—“⁴⁵My people, go ye out of the midst of her, and deliver ye every man his soul from the fierce anger of the Lord. ⁴⁶And lest your heart faint, and ye fear for the rumour that shall be heard in the land; a rumour shall both come one year, and after that in another year shall come a rumour, and violence in the land, ruler against ruler.”—

How many rumors are there at the end of the world? Two.

—“⁴⁷Therefore, behold, the days come, that I will do judgment upon the graven images of Babylon: and her whole land shall be confounded, and all her slain shall fall in the midst of her. ⁴⁸Then the heaven and the earth, and all that is therein, shall sing for Babylon: for the spoilers shall come unto her from the north, saith the Lord. ⁴⁹As Babylon hath caused the slain of Israel to fall, so at Babylon shall fall the slain of all the earth.” Jeremiah 51:1–2, 5–10, 13–14, 19–26, 33, 35–37, 44–49 (KJV).

So, when we see Gideon by the winepress, and his name is Thresher, we are seeing Gideon being prepared to accomplish this work, to break in pieces at the threshing floor of Babylon, nations and kings.

Judges 6:17-21

Let us go back to Judges 6, verses 17 through 21.

“¹⁷And he said unto him, If now I have found grace in thy sight, then shew me a sign that thou talkest with me. ¹⁸Depart not hence, I pray thee, until I come unto thee, and bring forth my present, and set it before thee. And he said, I will tarry until thou come again. ¹⁹And Gideon went in, and made ready a kid, and unleavened cakes of an ephah of flour: the flesh he put in a basket, and he put the broth in a pot, and brought it out unto him under the oak, and presented it.”—

Who is he presenting it to? To Christ, the Angel.

—“²⁰And the angel of God said unto him, Take the flesh and the unleavened cakes, and lay them upon this rock, and pour out the broth. And he did so. ²¹Then the angel of the Lord put forth the end of the staff that was in his hand, and touched the flesh and the unleavened cakes; and there rose up fire out of the rock, and consumed the flesh and the unleavened cakes. Then the angel of the Lord departed out of his sight.” Judges 6:7-21 (KJV).

Signs of the Times, June 23, 1881:

“Gideon desired some token that the one now addressing him was the same that spoke to Moses in the burning bush.” Signs of the Times, June 23, 1881.

This is Christ.

Judges 6:22-24

Verse 22:

“And when Gideon perceived that he was an angel of the Lord, Gideon said, Alas, O Lord God! For because I have seen an angel of the Lord face to face. ²³And the Lord said unto him, Peace be unto thee; fear not: thou shalt not die. ²⁴Then Gideon built an altar there unto the Lord, and called it Jehovah-shalom: unto this day it is yet in Ophrah of the Abiezrites.” Judges 6:22-24 (KJV).

Okay. We are probably beyond the scope of this study; but, Sister White says that Gideon is seeking for a sign that this is the angel of the Lord, and once he realizes that it is, what does he say?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Alas.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Alas (Woe), which is also Woe.

So, this sign at the end of the world is accomplished on September 11, 2001, when the Third Woe comes into history, and the Mighty Angel that is dealing with Gideon comes down out of Heaven. This is the sign here.

Judges 6:25-27

Verse 25:

“²⁵And it came to pass the same night, that the Lord said unto him, Take thy father’s young bullock, even the second bullock of seven years old, and throw down the altar of Baal that thy father hath, and cut down the grove that is by it: ²⁶And build an altar unto the Lord thy God upon the top of this rock, in the ordered place, and take the second bullock, and offer a burnt sacrifice with the wood of the grove which thou shalt cut down. ²⁷Then Gideon took ten men of his servants, and did as the Lord had said unto him: and so it was, because he feared his father’s household, and the men of the city, that he could not do it by day, that he did it by night.” Judges 6:25-27 (KJV).

Judges 6:27-32

Manuscript Releases, volume 21, 129, says,

“Every heart emptied of self will have the quickening energy of the Holy Spirit. It is now that some are being worked by satanic agencies. Mark the fruit. The whole life is one of ambitious determination to carry out their own plans and purposes, to do a special work to exalt themselves. God puts to them the challenge, ‘Choose ye this day whom ye will serve. If it be God, serve Him; if Baal, serve him.’ But some have been fixing themselves for a long time by a species of deception and misrepresentation and prevarication, because they have not turned from their idols to serve the living and true God.” Manuscript Releases, volume 21, 129.

The work that Gideon is going to do requires that first, before he can be used to go thresh Babylon, to destroy the system of Baal in the world, he first has to take Babylon out of his own home.

Manuscript Releases, volume 18, page 246, says,

“He has so fully established the idol self in the heart and worshiped at its shrine, there has been no room for Jesus, no room for light, for love, for meekness, and lowliness of heart. Self is magnified into wonderful proportions. His only hope is to die to self, crucify self. If not, he loses that life which measures with the life of God. It is life or death that is set before Dr. Burke. ‘Choose you this day whom ye will serve’; ‘If the Lord be God, follow Him: but if Baal, then follow him.’ I would give my own life if such a gift would save his soul, but it would not. Though Noah, Daniel, and Job were in the land, as I live, saith the Lord God, ‘they shall deliver neither sons nor daughters; . . . they shall but deliver their own souls by their righteousness,’ which is the imputed righteousness of Christ.” Manuscript Releases, volume 18, 246.

Before Gideon takes up this sacred work, first the idolatry in his family must be destroyed.

The Faith I Live By, page 111:

“What is justification by faith? It is the work of God in laying the glory of man in the dust, and doing for man that which it is not in his power to do for himself. When men see their own nothingness, they are prepared to be clothed with the righteousness of Christ.” The Faith I Live By, 111.

This is what Gideon is illustrating here. Those people that are going to partake of the Latter Rain have to receive the Early Rain; and, Sister White tells us that the Early Rain is perfecting holiness in the fear of the Lord.

I jumped some verses, did I not?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Yes, you did. You did Judges 6:27.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Yes, I did; but, I did not do 28 through 32.

Okay. Let us read 28 through 32.

FROM THE AUDIENCE: You did not do the Signs of the Times quote of June 23, 1881.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Okay. I blew it. Somebody should have stopped me.

Let us go back.

Judges 6:25-27 (Continued)

He [Gideon} tears down the altar, verses 25 through 27, and then in the Signs of the Times [June 32, 1881,] Sister White says,

“The family to which Gideon belonged was grievously infected with idolatry.”—

The Seventh-day Adventist Church is grievously infected with idolatry.

—“His father”—

The leadership.

—“His father erected at Ophrah, where he dwelt, a large altar to Baal, at which the people of the towns worshiped. Gideon was commanded to destroy this altar, to cut down the groves that surrounded it, and in its stead to erect an altar to Jehovah, over the rock on which the offering had been consumed, and then to offer a sacrifice unto the Lord. Gideon faithfully carried out these directions, performing the work by night, lest he should be compelled to desist if he attempted it by day.

“The deliverer of Israel must declare war upon idolatry before he went to battle with the enemies of his people. He must esteem the honor of God above the credit of his father, and regard the divine commands as more obligatory than parental authority. . . .

“It was of great importance that the deliverance of Israel should be preceded by a solemn protest against the worship of Baal, and an acknowledgment of Jehovah as the only true and living God.” Signs of the Times, June 23, 1881.

The people that are lifted up as an ensign, that call the eleventh-hour workers out of Babylon during The Sunday Law crisis, must deal with the idolatry that is in the Seventh-day Adventist Church first. They must address it. They must be faithful in that regard if they are going to secure the privilege of being part of the ensign that beats Babylon to pieces, and this is what is being illustrated here.

Judges 6:27-32 (Resumed)

“²⁷Then Gideon took ten men of his servants, and did as the Lord had said unto him: and so it was, because he feared his father’s household, and the men of the city, that he could not do it by day, that he did it by night.

^“28And when the men of the city arose early in the morning, behold, the altar of Baal was cast down, and the grove was cut down that was by it, and the second bullock was offered upon the altar that was built. ²⁹And they said one to another, Who hath done this thing? And when they enquired and asked, they said, Gideon the son of Joash hath done this thing. ³⁰Then the men of the city said unto Joash, Bring out thy son, that he may die: because he hath cast down the altar of Baal, and because he hath cut down the grove that was by it.”—

When God’s people, prior to The Sunday Law, begin to stand against the idolatry in Adventism, those that are the idolaters are going to want to kill them.

—“³¹And Joash said unto all that stood against him, Will he plead for Baal? Will ye same him?”—

His father starts using some logic. It is the same logic as Elijah. This is a parallel story. Elijah starts taunting the prophets of Baal, “Hey, well, maybe your god is on vacation. Maybe he can’t hear.”

So, now the same logic is going to be exercised by Joash, Gideon’s father. He says,

—“Will he plead for Baal? Will ye same him? He that will plead for him, let him be put to death whilst it is yet morning: if he be a god, let him plead for himself, because one hath cast down his altar. ³²Therefore on that day he called him Jerubbaal, saying,”—

Gideon gets another name here.

—“Let Baal plead against him,”—

What does JERUBBAAL mean?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Let Baal plead.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Let Baal plead.

—“he called him Jerubbaal, saying, Let Baal plead against him, because he hath thrown down his altar.” Judges 6:27-32 (KJV).

Okay. Then we have the three quotes that I previously read, that we first have to remove idolatry out of our own life, out of our own homes, our own experience, before we will be privileged to be lifted up as an ensign.

We first have to have the Early Rain experience, the sprinkling experience that begins at 9/11, if we are to be qualified to receive the full outpouring at The Sunday Law.

Judges 6:33-35

Verses 33 through 35:

“³³Then all the Midianites and the Amalekites and the children of the east were gathered together, and went over, and pitched in the valley of Jezreel.”—

Who is this?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The threefold enemy.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: It is the threefold enemy, modern Babylon: the Beast, the Dragon, and the False Prophet.

And the valley of Jezreel, where is the valley of Jezreel? It is the valley that we looked at when we were considering where the King of the North comes to his end with none to help. It is the valley that has Carmel, the place where Elijah’s story was set.

All these famous Bible battles are in the same place, in the valley of Jezreel, is that geographical area as well. This is Armageddon.

What does JEZREEL mean? God sows.

Verse 34:

“³⁴But the Spirit of the Lord came upon Gideon, and he”—what?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: He blew a trumpet.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: He blew a trumpet? So, when the Spirit of the Lord comes upon Gideon, he blew a trumpet; and, Gideon represents the end of the world.

What trumpet is blown at the end of the world?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Seventh.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Seventh Trumpet; and, it marks the point in time when the Spirit of the Lord comes upon Gideon.

When the Seventh Trumpet, the Third Woe, arrives in history, the Latter Rain begins to sprinkle.

—“³⁴But the Spirit of the Lord came upon Gideon, and he blew a trumpet; and Abiezer was gathered after him. ³⁵And he sent messengers throughout all Manasseh; who also was gathered after him: and he sent messengers unto Asher, and unto Zebulun, and unto Naphtali; and they came up to meet them.” Judges 6:33‑35 (KJV).

There is a what? There is a gathering now—two gatherings in Adventism, actually: A gathering together of the wise, and the gathering together of the foolish; the gathering together of those that are drinking the new wine, and the gathering together of the drunkards of Ephraim begins when the Spirit begins to sprinkle, when the Seventh Trumpet arrives in the Third Woe.

Signs of the Times, June 23, 1881:

“The whole transaction, with the stirring appeals of Gideon, produced a powerful effect upon the people of Ophrah [Israel]”—

The Third Woe produces a powerful effect upon the people of Israel.

—“All thoughts of violence were dismissed; and when, moved by the Spirit of the Lord, Gideon sounded the trumpet of war, they were among the first to gather to him. He then sent messengers throughout his own tribe of Manasseh, and also to Asher, Zebulun, and Naphtali, and all cheerfully obeyed the call.” Signs of the Times, June 23, 1881.

What was that? That is the 3:1 combination. You have four tribes there, but the first tribe was set off distinctly by itself, saying that this is an illustration of the Loud Cry of the Third Angel.

Judges 6:36-40

Verse 36:

—“³⁶And Gideon said unto God, If thou wilt save Israel by mine hand, as thou hast said, ³⁷Behold, I will put a fleece of wool in the floor;”—

What does wool come from? Does it come from a cow, a horse, a sheep?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Sheep.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Okay. Wool comes from sheep.

—“³⁷Behold, I will put a fleece of wool in the floor; and”—

What are sheep?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: God’s people.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: God’s people.

“and if the dew be on the fleece only,”—

What is the dew?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Latter Rain.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Latter Rain.

Verse 36:

—“³⁶And Gideon said unto God, If thou wilt save Israel by mine hand, as thou hast said, ³⁷Behold I will put a fleece of wool in the floor; and if the dew be on the fleece only, and it be dry upon all the earth beside, then shall I know that thou wilt save Israel by mine hand, as thou hast said. ³⁸And it was so: for he rose up early on the morrow, and thrust the fleece together, and wringed the dew out of the fleece, a bowl full of water. ³⁹And Gideon said unto God, Let not thine anger be hot against me, and I will speak but this once: let me prove, I pray thee, but this once with the fleece; let it now be dry only upon the fleece, and upon all the ground let there be dew. ⁴⁰And God did so that night: for it was dry upon the fleece only, and there was dew on all the ground.” Judges 6:36-40

So, what is the story about? It is two classes of fleece, two types of sheep. One received the Latter Rain and one does not receive the Later Rain.

Sister White says in Testimonies to Ministers, beginning at page 506:

“‘Ask ye of the Lord rain in the time of the latter rain; so the Lord shall make bright clouds, and give them showers of rain.’ ‘He will cause to come down for you the rain, the former rain, and the latter rain.’ In the East the former rain falls at the sowing time. It is necessary in order that the seed may germinate. Under the influence of the fertilizing showers, the tender shoot springs up. The latter rain, falling near the close of the season, ripens the grain and prepares it for the sickle. The Lord employs these operations of nature to represent the work of the Holy Spirit. As the dew and the rain are given first to cause the seed to germinate, and then to ripen the harvest, so the Holy Spirit is given to carry forward, from one stage to another, the process of spiritual growth. The ripening of the grain represents the completion of the work of God’s grace in the soul. By the power of the Holy Spirit the moral image of God is to be perfected in the character. We are to be wholly transformed into the likeness of Christ.

“The latter rain, ripening earth’s harvest, represents the spiritual grace that prepares the church for the coming of the Son of man. But unless the former rain has fallen, there will be no life; the green blade will not spring up. Unless the early showers have done their work, the latter rain can bring no seed to perfection. . . .

“Many have in a great measure failed to receive the former rain. They have not obtained all the benefits that God has thus provided for them. They expect that the lack will be supplied by the latter rain. When the richest abundance of grace shall be bestowed, they intend to open their hearts to receive it. They are making a terrible mistake. The work that God has begun in the human heart in giving His light and knowledge must be continually going forward. Every individual must realize his own necessity. The heart must be emptied of every defilement and cleansed for the indwelling of the Spirit. It was by the confession and forsaking of sin, by earnest prayer and consecration of themselves to God, that the early disciples prepared for the outpouring of the Holy Spirit on the Day of Pentecost. The same work, only in greater degree, must be done now. Then the human agent had only to ask for the blessing, and wait for the Lord to perfect the work concerning him. It is God who began the work, and He will finish His work, making man complete in Jesus Christ. But there must be no neglect of the grace represented by the former rain. Only those who are living up to the light they have will receive greater light. Unless we are daily advancing in the exemplification of the active Christian virtues, we shall not recognize the manifestations of the Holy Spirit in the latter rain. It may be falling on hearts all around us, but we shall not discern or receive it.” Testimonies to Ministers, 506–507.

We will be the fleece, the dry fleece.

Christ’s Object Lessons, beginning at page 406, says,

“In the parable, all the ten virgins went out to meet the bridegroom. All had lamps and vessels for oil. For a time there was seen no difference between them. So with the church that lives just before Christ’s second coming. All have a knowledge of the Scriptures. All have heard the message of Christ’s near approach, and confidently expect His appearing. But as in the parable, so it is now. . . .

“Without the Spirit of God a knowledge of His word is of no avail. The theory of truth, unaccompanied by the Holy Spirit, cannot quicken the soul or sanctify the heart. One may be familiar with the commands and promises of the Bible; but unless the Spirit of God sets the truth home, the character will not be transformed. Without the enlightenment of the Spirit, men will not be able to distinguish truth from error, and they will fall under the masterful temptations of Satan.

“The class represented by the foolish virgins are not hypocrites.”—

They are just dry fleece.

—“They have a regard for the truth, they have advocated the truth, they are attracted to those who believe the truth; but they have not yielded themselves to the Holy Spirit’s working. They have not fallen upon the Rock, Christ Jesus, and permitted their old nature to be broken up. This class are represented also by the stony-ground hearers. They receive the word with readiness, but they fail of assimilating its principles. Its influence is not abiding. The Spirit works upon man’s heart, according to his desire and consent implanting in him a new nature; but the class represented by the foolish virgins have been content with a superficial work. They do not know God. They have not studied His character; they have not held communion with Him; therefore they do not know how to trust, how to look and live.” Christ’s Object Lessons, 406–411.

Now, for these last two long quotes, I have been trying to remember a place in the Bible. It is hard to read (it is hard to read with meaning) and figure out the verse you are looking for at the same time. I think it is in Hosea, but I could be wrong. Hosea was coming into my mind.

Okay. Hosea, chapter 6, verse 1.

“¹Come, and let us return unto the Lord:”—

What does that mean?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: We are not with Him.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: We are not with the Lord.

“¹Come, and let us return unto the Lord: for he hath torn, and he will heal us; he hath smitten, and he will bind us up.”—

When we are away from the Lord, we are having problems. He is willing to heal our problems.

Verse 2.

“²And after two days will he revive us: in the third day he will raise us up, and we shall live in his sight.” Hosea 6:1-2 (KJV).

So, when are we raised up?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: In the third day.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: In the third day.

When are we raised up?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: The Third Angel’s Message.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Third Angel’s Message.

When are we raised up?

When is the ensign lifted up?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: At The Sunday Law.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: The Sunday Law.

So, how many days precede The Sunday Law?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Three?

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Two; the third day you are raised up.

So, go back to Judges, and we just read 36 through 40 of Judges 6. Gideon wants to know if he is the one that is actually going to be lifted up as an ensign. He is the thresher that is going to finish the work; but, in order to know that, he is going to do the test of the fleece.

How many days does the testing of the fleece take?

FROM THE AUDIENCE: Two days.

BROTHER PIPPENGER: Two days.

And once he sees that he is the chosen one in this story comes the third day when he going to be lifted up.

The Cleansings